@@new - Screws and Connectors For Wood en PDF

SCREWS AND CONNECTORS
FOR WOOD
CARPENTRY, STRUCTURES AND OUTDOOR
CARPENTRY STRUCTURES
CONTENTS GEOMETRY..............................................12 STRUCTURAL CONNECTORS............ 128
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT.............13 SCREWS STRESSED AXIALLY.......... 130
DUCTILITY.............................................. 14 STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT..... 132
LVL AND HARDWOOD.......................... 16
HTS.......................................................... 18 VGZ........................................................134
SHS.......................................................... 22 VGZ EVO FRAME................................ 158
SHS AISI410........................................... 23 VGZ EVO.............................................. 166
HBS.......................................................... 24 VGZ HARDWOOD.............................. 172
HBS EVO................................................44 VGS........................................................ 182
HBS COIL...............................................50 VGU.......................................................196
HBS SOFTWOOD................................. 52 RTR........................................................202
HBS SOFTWOOD BULK...................... 56 DGZ...................................................... 206
HBS HARDWOOD................................58 SBD ....................................................... 214
TBS..........................................................64 CTC.......................................................222
TBS EVO................................................. 82 SKR - SKS.............................................232
XYLOFON WASHER.............................88
HBS PLATE.............................................90
from page
125
HBS PLATE EVO....................................96
LBS.........................................................100
LBA........................................................104
KOP.......................................................108
DRS........................................................ 114
DRT........................................................ 116
MBS....................................................... 118
DWS.......................................................120
DWS COIL............................................ 121
THERMOWASHER.............................. 122
ISULFIX.................................................. 123
from page
9
OUTDOOR TIMBER-METAL COMPLEMENTARY
PRODUCTS
WOOD SPECIES...................................244
SELECTION OF THE FASTENING
Environment........................................246
Screwing..............................................248
Decorative head finish......................250
CORROSION.........................................252
C4 EVO COATING ................................254
MATERIALS AND COATINGS.............255
KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316..................256 SBS - SPP............................................ 340 A 10 M...................................................356

KKT A4 | AISI316................................ 260 SBS A2 | AISI304.................................342 A 18 M BL.............................................356
KKT COLOR.........................................264 SBN - SBN A2 | AISI304................... 344 KMR 3373............................................. 357
KKZ A2 | AISI304.................................268 WBAZ................................................... 346 KMR 3372............................................. 357
KWP A2 | AISI305...............................270 TBS EVO.............................................. 348 KMR 3338.............................................358
KKA AISI410......................................... 272 MTS A2 | AISI304................................349 KMR 3352.............................................358
KKA COLOR......................................... 274 MCS A2 | AISI304...............................350 IMPULS.................................................359
EWS....................................................... 276 B 13 B....................................................359
KKF AISI410......................................... 280
from page BIT........................................................ 360
337
SCI A4 | AISI316...................................284 SBD INSTALLATION DEVICE........... 361
SCI A2 | AISI305..................................286 D 38 RLE...............................................362
SCA A2 | AISI304............................... 290 SET........................................................363
HBS PLATE EVO..................................292 DRIVER BIT HOLDERS......................363
HBS EVO..............................................293 TWIST DRILL BITS............................. 364
TBS EVO...............................................294 HSS WOOD DRILL BIT......................366
VGZ EVO..............................................295 JIG VGZ................................................367
FLAT | FLIP...........................................296 JIG VGU................................................367
TVM...................................................... 300
GAP...................................................... 304
from page
353
TERRALOCK....................................... 308
GROUND COVER............................... 312
NAG....................................................... 313
GRANULO............................................ 314
TERRA BAND UV................................ 316
PROFID................................................. 317
JFA......................................................... 318
SUPPORT.............................................322
ALU TERRACE.....................................328
STAR......................................................334
SHIM......................................................335
from page
241
QUALITY CONTROL
PRODUCTION PHASES CONTROLS
Rothoblaas designs, tests, manufactures, certifies and markets its prod-

ucts under its own name and brand. The manufacturing process is
systematically checked during each phase (FPC), the whole procedure
strictly monitored and controlled to ensure compliance and quality at
each stage.
RAW MATERIAL HEAD MOULDING NOTCHING THE TIP

Steel wire enters the plant after being Multiple gold presses to engrave Precise notch, set back from the
inspected and the wire coils are name and length of the screw self-perforating tip
carefully washed
01 A 02 03 04 05 B
CUTTING TO LENGTH ROLLING

The steel wire is inserted in the Creation of the cutter and the
all-in-one machine thread down to the tip
QUALITY OF THE STEEL

With the steel annealing and tempering process, Rothoblaas screws ob-
tain the perfect balance between resistance (f yk = 1000 N/mm2) and duc-
tility (excellent possibility of bending), thanks to high-level engineering
know-how.
TRACEABILITY
During the production process each screw
is assigned an identifying code (batch num-
ber) which guarantees the traceability of raw
materials before the product is placed on the
market.
4 | QUALITY CONTROL
CE - ETA - DoP
As manufacturer, Rothoblaas is responsible 1. Identification of the producer
for its products covered by ETA. 2. ETA number
These products must be provided with CE 3. Declaration of performance
marking, normally on the label, which en-
sures legal validity and must show the fol-
1 ------------------------Rotho Blaas
lowing information: 2 ------------------------ETA 11/0030
3 ------------------------DoP: HBS_DoP_110030
(www.rothoblaas.com)
PACKAGING AND QUALITY CHECK

LABELLING AT ROTHOBLAAS
A mechanized line providing The FPC procedure continues with a second stage
packaging and labelling of geometric and mechanical checks carried out at
Rothoblaas
06 CD 07 E 08 09 F 10
HEAT TREATMENT/ STORAGE SELLING AND

GALVANIZING AND Acceptance of the incoming TRACEABILITY
WAXING goods and sampling by the With the batch number and
Quality Check Laboratory the selling order it is possible
Special furnace hardening
process with controlled to track all the manufacturing
temperature evolution and zinc phases: the customer can be
plated in an electrolytic tank sure to obtain a certified quality
followed by anti-friction waxing product
CONTROLS
A. Verification, check and registration of the
incoming raw materials
B. Geometric inspection according to regu-
lated tolerances and calibration
C. Mechanical check: ultimate resistance to
torsion, tension and bending angle
D. Check on coating thickness and salt spray
sample tests
E. Inspection of package and label
F. Application test
QUALITY CONTROL | 5
COMPLETE RANGE
“THE IDEAL COMBINATION”
HEAD
COUNTERSUNK WITH RIBS

HBS, HBS COIL, HBS EVO, HBS S, HBS S BULK, VGS,
SCI A2/A4, SBS, SPP
THREAD
FLANGE ASYMMETRIC “UMBRELLA”
TBS , TBS MAX, TBS EVO HBS , HBS COIL , HBS EVO , HBS P, HBS P EVO, TBS,
TBS EVO, SCI A2/A4
COUNTERSUNK SMOOTH SYMMETRICAL COARSE THREAD

HTS, DRS, DRT, SKS, SCA A2, SBS A2, SBN, SBN A2 HBS S, HBS S BULK, VGZ, VGZ EVO, VGS, SCA A2
COUNTERSUNK 60° SYMMETRICAL FINE THREAD

SHS, SHS AISI410, HBS H HBS H, HTS, SHS, SHS AISI410, LBS, DWS, DWS COIL,
KKF AISI410, MCS A2, VGZ H
ROUND DOUBLE
LBS DGZ, CTC, SBD, KKT A4 COLOR, KKT A4, KKT COLOR,
KKZ A2, KWP A2, KKA AISI410
HEXAGONAL TRILOBULAR
KOP, SKR, VGS Ø13, MTS A2 KKT A4 COLOR, KKT A4, KKT COLOR
CONE-SHAPED QUADLOBULAR
KKT A4 COLOR, KKT A4, KKT COLOR EWS A2, EWS AISI410
PAN HEAD FINE, FOR METAL

HBS P, HBS P EVO, KKF AISI410 KKA AISI 410, KKA COLOR, SBS, SPP, SBS A2, SBN, SBN A2
CONVEX STANDARD FOR WOOD

EWS A2, EWS AISI410, MCS A2 KOP, RTR, MTS A2
CYLINDRICAL SPACER
VGZ, VGZ EVO, VGZ H, DGZ, CTC, MBS, SBD, KKZ A2, DRS, DRT
KWP A2, KKA AISI410, KKA COLOR
BUGLE HI-LOW (CONCRETE)

DWS, DWS COIL MBS, SKR, SKS
6 | COMPLETE RANGE
carbon steel + zinc
TIP
MATERIALS AND COATINGS

SHARP plated
HBS (L ≤ 50 mm), HBS COIL (L ≤ 50 mm), HTS, LBS, DRS, DRT, DWS,
HTS, SHS, HBS, HBS COIL, HBS S,
DWS COIL, KWP A2, SCA A2, MCS A2
HBS S BULK, TBS, HBS H, HBS P, LBS,
KOP, DRS, DRT, MBS, VGZ, VGZ H,
VGS, RTR, DGZ, SBD, CTC, SKR, SKS,
SBS, SPP, SBN
SHARP SAW
HBS S, HBS S BULK
carbon steel +
color coating
KKT COLOR, KKA COLOR
SHARP SAW NIBS
VGS Ø13
carbon steel +
SHARP 1 CUT C4 EVO coating
HBS (L > 50 mm), HBS COIL (L > 50 mm), HBS EVO, HBS P, HBS P EVO, HBS EVO, TBS EVO, HBS P EVO,
TBS, TBS EVO, VGZ, VGZ EVO, VGS, DGZ, CTC, SHS, SHS AISI410, VGZ EVO, SKR EVO, SKS EVO
KKT A4 COLOR , KKT A4, EWS A2, EWS AISI410, KKF AISI410, SCI A2/A4
SHARP 2 CUT
KKT COLOR AISI410 martensitic
stainless steel
KKF AISI410, EWS AISI410,
KKA AISI410, SHS AISI410
HARD WOOD (DECKING)

KKZ A2
A2 stainless steel
(AISI304 | AISI305)
SCI A2, SCA A2, EWS A2, KKZ A2,
HARD WOOD (SOLID) KWP A2, SBS A2, SBN A2, MCS A2,
HBS H, VGZ H MTS A2, WBAZ
ALUMINIUM (DECKING) A4 stainless steel

KKA AISI410, KKA COLOR (AISI316)
KKT A4 COLOR, KKT A4, SCI A4
METAL (WITH FINS)

SBS, SBS A2, SPP
bi-metal stainless steel +
carbon steel
SBS A2
METAL (WITHOUT FINS)

SBD, SBN, SBN A2
phosphate steel
DWS, DWS COIL
STANDARD FOR WOOD
MBS, KOP, MTS A2
CONCRETE EPDM/PP/PU
SKR, SKS XYLOFON WASHER, WBAZ,
THERMOWASHER, ISULFIX
COMPLETE RANGE | 7
CARPENTRY
CARPENTRY
CARPENTRY
HTS KOP
FULLY THREADED COUNTERSUNK SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 COACH SCREW DIN571 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
SHS DRS
SMALL HEAD SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SPACER SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SHS AISI410 DRT

SMALL HEAD SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 WOOD/BRICKWORK SPACER SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
HBS MBS
COUNTERSUNK SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 SELF-TAPPING SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL
HEAD FOR MASONRY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
HBS EVO
COUNTERSUNK SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 DWS
DRYWALL SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
HBS COIL
HBS BOUND SCREWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 DWS COIL
DWS COLLATED PLASTERBOARD SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
HBS SOFTWOOD
COUNTERSUNK SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 THERMOWASHER
WASHER TO FASTEN INSULATION TO WOOD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
HBS SOFTWOOD BULK
COUNTERSUNK SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 ISULFIX
ANCHOR FOR FASTENING INSULATION TO BRICKWORK. . . . . 123
HBS HARDWOOD
COUNTERSUNK SCREW FOR HARDWOODS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
TBS
FLANGE HEAD SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
TBS EVO
FLANGE HEAD SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
XYLOFON WASHER
SEPARATING WASHER FOR WOOD SCREWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
HBS PLATE
PAN HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
HBS PLATE EVO

PAN HEAD SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
LBS
ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
LBA
HIGH BOND NAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
CARPENTRY | 11
GEOMETRY
THE DETAIL THAT MAKES THE DIFFERENCE
Every detail of the screw geometry is analysed and developed to

increase strength and application performance.
TIP
1, SELF-PERFORATING TIP
The self-perforating tip, enhanced with exclusive geometries for particu-
lar types of wood (LVL, hardwood, etc.), with corkscrew thread running
all the way to the tip, guaranteeing a fast, high-performance initial grip.
2. NOTCH NOTCH
The notch makes it possible to tear the fibres during insertion, thus pre-
venting the risk of splitting or cracking the wood. The setback position of
the notch is essential to guarantee excellent grip and perforation of the tip.
3. THREAD
With carefully designed geometries, the thread allows fast, secure screw-
THREAD SPACING
ing, in particular the thread pitch is related to screw diameter and length.
Coarse-pitch threads are well suited to medium/long screws as they
make screwing faster; on the other hand, fine-pitch threads are ideal for
small screws which require great care and precision during screwing.
4, CUTTER
The geometry of the cutter is carefully studied to widen the wood grain and CUTTER
move away the shavings created as the screw progresses. The cutter creates
the space for the passage of the shank and limits screw overheating.
5. SHANK
The shank is covered by special surface waxing which considerably re-
duces friction and torsional stress during screwing. WAXING
6. UNDERHEAD
The ribs are very sharp and able to cut through the shavings coming out
of the hole, following perforation of the wood.
7. HEAD
Head geometry defines screw resistance to penetration. RIBS
FLANGE HEAD
1
3
5
7
2
12 | GEOMETRY | CARPENTRY
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
CONSTANT EVOLVING KNOW-HOW
Extensive testing campaigns — conducted in our in-house labo-

ratories on softwood, hardwood and LVL — have resulted in the
development of products suitable for every type of wood, keep-
ing the focus on three key parameters:
FAST GRIP
It is obtained with a sharp tip, initial coarse thread and a regular conical
profile in the first section;
EASE OF PROGRESS
It is the ability of the screw to penetrate the wood with reduced effort
and is obtained with an initial slow thread (double or reverse) and irregu-
lar geometry that facilitates the removal of shavings;
FAST INSERTION
To allow for fast insertion, the notch must be setback with respect to the
end of the tip and is fundamental for screws longer than 50 mm, to avoid
splitting during insertion and to maintain an acceptable level of wood
damage.
CARPENTRY | RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT | 13

DUCTILITY
FASTENERS SEISMIC PERFORMANCE
EXPERIMENTAL TESTS
FprEN 14592 (2018) introduces three performance classes for cylindrical

shank fasteners used in seismic areas; these take the form of three class-
es of ductility ("low cycle ductility classes for fasteners used in seismic
areas"). The three classes are indicated as S1 (low ductility), S2 (medi-
um ductility) and S3 (high ductility). A fastener is classified in one of the
above classes according to the results of specific monotonic and cyclic
bending tests conducted on the threaded portion of the fastener.
This seismic classification is essential as it helps designers prevent brittle
fractures caused by a sudden failure of the metal fastener.
The objective of the standard is to verify that, based on the seismic class
and choice of fastener, at the end of the third cycle, the residual moment
Mres is at least equal to 80% of the average yield moment My determined
with monotonic testing.
TEST PROTOCOL USED IN CYCLIC TESTS
αu
Tubular Mandrel Loading device

αc guide
Support
Fastener
Rotation
Time 2d
0
16d
Test set-up diagram (static diagram: three-point bending).

-αc
1st cycle 2nd cycle 3rd cycle determination of the residual

bending moment capacity
MOMENT-ROTATION CURVE RESULTING FROM A CYCLIC TEST
Kel Mres
Bending moment
Mmax
M(1st)
M(2nd)
M(3rd)
Test configuration.
-αc 0 αc α + 20° αu
Rotation [°]
14 | DUCTILITY | CARPENTRY
EXPERIMENTAL TESTING TBS Ø8x160 mm
60
α = 10.50° α + 20°
Moment [kNmm]
40
My
20
Tests of TBS 8x160

Bilinear schematization
0
0 α 15 30 45
Deformed screw at the end of a cyclic test. Rotation [°]
60
An extensive testing campaign was therefore α = 10.50°
conducted on more than 500 Rothoblaas fas- 40 Seismic class: S3
teners, with diameters ranging from 6 mm to 10
Moment [kNmm]
mm and lengths between 100 mm and 300 mm. 20
All screws tested showed excellent mechan- 0

ical properties under monotonic conditions,
thus meeting the ductility requirement out-
-20
lined in EN 14592.
-40 Tests of TBS 8x160
In addition, all screws succeeded in complet-
ing three load cycles, achieving the highest Bilinear schematization
seismic performance class for 8 and 10 mm -60
-30 -15 0 15 30 45
diameter screws. Rotation [°]
The full scientific report on the experimental

testing is available at Rothoblaas. HBS Ø10x300 mm
80
α = 8.98° α + 20°
60
Moment [kNmm]
My
40
20
Tests of HBS 10x300
0
0 α 15 30 45
Rotation [°]
80
α = 8.98°
60
Seismic class: S3
40
Moment [kNmm]
HBS 20
S
0
X X
B
H
-20
S
-40
X X
B
H
TBS -60 Tests of HBS 10x300

-80
-30 -15 0 15 30 45
Rotation [°]
CARPENTRY | DUCTILITY | 15
LVL AND HARDWOOD
HIGH DENSITY WOODS
Chestnut, oak, cypress, beech, eucalyptus, bamboo and many other ex- MICROLLAM® LUMBER
otic woods are increasingly being used in construction. In addition to
these, elements in Microllam® lumber, called LVL (Laminated Veneer
Lumber), are also used. These are continuous elements, obtained from
thin layers of different species of wood (fir, pine, beech) just a few milli-
metres thick, overlapped and glued together. Microllam® sheets can be
produced with longitudinal grains or crossed grains depending on the
structural use of the element.
The resulting elements offer absolute dimensional stability and high me-
chanical performance for a wide range of applications (beams, joists,
pillars, walls, floors, curved elements, etc.).
Rothoblaas has conducted extensive testing to analyse the performance

of cylindrical shank fasteners on LVL elements, considering several pa- MICROLLAM® LUMBER WITH CROSS-GRAIN
rameters: VENEER
1. Different types of wood and their densities

2. Presence/absence of pre-drill holes
3. Fully/partially threaded fasteners
4. LVL panels with one/two-way grain
5. Application of fasteners on the side/narrow surface
thickness
surface thickness between
21-90 cm
widths lengths up to
up to 2,50 m 18,00 m
cover surface
front surface
The test results obtained proved useful as they

provided detailed verification of minimum ap-
plicable distances and analysed the different
screwing forces according to installation and
geometry of the fastener used.
16 | LVL AND HARDWOOD | CARPENTRY

According to the European Technical Assessment ETA-11/0030, Rothoblaas screws can be used for structural connections
when panels or LVL elements are employed.
With the aim of categorising the performance of partially threaded screws and fully threaded connectors in applications us-
ing LVL elements, Rothoblaas has conducted in-depth research at accredited external laboratories (Eurofins Expert Services
Oy, Espoo, Finland). Specifically, tests were conducted on the following aspects:
• THREAD WITHDRAWAL RESISTANCE (in edgewise and flatwise connections)

• HEAD PULL-THROUGH RESISTANCE
• REDUCED MINIMUM DISTANCES
• STIFFNESS OF CONNECTIONS
The full scientific report on the experimental testing is available at Rothoblaas.
t
b
b l b
t
t
b t
l
l l
CARPENTRY | LVL AND HARDWOOD | 17

HTS BIT INCLUDED EN 14592
FULLY THREADED COUNTERSUNK SCREW
TOTAL THREAD
The thread is 80% the length of the screw and the smooth part under
head guarantees maximum coupling efficiency with fibre board panels.
FINE THREAD
A fine thread is ideal for utmost screwing precision, even on MDF panels.
The Torx slot ensures stability and security.
CHROMIUM (VI) FREE

Total absence of hexavalent chromium. Compliance with the strictest
regulations governing chemical substances (SVHC).
REACH information available.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS fibre board screw
HEAD countersunk without under-head ribs
DIAMETER from 3,0 mm to 5,0 mm
LENGTH from 12 mm to 80 mm
MATERIAL
Carbon steel with bright zinc plated.
FIELDS OF USE
• wood based panels
• fibre board and MDF panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT, LVL
Service classes 1 and 2.
18 | HTS | CARPENTRY
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
ds
S
dk 90° d2 d1
X X
T
H
t1 b
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 3 3,5 4 4,5 5

Head diameter dk [mm] 6,00 7,00 8,00 8,80 9,70
Tip diameter d2 [mm] 2,00 2,20 2,50 2,80 3,20
Shank diameter dS [mm] 2,20 2,45 2,75 3,20 3,65
Head thickness t1 [mm] 2,20 2,40 2,70 2,80 2,80
Pre-drilling hole diameter dV [mm] 2,0 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5
Characteristic yield moment My,k [Nmm] 2168 2676 3752 5813 8801
Characteristic withdrawal
fax,k [N/mm2] 18,5 17,9 17,1 17,0 15,5
resistance parameter
Associated density ρa [kg/m ] 3
350 350 350 350 350
Characteristic head
fhead,k [N/mm ] 2
26,0 25,1 24,1 23,1 22,5
pull-through parameter
Associated density ρa [kg/m3] 350 350 350 350 350
Characteristic tensile
f tens,k [kN] 4,2 4,5 5,5 7,8 11,0
strength
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
d1 CODE L b pcs d1 CODE L b pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
HTS312 12 6 1000 HTS440 40 32 500
4
HTS316 16 10 1000 HTS445 45 37 400
3 TX 20
HTS320 20 14 1000 HTS450 50 42 400
TX 10
HTS325 25 19 1000 HTS4530 30 24 500
HTS330 30 24 1000 HTS4535 35 27 500
4,5
HTS3516 16 10 1000 HTS4540 40 32 400
TX 20
HTS3520 20 14 1000 HTS4545 45 37 400
HTS3525 25 19 1000 HTS4550 50 42 200
3,5
HTS3530 30 24 500 HTS530 30 24 500
TX 15
HTS3535 35 27 500 HTS535 35 27 400
HTS3540 40 32 500 HTS540 40 32 200
HTS3550 50 42 400 5 HTS545 45 37 200
HTS420 20 14 1000 TX 25 HTS550 50 42 200
4 HTS425 25 19 1000 HTS560 60 50 200
TX 20 HTS430 30 24 500 HTS570 70 60 100
HTS435 35 27 500 HTS580 80 70 100
CHIPBOARD
The total thread and countersunk head geom-
etry are ideal for fastening metal hinges when
building furniture. Ideal for use with single bit
(included in the package), easily exchanged in
the driver bit holder.
The self-perforating unnotched tip increases
the initial grip of the screw.
CARPENTRY | HTS | 19
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS
Load-to-grain angle α = 0° Load-to-grain angle α = 90°
SCREWS INSERTED WITH PRE-DRILLING HOLES SCREWS INSERTED WITH PRE-DRILLING HOLES
3,0 3,5 4 4,5 5 3,0 3,5 4 4,5 5
a1 [mm] 5∙d 15 18 20 23 5∙d 25 4∙d 12 14 16 18 4∙d 20
a2 [mm] 3∙d 9 11 12 14 3∙d 15 4∙d 12 14 16 18 4∙d 20
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 36 42 48 54 12∙d 60 7∙d 21 25 28 32 7∙d 35
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 21 25 28 32 7∙d 35 7∙d 21 25 28 32 7∙d 35
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 9 11 12 14 3∙d 15 5∙d 15 18 20 23 7∙d 35
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 9 11 12 14 3∙d 15 3∙d 9 11 12 14 3∙d 15
SCREWS INSERTED WITHOUT PRE-DRILLING HOLE SCREWS INSERTED WITHOUT PRE-DRILLING HOLE
3,0 3,5 4 4,5 5 3,0 3,5 4 4,5 5
a1 [mm] 10∙d 30 35 40 45 12∙d 60 5∙d 15 18 20 23 5∙d 25
a2 [mm] 5∙d 15 18 20 23 5∙d 25 5∙d 15 18 20 23 5∙d 25
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 45 53 60 68 15∙d 75 10∙d 30 35 40 45 10∙d 50
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 30 35 40 45 10∙d 50 10∙d 30 35 40 45 10∙d 50
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 15 18 20 23 5∙d 25 7∙d 21 25 28 32 10∙d 50
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 15 18 20 23 5∙d 25 5∙d 15 18 20 23 5∙d 25
d = nominal screw diameter
stressed end unloaded end stressed edge unload edge

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• The minimum distances are in accordance with EN 1995:2014, considering • The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
a wood characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3. multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
20 | HTS | CARPENTRY
STATIC VALUES CHARACTERISTIC VALUES
EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
thin steel-timber thick steel-timber thread head

geometry timber-to-timber panel-timber (1)
plate (2) plate (3) withdrawal(4) pull-through (5)
Splate
L
b
d1
d1 L b A RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rhead,k

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
SPLATE = 1,5 mm
12 6 - - - - 0,23 0,49 0,36 1,01
SPAN = 12 mm
SPLATE = 3 mm
SPAN = 9 mm
16 10 - - - - 0,32 0,66 0,60 1,01

3 20 14 - 0,11 - - 0,41 0,77 0,84 1,01
25 19 7 0,38 - - 0,52 0,92 1,14 1,01
30 24 12 0,61 0,76 0,77 0,62 1,08 1,44 1,01
16 10 - - - - 0,33 0,73 0,68 1,33
SPLATE = 1,75 mm
SPLATE = 3,5 mm
20 14 - - - - 0,43 0,85 0,95 1,33
25 19 4 - - - 0,55 1,01 1,29 1,33
3,5 30 24 9 0,53 0,83 - 0,66 1,19 1,62 1,33
35 27 14 0,77 0,92 0,97 0,78 1,34 1,83 1,33
SPAN = 12 mm
SPAN = 9 mm
40 32 19 0,82 0,92 0,99 0,90 1,45 2,17 1,33

50 42 29 0,89 0,92 0,99 1,13 1,62 2,84 1,33
20 14 - - - - 0,46 0,98 1,03 1,66
25 19 1 - - - 0,59 1,15 1,40 1,66
SPLATE = 4 mm
SPLATE = 2 mm
30 24 6 0,38 - - 0,72 1,33 1,77 1,66

4 35 27 11 0,71 0,99 - 0,85 1,49 1,99 1,66
40 32 16 0,96 0,99 1,18 0,97 1,69 2,36 1,66
45 37 21 1,02 0,99 1,18 1,10 1,81 2,73 1,66
50 42 26 1,08 0,99 1,18 1,23 1,90 3,09 1,66
SPLATE = 4,5 mm
30 24 3 0,21 - - 0,77 1,53 1,98 1,93

SPLATE = 2,25
35 27 8 0,56 - - 0,91 1,69 2,22 1,93

mm
4,5 40 32 13 0,90 1,31 - 1,05 1,90 2,63 1,93

45 37 18 1,15 1,40 1,43 1,19 2,12 3,05 1,93
SPAN = 12 mm
SPAN = 15 mm
50 42 23 1,21 1,40 1,47 1,33 2,33 3,46 1,93

30 24 0 - - - 0,84 1,75 2,01 2,28
35 27 5 - - - 0,99 1,90 2,26 2,28
SPLATE = 2,5 mm
SPLATE = 5 mm
40 32 10 0,76 - - 1,14 2,12 2,68 2,28

45 37 15 1,14 1,46 1,59 1,30 2,34 3,10 2,28
5
50 42 20 1,39 1,46 1,72 1,45 2,57 3,52 2,28
60 50 30 1,52 1,46 1,75 1,75 2,93 4,19 2,28
70 60 40 1,65 1,46 1,75 2,06 3,14 5,03 2,28
80 70 50 1,65 1,46 1,75 2,36 3,35 5,87 2,28
NOTES: GENERAL PRINCIPLES:

(1)
The characteristic shear resistances are calculated considering an OSB or parti- • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
cle board panel with a thickness SPAN and characteristic density of ρk = 500 kg/m3.
Rk kmod
(2)
The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of Rd =
a thin plate (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1).

γm
(3)
The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of
The coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regu-
a thick plate (SPLATE ≥ d1).
lations used for the calculation.
(4)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an-
or the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3
• F
gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.
has been considered.
(5)
The axial resistance to head pull-through, with and without a washer, was
• The values have been calculated considering a minimum tip penetration
calculated using wood elements.
depth of 6d1.
In the case of steel-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength
• Sizing and verification of the wooden elements, panels and steel plates
is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
must be done separately.
• The shear characteristic resistances are calculated for screws inserted with-
out pre-drilling holes. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling holes,
greater resistance values can be obtained.
CARPENTRY | HTS | 21
SHS BIT INCLUDED
SMALL HEAD SCREW
INVISIBLE HEAD
Hidden 60° head for easy insertion in small spaces without creating
openings in the wood.
FASTENING ON TONGUE AND GROOVE BOARDS

Ideal for use in joints to secure beads or small elements.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS GEOMETRY
d1 CODE dK L b A pcs A
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
SHS3530 5,75 30 20 10 500 dk 60° d1
3,5 SHS3540 5,75 40 26 14 500
TX 10 SHS3550 5,75 50 34 16 500 b
SHS3560 5,75 60 40 20 500 L
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
The smaller head and high-performing thread
guarantee perfect insertion of the screws in
small thicknesses, avoiding splitting.
22 | SHS | CARPENTRY
SHS AISI410 BIT INCLUDED
SMALL HEAD SCREW
INVISIBLE HEAD
The smaller head and high performing thread guarantee perfect inser-
tion of the screw in small thicknesses. Ideal for exterior applications.
AISI410
Martensitic stainless steel with an excellent balance between mechanical
resistance and corrosion resistance.
GEOMETRY
A
d1 CODE dK L b A pcs
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] dk 60° d1
SHS3540AS 5,75 40 26 14 500
3,5
SHS3550AS 5,75 50 34 16 500 b
TX 10
SHS3560AS 5,75 60 40 20 500 L
MATERIAL
AISI410 martensitic stainless steel.
FIELDS OF USE
Ideal for exterior use, thanks to the stainless
steel.
CARPENTRY | SHS AISI410 | 23

HBS BIT INCLUDED ETA 11/0030
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
SUPERIOR STRENGTH
Steel with superb yield and failure strength (f y,k = 1000 N/mm2). Very high
torsional strength ftor,k for safer screwing.
STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS
Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction
vs. the grain (α = 0° - 90°). Asymmetric “umbrella” threading for better
wood pull-through.
DUCTILITY
Bending angle 20° greater than standard, certified according to ETA
11/0030, Cyclical SEISMIC-REV tests according to EN 12512. Seismic
performance tested according to EN 14592.
CHROMIUM (VI) FREE

PROPERTIES
FOCUS extremely complete range
HEAD countersunk with under-head ribs
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
• high density woods
24 | HBS | CARPENTRY
CLT
Values also tested, certified and calculated for
CLT. Calculation tables and dimensioning soft-
ware (MyProject) for CLT available in the cata-
logue and online.
LVL
Values also tested, certified and calculated
for CLT and high density woods such as
Microllam® LVL.
CARPENTRY | HBS | 25
Valley jack rafter joint with HBS screws, diameter 8 mm.
Fastening CLT walls

with 6 mm diameter HBS screws.
S
X X
dk 90° d2 d1
B
H
ds
t1 b
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8 10 12

Head diameter dK [mm] 7,00 8,00 9,00 10,00 12,00 14,50 18,25 20,75
Tip diameter d2 [mm] 2,25 2,55 2,80 3,40 3,95 5,40 6,40 6,80
Shank diameter dS [mm] 2,45 2,75 3,15 3,65 4,30 5,80 7,00 8,00
Head thickness t1 [mm] 2,20 2,80 2,80 3,10 4,50 4,50 5,80 7,20
Pre-drilling hole diameter dv [mm] 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0 7,0
Characteristic yield moment My,k [Nmm] 2143 3033 4119 5417 9494 20057 35830 47966
Characteristic withdrawal-resistance
fax,k [N/mm2] 11,7 11,7 11,7 11,7 11,7 11,7 11,7 11,7
parameter
Characteristic head-pull-through
fhead,k [N/mm2] 10,5 10,5 10,5 10,5 10,5 10,5 10,5 10,5
parameter
Characteristic tensile strength f tens,k [kN] 3,8 5,0 6,4 7,9 11,3 20,1 31,4 33,9
d1 CODE L b A pcs d1 CODE L b A pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
HBS3540 40 18 22 500 HBS880 80 52 28 100
3,5
HBS3545 45 24 21 400 HBS8100 100 52 48 100
TX 15
HBS3550 50 24 26 400 HBS8120 120 60 60 100
HBS430 30 18 12 500 HBS8140 140 60 80 100
HBS435 35 18 17 500 HBS8160 160 80 80 100
HBS440 40 24 16 500 HBS8180 180 80 100 100
4 HBS445 45 30 15 400 HBS8200 200 80 120 100
TX 20 HBS450 50 30 20 400 HBS8220 220 80 140 100
HBS460 60 35 25 200 HBS8240 240 80 160 100
HBS470 70 40 30 200 8 HBS8260 260 80 180 100
TX 40
HBS480 80 40 40 200 HBS8280 280 80 200 100
HBS4540 40 24 16 400 HBS8300 300 100 200 100
HBS4545 45 30 15 400 HBS8320 320 100 220 100
4,5 HBS4550 50 30 20 200 HBS8340 340 100 240 100
TX 20 HBS4560 60 35 25 200 HBS8360 360 100 260 100
HBS4570 70 40 30 200 HBS8380 380 100 280 100
HBS4580 80 40 40 200 HBS8400 400 100 300 100
HBS540 40 24 16 200 HBS8440 440 100 340 100
HBS545 45 24 21 200 HBS8480 480 100 380 100
HBS550 50 24 26 200 HBS8520 520 100 420 100
HBS560 60 30 30 200 HBS1080 80 52 28 50
5 HBS570 70 35 35 100 HBS10100 100 52 48 50
TX 25 HBS580 80 40 40 100 HBS10120 120 60 60 50
HBS590 90 45 45 100 HBS10140 140 60 80 50
HBS5100 100 50 50 100 HBS10160 160 80 80 50
HBS5120 120 60 60 100 HBS10180 180 80 100 50
HBS640 40 35 8 100 HBS10200 200 80 120 50
HBS650 50 35 15 100 HBS10220 220 80 140 50
10
HBS660 60 30 30 100 HBS10240 240 80 160 50
TX 40
HBS670 70 40 30 100 HBS10260 260 80 180 50
HBS680 80 40 40 100 HBS10280 280 80 200 50
HBS690 90 50 40 100 HBS10300 300 100 200 50
HBS6100 100 50 50 100 HBS10320 320 100 220 50
HBS6110 110 60 50 100 HBS10340 340 100 240 50
HBS6120 120 60 60 100 HBS10360 360 100 260 50
6 HBS6130 130 60 70 100 HBS10380 380 100 280 50
TX 30 HBS6140 140 75 65 100 HBS10400 400 100 300 50
HBS6150 150 75 75 100 HBS12120 120 80 40 25
HBS6160 160 75 85 100 HBS12160 160 80 80 25
HBS6180 180 75 105 100 HBS12200 200 80 120 25
HBS6200 200 75 125 100 HBS12240 240 80 160 25
HBS6220 220 75 145 100 HBS12280 280 80 200 25
HBS6240 240 75 165 100 HBS12320 320 120 200 25
12
HBS6260 260 75 185 100 HBS12360 360 120 240 25
TX 50
HBS6280 280 75 205 100 HBS12400 400 120 280 25
HBS6300 300 75 225 100 HBS12440 440 120 320 25
HBS12480 480 120 360 25
HBS12520 520 120 400 25
HBS12560 560 120 440 25
HBS12600 600 120 480 25
HUS TURNED WASHER
dHBS CODE D1 D2 h pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
6 HUS6 7,5 20,0 4,0 100
8 HUS8 8,5 25,0 5,0 50 D2 D 1 h
10 HUS10 11 32,0 6,0 50 dHBS
12 HUS12 14,0 37,0 7,5 25
3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8 10 12 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8 10 12
a1 [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 50 60 4∙d 14 16 18 4∙d 20 24 32 40 48
a2 [mm] 3∙d 11 12 14 3∙d 15 18 24 30 36 4∙d 14 16 18 4∙d 20 24 32 40 48
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 42 48 54 12∙d 60 72 96 120 144 7∙d 25 28 32 7∙d 35 42 56 70 84
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 25 28 32 7∙d 35 42 56 70 84 7∙d 25 28 32 7∙d 35 42 56 70 84
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 11 12 14 3∙d 15 18 24 30 36 5∙d 18 20 23 7∙d 35 42 56 70 84
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 11 12 14 3∙d 15 18 24 30 36 3∙d 11 12 14 3∙d 15 18 24 30 36
3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8 10 12 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8 10 12
a1 [mm] 10∙d 35 40 45 12∙d 60 72 96 120 144 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 50 60
a2 [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 50 60 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 50 60
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 53 60 68 15∙d 75 90 120 150 180 10∙d 35 40 45 10∙d 50 60 80 100 120
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 35 40 45 10∙d 50 60 80 100 120 10∙d 35 40 45 10∙d 50 60 80 100 120
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 50 60 7∙d 25 28 32 10∙d 50 60 80 100 120
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 50 60 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 50 60

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• The minimum distances are compliant with EN 1995:2014, according to • The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
ETA-11/0030, considering a wood characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
and calculation diameter of d = nominal screw diameter. • In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii),
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied
multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7. by a coefficient of 1,5.
EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION

Splate
d1
d1 L b A RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rhead,k

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
40 18 22 0,73 0,72 0,85 1,13 0,80 0,56
3,5 mm
1,8 mm
12 mm
SPLATE ≤
SPLATE ≤
SPAN =
3,5 45 24 21 0,79 0,72 0,92 1,19 1,06 0,56

50 24 26 0,79 0,72 0,92 1,19 1,06 0,56
30 16 14 0,70 0,76 0,93 1,26 0,81 0,73
35 16 19 0,79 0,84 1,02 1,36 0,81 0,73
SPAN = 12 mm
SPLATE ≤ 4 mm
40 24 16 0,83 0,84 SPLATE ≤ 2 mm 1,12 1,46 1,21 0,73
45 24 21 0,94 0,84 1,12 1,46 1,21 0,73
4
50 24 26 1,00 0,84 1,12 1,46 1,21 0,73
60 30 30 1,00 0,84 1,20 1,53 1,52 0,73
70 35 35 1,00 0,84 1,26 1,60 1,77 0,73
80 40 40 1,00 0,84 1,32 1,66 2,02 0,73
40 24 16 0,98 1,06 1,33 SPLATE ≤ 4,5 mm 1,75 1,36 0,92
SPLATE ≤ 2,3 mm
SPAN = 15 mm
45 30 15 0,96 1,06 1,42 1,83 1,70 0,92

50 30 20 1,06 1,06 1,42 1,83 1,70 0,92
4,5
60 35 25 1,19 1,06 1,49 1,90 1,99 0,92
70 40 30 1,22 1,06 1,56 1,97 2,27 0,92
80 40 40 1,22 1,06 1,56 1,97 2,27 0,92
40 24 16 1,12 1,16 1,46 2,00 1,52 1,13
45 24 21 1,19 1,20 1,56 2,05 1,52 1,13
SPLATE ≤ 2,5 mm
50 24 26 1,29 1,20 1,56 2,05 1,52 1,13

SPAN = 15 mm
SPLATE ≤ 5 mm
60 30 30 1,46 1,20 1,65 2,14 1,89 1,13

5 70 35 35 1,46 1,20 1,73 2,22 2,21 1,13
80 40 40 1,46 1,20 1,81 2,30 2,53 1,13
90 45 45 1,46 1,20 1,89 2,38 2,84 1,13
100 50 50 1,46 1,20 1,97 2,46 3,16 1,13
120 50 70 1,46 1,20 1,97 2,46 3,16 1,13
NOTES:
(1)
The characteristic shear resistances are calculated considering an OSB3 or (4)
OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.
thickness SPAN. (5)
(2)
The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of a calculated using wood elements.
thin plate (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1). In the case of steel-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength
(3)
The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
timber-to-timber thin steel-timber thick steel-timber thread head head pull-through

geometry timber-to-timber
with washer plate (1) plate (2) withdrawal(3) pull-through (4) with washer (4)
legno-legno Splate
con rondella
d1
d1 L b A RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rhead,k Rhead,k

40 35 8 0,89 0,89 1,64 2,60 2,65 1,63 4,53
50 35 15 1,53 1,66 2,08 2,98 2,65 1,63 4,53
60 30 30 1,78 1,94 2,24 2,93 2,27 1,63 4,53
70 40 30 1,88 2,23 2,42 3,12 3,03 1,63 4,53
80 40 40 2,07 2,42 2,42 3,12 3,03 1,63 4,53
90 50 40 2,07 2,61 2,61 3,30 3,79 1,63 4,53
100 50 50 2,07 2,61 2,61 3,30 3,79 1,63 4,53
110 60 50 2,07 2,80 2,80 3,49 4,55 1,63 4,53
S PLATE ≤ 3 mm
SPLATE ≤ 6 mm
120 60 60 2,07 2,80 2,80 3,49 4,55 1,63 4,53
130 60 70 2,07 2,80 2,80 3,49 4,55 1,63 4,53
6
140 75 65 2,07 2,80 3,09 3,78 5,68 1,63 4,53
150 75 75 2,07 2,80 3,09 3,78 5,68 1,63 4,53
160 75 85 2,07 2,80 3,09 3,78 5,68 1,63 4,53
180 75 105 2,07 2,80 3,09 3,78 5,68 1,63 4,53
200 75 125 2,07 2,80 3,09 3,78 5,68 1,63 4,53
220 75 145 2,07 2,80 3,09 3,78 5,68 1,63 4,53
240 75 165 2,07 2,80 3,09 3,78 5,68 1,63 4,53
260 75 185 2,07 2,80 3,09 3,78 5,68 1,63 4,53
280 75 205 2,07 2,80 3,09 3,78 5,68 1,63 4,53
300 75 225 2,07 2,80 3,09 3,78 5,68 1,63 4,53
80 52 28 2,59 3,31 3,99 5,10 5,25 2,38 7,08
100 52 48 3,28 3,99 3,99 5,10 5,25 2,38 7,08
120 60 60 3,28 4,19 4,19 5,30 6,06 2,38 7,08
140 60 80 3,28 4,19 4,19 5,30 6,06 2,38 7,08
160 80 80 3,28 4,45 4,70 5,81 8,08 2,38 7,08
180 80 100 3,28 4,45 4,70 5,81 8,08 2,38 7,08
200 80 120 3,28 4,45 4,70 5,81 8,08 2,38 7,08
220 80 140 3,28 4,45 4,70 5,81 8,08 2,38 7,08
SPLATE ≤ 8 mm
SPLATE ≤ 4 mm
240 80 160 3,28 4,45 4,70 5,81 8,08 2,38 7,08

260 80 180 3,28 4,45 4,70 5,81 8,08 2,38 7,08
8
280 80 200 3,28 4,45 4,70 5,81 8,08 2,38 7,08
300 100 200 3,28 4,45 5,20 6,31 10,10 2,38 7,08
320 100 220 3,28 4,45 5,20 6,31 10,10 2,38 7,08
340 100 240 3,28 4,45 5,20 6,31 10,10 2,38 7,08
360 100 260 3,28 4,45 5,20 6,31 10,10 2,38 7,08
380 100 280 3,28 4,45 5,20 6,31 10,10 2,38 7,08
400 100 300 3,28 4,45 5,20 6,31 10,10 2,38 7,08
440 100 340 3,28 4,45 5,20 6,31 10,10 2,38 7,08
480 100 380 3,28 4,45 5,20 6,31 10,10 2,38 7,08
520 100 420 3,28 4,45 5,20 6,31 10,10 2,38 7,08
80 52 28 3,63 4,33 4,75 6,94 6,57 3,77 11,60
100 52 48 4,22 4,92 5,51 7,12 6,57 3,77 11,60
120 60 60 4,82 5,77 5,77 7,37 7,58 3,77 11,60
140 60 80 4,82 5,77 5,77 7,37 7,58 3,77 11,60
160 80 80 4,82 6,40 6,40 8,00 10,10 3,77 11,60
180 80 100 4,82 6,40 6,40 8,00 10,10 3,77 11,60
SPLATE ≤ 10 mm
S PLATE ≤ 5 mm
200 80 120 4,82 6,40 6,40 8,00 10,10 3,77 11,60

220 80 140 4,82 6,40 6,40 8,00 10,10 3,77 11,60
10 240 80 160 4,82 6,40 6,40 8,00 10,10 3,77 11,60
260 80 180 4,82 6,40 6,40 8,00 10,10 3,77 11,60
280 80 200 4,82 6,40 6,40 8,00 10,10 3,77 11,60
300 100 200 4,82 6,77 7,03 8,63 12,63 3,77 11,60
320 100 220 4,82 6,77 7,03 8,63 12,63 3,77 11,60
340 100 240 4,82 6,77 7,03 8,63 12,63 3,77 11,60
360 100 260 4,82 6,77 7,03 8,63 12,63 3,77 11,60
380 100 280 4,82 6,77 7,03 8,63 12,63 3,77 11,60
400 100 300 4,82 6,77 7,03 8,63 12,63 3,77 11,60
EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
timber-to-timber thin steel-timber thick steel-timber thread head head pull-through

geometry timber-to-timber
with washer plate (1) plate (2) withdrawal(3) pull-through (4) with washer (4)
legno-legno Splate
con rondella
d1
d1 L b A RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rhead,k Rhead,k

120 80 40 4,87 6,68 7,81 9,78 12,12 4,88 15,51
160 80 80 6,00 7,81 7,81 9,78 12,12 4,88 15,51
200 80 120 6,00 7,81 7,81 9,78 12,12 4,88 15,51
240 80 160 6,00 7,81 7,81 9,78 12,12 4,88 15,51
SPLATE ≤ 12 mm
SPLATE ≤ 6 mm
280 80 200 6,00 7,81 7,81 9,78 12,12 4,88 15,51
320 120 200 6,00 8,65 9,32 11,30 18,18 4,88 15,51
12 360 120 240 6,00 8,65 9,32 11,30 18,18 4,88 15,51
400 120 280 6,00 8,65 9,32 11,30 18,18 4,88 15,51
440 120 320 6,00 8,65 9,32 11,30 18,18 4,88 15,51
480 120 360 6,00 8,65 9,32 11,30 18,18 4,88 15,51
520 120 400 6,00 8,65 9,32 11,30 18,18 4,88 15,51
560 120 440 6,00 8,65 9,32 11,30 18,18 4,88 15,51
600 120 480 6,00 8,65 9,32 11,30 18,18 4,88 15,51

(1)
The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of • C
haracteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord-
a thin plate (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1). ance with ETA-11/0030.
(2)
The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
Rk kmod
(3)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an- Rd =
gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. γm
(4)
The axial resistance to head pull-through, with and without a washer, was The coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regu-
calculated using wood elements. lations used for the calculation.
In the case of steel-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength • F
or the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, refer-
is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through. ence was made to ETA-11/0030.
• F
• Values were calculated considering the threaded part as being completely
inserted into the wood.
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available
(www.rothoblaas.com).

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR AND AXIAL LOADS | CLT
lateral face (1) narrow face (2)
6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12
a1 [mm] 4∙d 24 32 40 48 10∙d 60 80 100 120
a2 [mm] 2,5∙d 15 20 25 30 4∙d 24 32 40 48
a3,t [mm] 6∙d 36 48 60 72 12∙d 72 96 120 144
a3,c [mm] 6∙d 36 48 60 72 7∙d 42 56 70 84
a4,t [mm] 6∙d 36 48 60 72 6∙d 36 48 60 72
a4,c [mm] 2,5∙d 15 20 25 30 3∙d 18 24 30 36
a4,c a4,t
α F
F
α α
F
F α
a3,t a3,c
a3,t F
a3,c a3,c
a2
a2 a4,c a4,c F
a2 a4,c a4,t
a1 a1
tCLT tCLT
NOTES:
The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be con- (1)
Minimum CLT thickness tmin = 10∙d
sidered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the (2)
Minimum CLT thickness tmin = 10∙d and minimum screw penetration depth
CLT panels. tpen = 10∙d
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | LVL
SCREWS INSERTED WITHOUT PRE-DRILLING HOLES (1) SCREWS INSERTED WITHOUT PRE-DRILLING HOLES (1)
5 6 8 10 5 6 8 10
a1 [mm] 12∙d 60 72 96 120 5∙d 25 30 40 50
a2 [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 50 5∙d 25 30 40 50
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 75 90 120 150 10∙d 50 60 80 100
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 50 60 80 100 10∙d 50 60 80 100
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 50 10∙d 50 60 80 100
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 50 5∙d 25 30 40 50
5 6 8 10 5 6 8 10
a1 [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 50 4∙d 20 24 32 40
a2 [mm] 3∙d 15 18 24 30 4∙d 20 24 32 40
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 60 72 96 120 7∙d 35 42 56 70
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 35 42 56 70 7∙d 35 42 56 70
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 15 18 24 30 7∙d 35 42 56 70
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 15 18 24 30 3∙d 15 18 24 30
a4,c a4,t
α F a2
F α
a1
a2
F a2
α α
F
a1
a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
(1)
Minimum distances are obtained from experimental tests carried out at Eu- where:
rofins Expert Services Oy, Espoo, Finland (Report EUFI29-19000819-T1/T2). t1 is the thickness in mm of the LVL element in a connection with 2 wooden
• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014. elements. For connections with 3 or more elements, t 1 represents the thick-
• The minimum distances are applicable when using both parallel and cross ness of the most external LVL;
grain LVL. t2 is the thickness in mm of the central element in a connection with 3 or
• The minimum distances without pre-drilling hole are valid for minimum more elements.
thickness of LVL elements tmin:
t1 ≥ 8,4d -9
11,4d
t2 ≥
75

STATIC VALUES | CLT
SHEAR
CLT - CLT panel - CLT (1) CLT - panel - CLT (1)

geometry
lateral face lateral face lateral face
t
A
d1
d1 L b A RV,k RV,k RV,k t RV,k t RV,k

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [kN] [mm] [kN]
40 35 8 0,80 1,33 1,38 - - - -
50 35 15 1,44 1,46 1,53 - - - -
60 30 30 1,63 1,46 1,53 - - - -
70 40 30 1,74 1,46 1,53 30 1,71 30 2,19
80 40 40 1,97 1,46 1,53 35 1,71 35 2,19
90 50 40 1,97 1,46 1,53 40 1,71 40 2,19
100 50 50 1,97 1,46 1,53 45 1,71 45 2,19
110 60 50 1,97 1,46 1,53 50 1,71 50 2,19
120 60 60 1,97 1,46 1,53 55 1,71 55 2,19
SPAN = 12 mm
SPAN = 12 mm
SPAN = 15 mm
SPAN = 15 mm
130 60 70 1,97 1,46 1,53 60 1,71 60 2,19
6
140 75 65 1,97 1,46 1,53 65 1,71 65 2,19
150 75 75 1,97 1,46 1,53 70 1,71 70 2,19
160 75 85 1,97 1,46 1,53 75 1,71 75 2,19
180 75 105 1,97 1,46 1,53 85 1,71 85 2,19
200 75 125 1,97 1,46 1,53 95 1,71 95 2,19
220 75 145 1,97 1,46 1,53 105 1,71 105 2,19
240 75 165 1,97 1,46 1,53 115 1,71 115 2,19
260 75 185 1,97 1,46 1,53 125 1,71 125 2,19
280 75 205 1,97 1,46 1,53 135 1,71 135 2,19
300 75 225 1,97 1,46 1,53 145 1,71 145 2,19
80 52 28 2,42 2,23 2,30 - - - 18,00
100 52 48 3,04 2,23 2,30 45 2,39 40 2,92
120 60 60 3,11 2,23 2,30 55 2,39 50 2,92
140 60 80 3,11 2,23 2,30 65 2,39 60 2,92
160 80 80 3,11 2,23 2,30 75 2,39 70 2,92
180 80 100 3,11 2,23 2,30 85 2,39 80 2,92
200 80 120 3,11 2,23 2,30 95 2,39 90 2,92
220 80 140 3,11 2,23 2,30 105 2,39 100 2,92
240 80 160 3,11 2,23
SPAN = 18 mm
2,30 115 2,39

SPAN = 18 mm
110 2,92
SPAN = 15 mm
SPAN = 15 mm
260 80 180 3,11 2,23 2,30 125 2,39 120 2,92

8
280 80 200 3,11 2,23 2,30 135 2,39 130 2,92
300 100 200 3,11 2,23 2,30 145 2,39 140 2,92
320 100 220 3,11 2,23 2,30 155 2,39 150 2,92
340 100 240 3,11 2,23 2,30 165 2,39 160 2,92
360 100 260 3,11 2,23 2,30 175 2,39 170 2,92
380 100 280 3,11 2,23 2,30 185 2,39 180 2,92
400 100 300 3,11 2,23 2,30 195 2,39 190 2,92
440 100 340 3,11 2,23 2,30 215 2,39 210 2,92
480 100 380 3,11 2,23 2,30 235 2,39 230 2,92
520 100 420 3,11 2,23 2,30 255 2,39 250 2,92
CHARACTERISTIC VALUES
EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
CLT - timber timber - CLT thread withdrawal thread withdrawal head head pull-through
lateral face lateral face lateral face (2) narrow face (3) pull-through (4) with washer (4)
RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rax,k Rhead,k Rhead,k

[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
0,80 0,89 2,46 - 1,51 4,20
1,46 1,50 2,46 - 1,51 4,20
1,69 1,72 2,11 - 1,51 4,20
1,77 1,85 2,81 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 2,81 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 3,51 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 3,51 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 4,21 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 4,21 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 4,21 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 5,27 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 5,27 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 5,27 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 5,27 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 5,27 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 5,27 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 5,27 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 5,27 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 5,27 - 1,51 4,20
2,00 2,03 5,27 - 1,51 4,20
2,45 2,55 4,87 3,70 2,21 6,56
3,08 3,21 4,87 3,70 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 5,62 4,21 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 5,62 4,21 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 7,49 5,45 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 7,49 5,45 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 7,49 5,45 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 7,49 5,45 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 7,49 5,45 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 7,49 5,45 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 7,49 5,45 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 9,36 6,66 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 9,36 6,66 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 9,36 6,66 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 9,36 6,66 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 9,36 6,66 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 9,36 6,66 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 9,36 6,66 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 9,36 6,66 2,21 6,56
3,17 3,21 9,36 6,66 2,21 6,56
STATIC VALUES | CLT
SHEAR

geometry
t
A
d1

80 52 28 3,40 3,12 3,31 - - - 22,00
100 52 48 3,86 3,12 3,31 40 3,12 - 22,00
120 60 60 4,45 3,12 3,31 50 3,12 50 3,89
140 60 80 4,49 3,12 3,31 60 3,12 60 3,89
160 80 80 4,57 3,12 3,31 70 3,12 70 3,89
180 80 100 4,57 3,12 3,31 80 3,12 80 3,89
200 80 120 4,57 3,12 3,31 90 3,12 90 3,89
SPAN = 22 mm
SPAN = 22 mm
SPAN = 18 mm
SPAN = 18 mm
220 80 140 4,57 3,12 3,31 100 3,12 100 3,89
10 240 80 160 4,57 3,12 3,31 110 3,12 110 3,89
260 80 180 4,57 3,12 3,31 120 3,12 120 3,89
280 80 200 4,57 3,12 3,31 130 3,12 130 3,89
300 100 200 4,57 3,12 3,31 140 3,12 140 3,89
320 100 220 4,57 3,12 3,31 150 3,12 150 3,89
340 100 240 4,57 3,12 3,31 160 3,12 160 3,89
360 100 260 4,57 3,12 3,31 170 3,12 170 3,89
380 100 280 4,57 3,12 3,31 180 3,12 180 3,89
400 100 300 4,57 3,12 3,31 190 3,12 190 3,89
120 80 40 4,54 - - - - - -
160 80 80 5,68 - - - - - -
200 80 120 5,68 - - - - - -
240 80 160 5,68 - - - - - -
280 80 200 5,68 - - - - - -
320 120 200 5,68 - - - - - -
12 360 120 240 5,68 - - - - - -
-
400 120 280 5,68 - - - - - -

440 120 320 5,68 - - - - - -
480 120 360 5,68 - - - - - -
520 120 400 5,68 - - - - - -
560 120 440 5,68 - - - - - -
600 120 480 5,68 - - - - - -
NOTES:
(1)
The characteristic shear resistances are calculated considering an OSB3 or In the case of steel-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength
OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
thickness SPAN.
(2)
(3)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance is valid for minimum thickness of the
element of tmin = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1.
(4)
EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
CLT - timber timber - CLT thread withdrawal thread withdrawal head head pull-through
lateral face lateral face lateral face (2) narrow face (3) pull-through (4) with washer (4)
RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rax,k Rhead,k Rhead,k

[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
3,46 3,57 6,08 4,42 3,50 10,75
4,02 4,06 6,08 4,42 3,50 10,75
4,55 4,62 7,02 5,03 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,62 7,02 5,03 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,72 9,36 6,51 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,72 9,36 6,51 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,72 9,36 6,51 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,72 9,36 6,51 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,72 9,36 6,51 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,72 9,36 6,51 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,72 9,36 6,51 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,72 11,70 7,96 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,72 11,70 7,96 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,72 11,70 7,96 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,72 11,70 7,96 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,72 11,70 7,96 3,50 10,75
4,65 4,72 11,70 7,96 3,50 10,75
4,60 4,80 11,23 7,54 4,52 14,37
5,79 5,88 11,23 7,54 4,52 14,37
5,79 5,88 11,23 7,54 4,52 14,37
5,79 5,88 11,23 7,54 4,52 14,37
5,79 5,88 11,23 7,54 4,52 14,37
5,79 5,88 16,85 10,86 4,52 14,37
5,79 5,88 16,85 10,86 4,52 14,37
5,79 5,88 16,85 10,86 4,52 14,37
5,79 5,88 16,85 10,86 4,52 14,37
5,79 5,88 16,85 10,86 4,52 14,37
5,79 5,88 16,85 10,86 4,52 14,37
5,79 5,88 16,85 10,86 4,52 14,37
5,79 5,88 16,85 10,86 4,52 14,37
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard and national • Values were calculated considering the threaded part as being completely
specification ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K in accordance with ETA-11/0030. inserted into the wood.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: • Sizing and verification of the wooden elements, panels and steel plates
R k
Rd = k mod • The shear characteristic resistances are calculated for screws inserted with-
γm out pre-drilling holes. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling holes,
lations used for the calculation. • The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering a minimum
fixing length of 4 d1.
• F
ence was made to ETA-11/0030.
• For the calculation process a timber density ρk = 350 kg/m3 has been considered.
STATIC VALUES | LVL
SHEAR
geometry LVL - LVL LVL - LVL - LVL LVL - timber timber - LVL
t2
d1 t1
d1 L b A RV,k t1 t2 RV,k RV,k RV,k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kN]
40 24 16 1,53 - - - 1,30 1,12
45 24 21 1,67 - - - 1,41 1,21
50 24 26 1,78 - - - 1,47 1,33
60 30 30 1,94 20,00 20,00 2,43 1,74 1,43
5 70 35 35 1,94 20,00 30,00 3,53 1,83 1,47
80 40 40 1,94 25,00 30,00 3,64 1,83 1,47
90 45 45 1,94 30,00 30,00 3,64 1,83 1,47
100 50 50 1,94 35,00 30,00 3,64 1,83 1,47
120 60 60 1,94 40,00 40,00 3,88 1,83 1,47
40 35 5 0,69 - - - 0,69 0,50
50 35 15 2,03 - - - 1,94 1,51
60 30 30 2,43 25,00 10,00 1,38 2,12 1,82
70 40 30 2,52 25,00 20,00 2,76 2,41 1,82
80 40 40 2,61 30,00 20,00 2,76 2,46 2,09
90 50 40 2,61 30,00 30,00 4,14 2,46 2,09
100 50 50 2,61 30,00 40,00 5,15 2,46 2,09
110 60 50 2,61 30,00 50,00 5,15 2,46 2,09
120 60 60 2,61 40,00 40,00 5,23 2,46 2,09
130 60 70 2,61 40,00 50,00 5,23 2,46 2,09
6
140 75 65 2,61 40,00 60,00 5,23 2,46 2,09
150 75 75 2,61 40,00 70,00 5,23 2,46 2,09
160 75 85 2,61 40,00 80,00 5,23 2,46 2,09
180 75 105 2,61 60,00 60,00 5,23 2,46 2,09
200 75 125 2,61 60,00 80,00 5,23 2,46 2,09
220 75 145 2,61 60,00 100,00 5,23 2,46 2,09
240 75 165 2,61 80,00 80,00 5,23 2,46 2,09
260 75 185 2,61 80,00 100,00 5,23 2,46 2,09
280 75 205 2,61 80,00 120,00 5,23 2,46 2,09
300 75 225 2,61 100,00 100,00 5,23 2,46 2,09
NOTES:
The axial thread withdrawal resistance Rax,90,flat,k was calculated considering a 90°
(1) (3)
The axial resistance to head pull-through Rhead,k, with and without a washer, was
angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b in applica- calculated using parallel or cross grain LVL elements with tmin thickness.
tions with both parallel and cross grain LVL.
(2)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance Rax,90,edge,k was calculated considering a 90°
angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b in applica-
tions with parallel grain LVL.
EN 1995:2014
TENSION
head pull-through
thread withdrawal thread withdrawal head pull-through
with washer
flat (1) edge (2) flat (3)
flat (3)
Rax,k Rax,k Rhead,k Rhead,k

[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
2,14 1,62 2,48 -
2,14 1,62 2,48 -
2,14 1,62 2,48 -
2,67 2,03 2,48 -
3,12 2,36 2,48 -
3,56 2,70 2,48 -
4,01 3,04 2,48 -
4,45 3,38 2,48 -
5,34 4,05 2,48 -
3,34 2,69 3,01 8,36
3,34 2,69 3,01 8,36
2,86 2,30 3,01 8,36
3,82 3,07 3,01 8,36
3,82 3,07 3,01 8,36
4,77 3,84 3,01 8,36
4,77 3,84 3,01 8,36
5,72 4,61 3,01 8,36
5,72 4,61 3,01 8,36
5,72 4,61 3,01 8,36
7,16 5,76 3,01 8,36
7,16 5,76 3,01 8,36
7,16 5,76 3,01 8,36
7,16 5,76 3,01 8,36
7,16 5,76 3,01 8,36
7,16 5,76 3,01 8,36
7,16 5,76 3,01 8,36
7,16 5,76 3,01 8,36
7,16 5,76 3,01 8,36
7,16 5,76 3,01 8,36
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with or the calculation process a LVL density of ρ k = 480 kg/m3 and timber density of
• F
ETA-11/0030. 350 kg/m3 have been considered.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: • Values were calculated considering the threaded part as being completely insert-
ed into the wood.
R k
Rd = k mod • Sizing and verification of the wooden elements, panels and steel plates must be
γm done separately.
T he coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations • The shear characteristic resistances are calculated for screws inserted without
used for the calculation. pre-drilling holes. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling holes, greater
resistance values can be obtained.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference
was made to ETA-11/0030 and experimental tests carried out at Eurofins Expert
Services Oy, Espoo, Finland (Report EUFI29-19000819-T1/T2).
STATIC VALUES | LVL
SHEAR
geometry LVL - LVL LVL - LVL - LVL LVL - timber timber - LVL
t2
d1 t1
80 52 28 3,30 32,00 16,00 2,70 3,15 2,53
100 52 48 3,95 40,00 20,00 3,37 3,71 3,17
120 60 60 3,95 40,00 40,00 6,75 3,71 3,30
140 60 80 3,95 40,00 60,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
160 80 80 3,95 40,00 80,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
180 80 100 3,95 60,00 60,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
200 80 120 3,95 60,00 80,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
220 80 140 3,95 60,00 100,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
240 80 160 3,95 80,00 80,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
260 80 180 3,95 80,00 100,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
8
280 80 200 3,95 80,00 120,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
300 100 200 3,95 100,00 100,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
320 100 220 3,95 100,00 120,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
340 100 240 3,95 100,00 140,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
360 100 260 3,95 120,00 120,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
380 100 280 3,95 120,00 140,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
400 100 300 3,95 120,00 160,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
440 100 340 3,95 140,00 160,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
480 100 380 3,95 140,00 200,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
520 100 420 3,95 140,00 240,00 7,91 3,71 3,30
80 52 28 4,62 - - - 4,32 3,57
100 52 48 5,57 40,00 20,00 3,95 4,99 4,20
120 60 60 5,84 40,00 40,00 7,89 5,33 4,69
140 60 80 5,84 40,00 60,00 11,37 5,33 4,85
160 80 80 5,84 40,00 80,00 11,37 5,49 4,85
180 80 100 5,84 60,00 60,00 11,68 5,49 4,85
200 80 120 5,84 60,00 80,00 11,68 5,49 4,85
220 80 140 5,84 60,00 100,00 11,68 5,49 4,85
10 240 80 160 5,84 80,00 80,00 11,68 5,49 4,85
260 80 180 5,84 80,00 100,00 11,68 5,49 4,85
280 80 200 5,84 80,00 120,00 11,68 5,49 4,85
300 100 200 5,84 100,00 100,00 11,68 5,49 4,85
320 100 220 5,84 100,00 120,00 11,68 5,49 4,85
340 100 240 5,84 100,00 140,00 11,68 5,49 4,85
360 100 260 5,84 120,00 120,00 11,68 5,49 4,85
380 100 280 5,84 120,00 140,00 11,68 5,49 4,85
400 100 300 5,84 120,00 160,00 11,68 5,49 4,85
EN 1995:2014
TENSION
head pull-through
with washer
flat (3)
Rax,k Rax,k Rhead,k Rhead,k

[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
5,78 5,20 3,85 11,44
5,78 5,20 3,85 11,44
6,67 6,00 3,85 11,44
6,67 6,00 3,85 11,44
8,90 8,00 3,85 11,44
8,90 8,00 3,85 11,44
8,90 8,00 3,85 11,44
8,90 8,00 3,85 11,44
8,90 8,00 3,85 11,44
8,90 8,00 3,85 11,44
8,90 8,00 3,85 11,44
11,12 10,00 3,85 11,44
11,12 10,00 3,85 11,44
11,12 10,00 3,85 11,44
11,12 10,00 3,85 11,44
11,12 10,00 3,85 11,44
11,12 10,00 3,85 11,44
11,12 10,00 3,85 11,44
11,12 10,00 3,85 11,44
11,12 10,00 3,85 11,44
7,07 6,86 6,06 18,64
7,07 6,86 6,06 18,64
8,16 7,92 6,06 18,64
8,16 7,92 6,06 18,64
10,88 10,56 6,06 18,64
10,88 10,56 6,06 18,64
10,88 10,56 6,06 18,64
10,88 10,56 6,06 18,64
10,88 10,56 6,06 18,64
10,88 10,56 6,06 18,64
10,88 10,56 6,06 18,64
13,60 13,20 6,06 18,64
13,60 13,20 6,06 18,64
13,60 13,20 6,06 18,64
13,60 13,20 6,06 18,64
13,60 13,20 6,06 18,64
13,60 13,20 6,06 18,64
CALCULATION EXAMPLES: VALLEY JACK RAFTER JOINT
CONNECTION TIMBER-TO-TIMBER / SINGLE SHEAR
ELEMENT 1 1 ELEMENT 2 2
B1 = 120 mm B2 = 160 mm
H1 = 160 mm 1 2 H2 = 240 mm
Slope 30% (16,7°) Slope 21% (12,0°)
Glulam GL24h Glulam GL24h
PROJECT DATA SCREW SELECTION CONNECTION GEOMETRY
Fv,Rd = 7,17 kN HBS = 10x180 mm t1 = 60 mm

Service class = 1 Pre-drilling hole = no α1 = 73,3° (90° - 16,7°)
Load duration = short Washer = no t2 = 120 mm
(fixing length in element 2)
α2 = 78,0° (90° - 12,0°)
SHEAR RESISTANCE CALCULATION (EN 1995:2014 and ETA-11/0030)
d1 = 10,0 mm My,k = 35830 Nmm

fh,1,k = 15,82 N/mm2 Rax,Rk = min {resistance to thread withdrawal; resistance to head pull-through} = min {Rax,Rk ; Rhead,Rk}
fh,2,k = 15,82 N/mm2 = 3,77 kN
β = 1,00 Rax,Rk/4 = 0,94 kN (cable effect)
fh,1,k t1 d
fh,2,k t2 d (a) = 9,49 kN
fh,1,k t1 d t t 2
t2 2
t R
β + 2β2 1+ 2 + 2 + β3 -β 1+ 2 + ax,Rk (b) = 18,99 kN
1+β t1 t1 t1 t1 4
fh,1,k t1 d 4β (2 + β) My,RK R (c) = 7,39 kN

Rv,Rk = min 1,05 2β (1 + β) + - β + ax,Rk
2+β fh,1,k d t12 4
(d) = 4,87 kN
f t d 4β (1 + 2β ) My,RK R
1,05 h,1,k 2 2β (1 + β) +
2
- β + ax,Rk
1 + 2β fh,1,k d t22 4 (e) = 7,90 kN
2β Rax,Rk
1,15 2My,RK fh,1,k d + (f) = 4,82 kN
(1 + β) 4
Rv,Rk = 4,82 kN
EN 1995:2014 Italy - NTC 2018
kmod = 0,9 kmod = 0,9
γm = 1,3 γm = 1,5
Rk kmod Rv,Rd = 3,33 kN Rv,Rd = 2,89 kN
Rd =
γm
Minimum number of screws Minimum number of screws
Fv,Rd / Rv,Rd = 2,15 Fv,Rd / Rv,Rd = 2,48
3 screws are hypothesized nef,SHEAR 3 (screws perpendicular to the grain)

nef,TENSION 30,9 = 2,69
Recalculating the shear resistance, for the cable effect, a tensile strength for the individual screws is assumed at:
Rax,Rk = 3,74 · 2,69 / 3 = 3,38 kN (head pull-through)
Rax,Rk /4 = 0,85 kN (cable effect)
Individual screw shear resistance:

Rv,Rk = 4,71 kN
EN 1995:2014 Italy - NTC 2018

Rv,Rd = 3,33 kN Rv,Rd = 2,89 kN
Rv,Rd ≥ Fv,Rd
Connection shear resistance: Connection shear resistance:
Rv,Rd = 3,33 x 3 = 9,99 kN > 7,17 kN OK Rv,Rd = 2,89 x 3 = 8,67 kN > 7,17 kN OK
CALCULATION EXAMPLES: VALLEY JACK RAFTER JOINT WITH MYPROJECT
B1 = 120 mm B2 = 160 mm
H1 = 160 mm 1 2 H2 = 240 mm
Slope 30% (16,7°) Slope 21% (12,0°)
Fv,Rd = 7,17 kN HBS = 10x180 mm t1 = 60 mm

Service class = 1 Pre-drilling hole = no α1 = 73,3° (90° - 16,7°)
Load duration = short Washer = no t2 = 120 mm
α2 = 78,0° (90° - 12,0°)
SHEAR RESISTANCE CALCULATION WITH MYPROJECT SOFTWARE (EN 1995:2014 and ETA-11/0030)
CALCULATION REPORT
HBS EVO BIT INCLUDED COATING ETA 11/0030
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
C4 EVO COATING
20 μm multilayer coating with a surface treatment of epoxy resin and
aluminium flakes. No rust after 1440 hours of salt spray exposure, as per
ISO 9227. Can be used in service class 3 outdoor applications and under
class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions.
AGGRESSIVE WOODS
Ideal for applications with woods containing tannin or treated with im-
pregnating agents or other chemical processes.
wood pull-through.
SUPERIOR STRENGTH
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS corrosiveness class C4
MATERIAL
Carbon steel, with a 20 μm coating, highly re-
sistant to corrosion.
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT, LVL
• aggressive woods (containing tannin)
• chemically treated woods
Service classes 1, 2 and 3.
44 | HBS EVO | CARPENTRY

SERVICE CLASS 3
Certified for use in service class 3 outdoor
applications and under class C4 atmospheric
corrosion conditions. Ideal for fastening tim-
ber framed panels and lattice beams (Rafter,
Truss).
OAK FRAME
for high density woods. Ideal for fastening
aggressive woods containing tannin, such as
chestnut and oak.
CARPENTRY | HBS EVO | 45

Fastening sill beams in frame structures.
Fastening outdoor fencing.
S
X X
dk 90° d2 d1
B
H
ds
t1 b
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 5 6 8

Head diameter dk [mm] 10,00 12,00 14,50
Tip diameter d2 [mm] 3,40 3,95 5,40
Shank diameter ds [mm] 3,65 4,30 5,80
Head thickness t1 [mm] 3,10 4,50 4,50
Pre-drilling hole diameter dv [mm] 3,0 4,0 5,0
Characteristic yield moment My,k [Nmm] 5417 9494 20057
fax,k [N/mm2] 11,7 11,7 11,7
parameter
fhead,k [N/mm2] 10,5 10,5 10,5
parameter
Characteristic tensile strength f tens,k [kN] 7,9 11,3 20,1


HBSEVO580 80 45 40 100 HBSEVO8100 100 25 48 100
5
HBSEVO590 90 45 45 100 HBSEVO8120 120 60 60 100
TX 25
HBSEVO5100 100 50 50 100 HBSEVO8140 140 60 80 100
HBSEVO680 80 40 40 100 HBSEVO8160 160 80 80 100
HBSEVO6100 100 50 50 100 8 HBSEVO8180 180 80 100 100
HBSEVO6120 120 60 60 100 TX 40 HBSEVO8200 200 80 120 100
6
HBSEVO6140 140 75 65 100 HBSEVO8220 220 80 140 100
TX 30
HBSEVO6160 160 75 85 100 HBSEVO8240 240 80 160 100
HBSEVO6180 180 75 105 100 HBSEVO8280 280 80 200 100
HBSEVO6200 200 75 125 100 HBSEVO8320 320 100 220 100
5 6 8 5 6 8
a1 [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 4∙d 20 24 32
a2 [mm] 3∙d 15 18 24 4∙d 20 24 32
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 60 72 96 7∙d 35 42 56
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 35 42 56 7∙d 35 42 56
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 15 18 24 7∙d 35 42 56
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 15 18 24 3∙d 15 18 24
5 6 8 5 6 8
a1 [mm] 12∙d 60 72 96 5∙d 25 30 40
a2 [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 5∙d 25 30 40
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 75 90 120 10∙d 50 60 80
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 50 60 80 10∙d 50 60 80
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 10∙d 50 60 80
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 5∙d 25 30 40

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• The minimum distances are in accordance with the EN 1995:2014 standard, • The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
according to ETA-11/0030, considering a wood characteristic density of multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3. • The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir, the minimum spacing and multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.
CARPENTRY | HBS EVO | 47

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION

Splate
d1
SPLATE ≤ 2,5
80 40 40 1,54 1,23 1,91 2,42 2,71 1,21
15 mm
SPLATE ≤
SPAN =
5 mm
mm
5 90 45 45 1,54 1,23 2,00 2,51 3,05 1,21
100 50 50 1,54 1,23 2,08 2,59 3,38 1,21
80 40 40 2,18 1,68 2,55 3,27 3,25 1,75
100 50 50 2,18 1,68 2,76 3,48 4,06 1,75
SPAN = 18 mm
SPLATE ≤ 6 mm
SPLATE ≤ 3 mm
120 60 60 2,18 1,68 2,96 3,68 4,87 1,75
6 140 75 65 2,18 1,68 3,26 3,99 6,09 1,75
160 75 85 2,18 1,68 3,26 3,99 6,09 1,75
180 75 105 2,18 1,68 3,26 3,99 6,09 1,75
200 75 125 2,18 1,68 3,26 3,99 6,09 1,75
100 52 48 3,44 2,50 4,21 5,37 5,63 2,55
120 60 60 3,44 2,50 4,42 5,58 6,50 2,55
140 60 80 3,44 2,50 4,42 5,58 6,50 2,55
SPAN = 22 mm
160 80 80 3,44 2,50 4,96 6,12 8,66 2,55

SPLATE ≥ 8 mm
SPLATE ≤ 4 mm
180 80 100 3,44 2,50 4,96 6,12 8,66 2,55

8
200 80 120 3,44 2,50 4,96 6,12 8,66 2,55
220 80 140 3,44 2,50 4,96 6,12 8,66 2,55
240 80 160 3,44 2,50 4,96 6,12 8,66 2,55
280 80 200 3,44 2,50 4,96 6,12 8,66 2,55
320 100 220 3,44 2,50 5,51 6,67 10,83 2,55

(1)
The characteristic shear resistances are calculated considering an OSB3 or • C
OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with ance with ETA-11/0030.
thickness SPAN. • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
(2)
Rk kmod
a thin plate (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1). Rd =
(3)
The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of γm
(4)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an- lations used for the calculation.
• F
(5)
The axial resistance to head pull-through, with and without a washer, was ence was made to ETA-11/0030.
or the calculation process a timber density ρ k = 420 kg/m3 has been con-
• F
In the case of steel-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength sidered.

HBS COIL ETA 11/0030
HBS BOUND SCREWS
QUICK, IN SERIES USE

Quick and precise installation. Fast and safe execution thanks to the spe-
cial binding.
HBS 6,0 mm
Also available in a diameter of 6.0 mm, ideal for quick wall-to-wall fas-
tening in CLT structures.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS HBS bound screw
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
50 | HBS COIL | CARPENTRY

GEOMETRY
X X
dk 90° d2 d1
B
H
ds
t1 b
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 4 4,5 5 6

Head diameter dk [mm] 8,00 9,00 10,00 12,00
Tip diameter d2 [mm] 2,55 2,80 3,40 3,95
Shank diameter ds [mm] 2,75 3,15 3,65 4,30
Head thickness t1 [mm] 2,80 2,80 3,10 4,50
Pre-drilling hole diameter dv [mm] 2,5 3,0 3,0 4,0
CODES AND DIMENSIONS TOOLS
d1 CODE L b A pcs
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
HZB430 30 16 14 3000
HZB435 35 16 21 2000
4
HZB440 40 24 16 2000
TX 20
HZB445 45 24 21 2000
HZB450 50 24 26 1500 HH3372 HH3338
4,5 HZB4550 50 24 26 1500

TX 20 CODE description lengths pcs
HZB4555 55 30 25 1500
[mm]
HZB540 40 20 20 1500
automatic loader for cordless
HZB545 45 24 21 1500 HH3373 25-50 1
screwdriver A 18 M BL
HZB550 50 24 26 1250 automatic loader for cordless
5 HH3372 40-80 1
HZB560 60 30 30 1250 screwdriver A 18 M BL
TX 25
HZB565 65 35 30 1250 HH3352 powered screwdriver 25-50 1
HZB570 70 35 35 625
HZB580 80 40 40 625 HH3338 powered screwdriver 40-80 1
6 HZB670 70 40 30 625
TX 30 HZB680 80 40 40 625
NOTE: further information on page 356-358 .
SPEED AND QUALITY

The excellent mechanical and geometric per-
formance of the HBS screw is ideal for fast, se-
rial assembly in the bound version.
CARPENTRY | HBS COIL | 51

HBS SOFTWOOD EN 14592
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
HBS S
Special self-perforating tip with serrated thread (SAW tip) that cuts the
timber fibres, facilitating initial grip and subsequent penetration.
LONGER THREAD
Greater thread length (60%) to ensure superb joint closure and great
versatility.
CHROMIUM (VI) FREE

CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS long thread
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
52 | HBS SOFTWOOD | CARPENTRY

X X
dk 90° d2 d1
BS
H
X
ds
t1 b
L

Characteristic yield moment My,k [Nmm] 6912,39 10672,63 22219,41
Characteristic
fax,k [N/mm2] 13,9 14,7 14,7
withdrawal-resistance parameter
Associated density ρa [kg/m3] 350 350 350
fhead,k [kN] 18,9 15,0 15,3
parameter
Associated density ρa [kg/m3] 350 350 350
Characteristic tensile strength f tens,k [kN] 10,5 13,5 19,6

HBSS550 50 30 20 200 HBSS8120 120 80 40 100
HBSS560 60 35 25 200 HBSS8140 140 80 60 100
5
HBSS570 70 40 30 200 HBSS8160 160 90 70 100
TX 25
HBSS580 80 50 30 100 HBSS8180 180 90 80 100
HBSS5100 100 60 40 100 HBSS8200 200 100 100 100
HBSS680 80 50 30 100 HBSS8220 220 100 120 100
HBSS6100 100 60 40 100 HBSS8240 240 100 140 100
8
HBSS6120 120 75 45 100 HBSS8260 260 100 160 100
TX 40
HBSS6140 140 80 60 100 HBSS8280 280 100 180 100
HBSS6160 160 90 70 100 HBSS8300 300 100 200 100
6 HBSS6180 180 100 80 100 HBSS8320 320 100 220 100
TX 30 HBSS6200 200 100 100 100 HBSS8340 340 100 240 100
HBSS6220 220 100 120 100 HBSS8360 360 100 260 100
HBSS6240 240 100 140 100 HBSS8380 380 100 280 100
HBSS6260 260 100 160 100 HBSS8400 400 100 300 100
HBSS6280 280 100 180 100
HBSS6300 300 100 200 100
TIMBER ROOF
The screws’ fast initial grip makes it possible
to create secure structural connections in all
assembly conditions.
CARPENTRY | HBS SOFTWOOD | 53

5 6 8 5 6 8
a1 [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 4∙d 20 24 32
a2 [mm] 3∙d 15 18 24 4∙d 20 24 32
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 60 72 96 7∙d 35 42 56
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 35 42 56 7∙d 35 42 56
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 15 18 24 7∙d 35 42 56
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 15 18 24 3∙d 15 18 24
5 6 8 5 6 8
a1 [mm] 12∙d 60 72 96 5∙d 25 30 40
a2 [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 5∙d 25 30 40
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 75 90 120 10∙d 50 60 80
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 50 60 80 10∙d 50 60 80
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 10∙d 50 60 80
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 5∙d 25 30 40

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• The minimum distances are in accordance with EN 1995:2014, considering • The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
a wood characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3. multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• T
he minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
54 | HBS SOFTWOOD | CARPENTRY

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION

Splate
d1

50 30 20 1,35 1,57 1,48 2,23 2,25 2,04
SPLATE = 2,5 mm
SPLATE = 5 mm
SPAN = 18 mm
60 35 25 1,46 1,68 1,80 2,35 2,63 2,04

5 70 40 30 1,56 1,68 1,95 2,44 3,00 2,04
80 50 30 1,56 1,68 2,13 2,63 3,75 2,04
100 60 40 1,71 1,68 2,32 2,82 4,50 2,04
80 50 30 1,84 1,97 2,70 3,41 4,76 2,33
100 60 40 2,08 1,97 3,00 3,65 5,71 2,33
120 75 45 2,16 1,97 3,15 4,01 7,14 2,33
140 80 60 2,16 1,97 3,15 4,13 7,62 2,33
SPLATE = 6 mm
SPLATE = 3 mm
SPAN = 18 mm
160 90 70 2,16 1,97 3,15 4,37 8,57 2,33

180 100 80 2,16 1,97 3,15 4,45 9,52 2,33
6
200 100 100 2,16 1,97 3,15 4,45 9,52 2,33
220 100 120 2,16 1,97 3,15 4,45 9,52 2,33
240 100 140 2,16 1,97 3,15 4,45 9,52 2,33
260 100 160 2,16 1,97 3,15 4,45 9,52 2,33
280 100 180 2,16 1,97 3,15 4,45 9,52 2,33
300 100 200 2,16 1,97 3,15 4,45 9,52 2,33
120 80 40 2,92 2,65 5,01 6,10 10,15 3,47
140 80 60 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,10 10,15 3,47
160 90 70 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,42 11,42 3,47
180 90 90 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,42 11,42 3,47
200 100 100 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,74 12,69 3,47
220 100 120 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,74 12,69 3,47
SPLATE = 8 mm
SPLATE = 4 mm
SPAN = 18 mm
240 100 140 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,74 12,69 3,47

8 260 100 160 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,74 12,69 3,47
280 100 180 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,74 12,69 3,47
300 100 200 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,74 12,69 3,47
320 100 220 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,74 12,69 3,47
340 100 240 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,74 12,69 3,47
360 100 260 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,74 12,69 3,47
380 100 280 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,74 12,69 3,47
400 100 300 3,39 2,65 5,04 6,74 12,69 3,47

(1)
The shear characteristic resistances are calculated considering an OSB panel • Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014.
or particle board with a SPAN thickness and timber density of ρ k = 500 kg/m3. • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
(2)
a thin plate (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1). Rk kmod
Rd =
(3)

γm
(4)
or the calculation process a timber density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been
• F
(5)
considered.
CARPENTRY | HBS SOFTWOOD | 55

HBS SOFTWOOD BULK EN 14592
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
HBS S BULK
Large package (BULK) for mass and serial use in factory or construction
yard. Special self-perforating tip with serrated thread (SAW tip).
LONGER THREAD
Greater thread length (60%) to ensure superb joint closure and great
versatility.
CHROMIUM (VI) FREE

CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS maxi package
DIAMETER 5,0 and 6,0 mm
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
56 | HBS SOFTWOOD BULK | CARPENTRY

X X
dk 90° d2 d1
BS
H
X
ds
t1 b
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 5 6

Head diameter dk [mm] 10,00 12,00
Tip diameter d2 [mm] 3,40 3,95
Shank diameter ds [mm] 3,65 4,30
Head thickness t1 [mm] 3,10 4,50
Pre-drilling hole diameter dv [mm] 3,0 4,0
Characteristic yield moment My,k [Nmm] 6912,39 10672,63
Characteristic
fax,k [N/mm2] 13,9 14,7
Associated density ρa [kg/m3] 350 350
fhead,k [kN] 18,9 15,0
parameter
Characteristic tensile strength f tens,k [kN] 10,5 13,5

HBSSBULK560 60 35 25 2500 HBSSBULK6100 100 60 40 800
5 HBSSBULK570 70 40 30 2000 6 HBSSBULK6120 120 75 45 600

TX 25 HBSSBULK580 80 50 30 1800 TX 30 HBSSBULK6140 140 80 60 600
HBSSBULK5100 100 60 40 1000 HBSSBULK6160 160 90 70 500
TIMBER FRAME
Ideal for serial fastening of factory-framed
panels. Packaging in large quantities prevents
material wastes and speeds up production.
CARPENTRY | HBS SOFTWOOD BULK | 57

HBS HARDWOOD BIT INCLUDED ETA 11/0030
COUNTERSUNK SCREW FOR HARDWOODS
HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION
Special tip with diamond geometry and notched, serrated thread. ETA
11/0030 certification for use with high density timber without any pre-
drill. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direc-
tion vs. the grain (α = 0° - 90°).
LARGER DIAMETER
Inner tip diameter increased to ensure tightening in the highest density
woods. Excellent twisting moment values. HBS H Ø6 mm, comparable to
a diameter of 7 mm; HBS H Ø8 mm, comparable to a diameter of 9 mm.
60° COUNTERSUNK HEAD

Concealed head, 60°, for effective, minimally invasive insertion, even in
high density woods.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS screw for hardwoods
HEAD 60° taper with under-head ribs
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• CLT, LVL
• beech, cypress, eucalyptus, bamboo
58 | HBS HARDWOOD | CARPENTRY

X X
dk 60° d2 d1
BS
H
ds
t1 b
L
Nominal diameter eq. d1 eq. [mm] 7 9

Characteristic withdrawal-resistance fax,k,90° [N/mm2] 46,0 46,0
parameter fax,k,0° [N/mm2] 20,0 20,0
fhead,k [N/mm2] 50,0 50,0
parameter
Mechanical parameters from experimental tests obtained from "Test Report No. 196104" of Karlsruher Institut für Technologie (KIT).
d1 eq. CODE d1 L b A pcs d1 eq. CODE d1 L b A pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
HBSH780 6 80 50 30 100 HBSH9120 8 120 70 50 100
HBSH7100 6 100 60 40 100 HBSH9140 8 140 80 60 100
7
HBSH7120 6 120 70 50 100 HBSH9160 8 160 90 70 100
TX 30
9
HBSH7140 6 140 80 60 100 HBSH9180 8 180 100 80 100
TX 40
HBSH7160 6 160 90 70 100 HBSH9200 8 200 100 100 100
HBSH9220 8 220 100 120 100
HBSH9240 8 240 100 140 100
d1 eq. = nominal diameter equivalent to a screw with the same ds
NOTES: upon request, EVO version is available.
BEECH LVL
for high density woods such as beechwood
Microllam® LVL. Certified for use without
pre-drilling, for densities of up to 780 kg/m3.
Also tested on structural woods such as beech,
cypress, eucalyptus, bamboo.
CARPENTRY | HBS HARDWOOD | 59

d1 eq. 7 9 7 9
d1 6 8 6 8
a1 [mm] 5∙d1 30 40 4∙d1 24 32
a2 [mm] 3∙d1 18 24 4∙d1 24 32
a3,t [mm] 12∙d1 72 96 7∙d1 42 56
a3,c [mm] 7∙d1 42 56 7∙d1 42 56
a4,t [mm] 3∙d1 18 24 5∙d1 42 56
a4,c [mm] 3∙d1 18 24 3∙d1 18 24
d1 eq. 7 9 7 9
d1 6 8 6 8
a1 [mm] 15∙d1 90 120 7∙d1 42 56
a2 [mm] 7∙d1 42 56 7∙d1 42 56
a3,t [mm] 20∙d1 120 160 15∙d1 90 120
a3,c [mm] 15∙d1 90 120 15∙d1 90 120
a4,t [mm] 7∙d1 42 56 12∙d1 72 96
a4,c [mm] 7∙d1 42 56 7∙d1 42 56
d1 = nominal screw diameter

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• The minimum distances are compliant with EN 1995:2014 - Table 8.2, con- multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
sidering a wood characteristic density of ρ k > 420 kg/m3 and calculation • The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
diameter of d = nominal screw diameter. multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• For high density wood applications (ρk > 500 kg/m3 ) please refer to ETA- Full technical data is available in the website www.rothoblaas.com.
11/0030.

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION

Splate Splate
A
d1
d1 eq. d1 L b A RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rhead,k

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
6 80 50 30 3,70 1,71 4,87 6,74 11,00 5,74
SPLATE ≤ 6 mm
SPAN = 12 mm
SPLATE ≤ 3 mm
6 100 60 40 4,12 1,71 5,64 7,29 13,20 5,74
7 6 120 70 50 4,25 1,71 5,64 7,84 15,40 5,74
6 140 80 60 4,25 1,71 5,64 7,97 17,60 5,74
6 160 90 70 4,25 1,71 5,64 7,97 19,81 5,74
8 120 70 50 6,27 2,39 8,97 11,43 20,54 8,38
8 140 80 60 6,62 2,39 9,06 11,43 23,47 8,38
SPLATE ≤ 8 mm
SPLATE ≤ 4 mm
SPAN = 15 mm
8 160 90 70 6,62 2,39 9,06 11,43 26,41 8,38

9 8 180 100 80 6,62 2,39 9,06 11,43 29,34 8,38
8 200 100 100 6,62 2,39 9,06 11,43 29,34 8,38
8 220 100 120 6,62 2,39 9,06 11,43 29,34 8,38
8 240 100 140 6,62 2,39 9,06 11,43 29,34 8,38

(1)
The characteristic shear resistances are calculated considering an OSB3 or • C
(2)
Rd =
(3)
(4)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an- The coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regu-
gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. lations used for the calculation.
(5)
The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using wood ele- • F
ments. ence was made to"Test Report No. 196104" of Karlsruher Institut für Tech-
nologie (KIT).
is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through. • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 550 kg/m3
• V
alues were calculated considering the threaded part as being completely
• S
izing and verification of the wooden elements, panels and steel plates

d1 eq. 7 9 7 9
d1 6 8 6 8
a1 [mm] 15∙d1 90 120 7∙d1 42 56
a2 [mm] 7∙d1 42 56 7∙d1 42 56
a3,t [mm] 20∙d1 120 160 15∙d1 90 120
a3,c [mm] 15∙d1 90 120 15∙d1 90 120
a4,t [mm] 7∙d1 42 56 12∙d1 72 96
a4,c [mm] 7∙d1 42 56 7∙d1 42 56
d1 eq. 7 9 7 9
d1 6 8 6 8
a1 [mm] 5∙d1 30 40 4∙d1 24 32
a2 [mm] 3∙d1 18 24 4∙d1 24 32
a3,t [mm] 12∙d1 72 96 7∙d1 42 56
a3,c [mm] 7∙d1 42 56 7∙d1 42 56
a4,t [mm] 3∙d1 18 24 5∙d1 42 56
a4,c [mm] 3∙d1 18 24 3∙d1 18 24
a4,c a4,t
α F a2
F α
a1
a2
F a2
α α
F
a1
a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• The minimum distances are compliant with EN 1995:2014 - Table 8.2 considering • In the case of panel-timber joints, the minimum spacings (a1, a2) can be multiplied
a wood characteristic density of ρ k > 420 kg/m3 and calculation diameter of d = by a coefficient of 0,85.
nominal screw diameter.
Full technical data is available in the website www.rothoblaas.com.
• For high density wood applications (ρ k > 500 kg/m3 ) please refer to ETA-11/0030.
• In the case of steel-timber joints, the minimum spacings (a1, a2) can be multiplied
by a coefficient of 0,7.

STATIC VALUES | LVL CHARACTERISTIC VALUES
EN 1995:2014
SHEAR
LVL - LVL thin steel-LVL thick steel-LVL
geometry
α = 0° - 0° plate (1) plate (2)
d1
with pre-drilling without pre-drilling with pre-drilling without pre-drilling with pre-drilling without pre-drilling
hole hole hole hole hole hole
d1 eq. d1 L b A RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
6 80 50 8 5,92 4,62 4,12 2,82 9,27 8,04
SPLATE = 6 mm
SPLATE = 3 mm
SPLATE ≤ 6 mm
SPLATE ≤ 3 mm
6 100 60 15 5,92 5,05 4,12 3,25 9,96 8,73
7 6 120 70 50 5,92 5,05 4,12 3,25 10,07 8,84
6 140 80 60 5,92 5,05 4,12 3,25 10,07 8,84
6 160 90 70 5,92 5,05 4,12 3,25 10,07 8,84
8 120 70 50 9,47 7,85 6,84 5,22 14,69 12,40
8 140 80 60 9,47 7,85 6,84 5,22 14,69 12,40
SPLATE = 8 mm
SPLATE = 4 mm
SPLATE ≤ 8 mm
SPLATE ≤ 4 mm
8 160 90 70 9,47 7,85 6,84 5,22 14,69 12,40
9 8 180 100 80 9,47 7,85 6,84 5,22 14,69 12,40
8 200 100 100 9,47 7,85 6,84 5,22 14,69 12,40
8 220 100 120 9,47 7,85 6,84 5,22 14,69 12,40
8 240 100 140 9,47 7,85 6,84 5,22 14,69 12,40
TENSION
geometry thread withdrawal (3)

head pull-through (4)
d1
d1 eq. d1 L b A Rax,k Rhead,k

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
6 80 50 8 13,80 7,20
6 100 60 15 16,56 7,20
7 6 120 70 50 19,32 7,20
6 140 80 60 22,08 7,20
6 160 90 70 24,84 7,20
8 120 70 50 25,76 10,51
8 140 80 60 29,44 10,51
8 160 90 70 33,12 10,51
9 8 180 100 80 36,80 10,51
8 200 100 100 36,80 10,51
8 220 100 120 36,80 10,51
8 240 100 140 36,80 10,51

The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of a thin
(1) • Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with
plate (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1). ETA-11/0030.
(2)
The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of a thick • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
plate (SPLATE ≥ d1). Rk kmod
(3)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle Rd =
between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.
γm
(4)
The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using wood elements. T he coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations
used for the calculation.
In the case of steel-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding
with respect to head separation or pull-through. • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, reference
was made to "Test Report No. 196104" of Karlsruher Institut für Technologie (KIT).
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 730 kg/m3 has
been considered.
• Values were calculated considering the threaded part as being completely insert-
ed into the wood.
• Sizing and verification of the wooden elements, panels and steel plates must be
done separately.

TBS BIT INCLUDED ETA 11/0030
FLANGE HEAD SCREW
INTEGRATED WASHER
The flange head serves as washer and ensures high tensile strength. Ideal
in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.
wood pull-through.
SUPERIOR STRENGTH
DUCTILITY
11/0030, Cyclical SEISMIC-REV tests according to EN 12512. Seismic
performance tested according to EN 14592.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS screw with built-in washer
HEAD flange
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
64 | TBS | CARPENTRY
SECONDARY BEAMS
Ideal for fastening joists to sill beams to achieve
high wind uplift resistance. The flange head
guarantees excellent tensile strength which
means the use of additional lateral fastening
systems can be avoided.
I-JOIST
Values also tested, certified and calculat-
ed for CLT and high density woods such as
Microllam® LVL.
CARPENTRY | TBS | 65
Fastening SIP panels with 8 mm diameter TBS screws.
Fastening CLT walls

with 8 mm diameter TBS screws.
dk dd2k d1 dk
ds
b
L Ø6-8 Ø 10
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 6 8 8 MAX 10

Tip diameter d2 [mm] 3,95 5,40 5,40 6,40
Characteristic yield moment My,k [Nmm] 9493,7 20057,5 20057,5 35829,6
fax,k [N/mm2] 11,7 11,7 11,7 11,7
parameter
fhead,k [N/mm2] 10,5 10,5 16,0 (*) 10,5
parameter
Characteristic tensile strength f tens,k [kN] 11,3 20,1 20,1 31,4
(*) Mechanical parameters obtained from experimental tests.
d1 dk CODE L b A pcs d1 dk CODE L b A pcs

TBS660 60 40 20 100 TBS10100 100 52 48 50
TBS670 70 40 30 100 TBS10120 120 60 60 50
TBS680 80 50 30 100 TBS10140 140 60 80 50
TBS690 90 50 40 100 TBS10160 160 80 80 50
TBS6100 100 60 40 100 TBS10180 180 80 100 50
TBS6120 120 75 45 100 TBS10200 200 100 100 50
TBS6140 140 75 65 100 TBS10220 220 100 120 50
6
15.5 TBS6160 160 75 85 100 TBS10240 240 100 140 50
TX30
TBS6180 180 75 105 100 TBS10260 260 100 160 50
10
TBS6200 200 75 125 100 25 TBS10280 280 100 180 50
TX 50
TBS6220 220 100 120 100 TBS10300 300 100 200 50
TBS6240 240 100 140 100 TBS10320 320 120 200 50
TBS6260 260 100 160 100 TBS10340 340 120 220 50
TBS6280 280 100 180 100 TBS10360 360 120 240 50
TBS6300 300 100 200 100 TBS10380 380 120 260 50
TBS840 40 32 8 100 TBS10400 400 120 280 50
TBS860 60 52 10 100 TBS10440 440 120 320 50
TBS880 80 52 28 50 TBS10480 480 120 360 50
TBS8100 100 52 48 50 TBS10520 520 120 400 50
TBS8120 120 80 40 50
TBS8140 140 80 60 50
TBS MAX
TBS8160 160 100 60 50
TBS8180 180 100 80 50 d1 dk CODE L b A pcs
TBS8200 200 100 100 50 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
TBS8220 220 100 120 50 TBSMAX8200 200 120 80 50
8 TBS8240 240 100 140 50 8
19 24,5 TBSMAX8220 220 120 100 50
TX40 TX 40
TBS8260 260 100 160 50 TBSMAX8240 240 120 120 50
TBS8280 280 100 180 50
TBS8300 300 100 200 50
TBS8320 320 100 220 50
TBS8340 340 100 240 50
TBS8360 360 100 260 50
TBS8380 380 100 280 50
TBS8400 400 100 300 50
TBS8440 440 100 340 50
TBS8480 480 100 380 50
TBS8520 520 100 420 50
TBS MAX FOR RIB TIMBER

With its increased thread (120 mm) and en-
larged head (24,5 mm), the TBS MAX guaran-
tees excellent grip and superb joint closure.
Ideal for the production of ribbed floors (Rip-
pendecke), optimising the number of fasten-
ings. The enlarged head guarantees excellent
joint tightening, making the use of presses
unnecessary when gluing wooden elements
together.
6 8 8 MAX 10 6 8 8 MAX 10
a1 [mm] 5∙d 30 40 40 50 4∙d 24 32 32 40
a2 [mm] 3∙d 18 24 24 30 4∙d 24 32 32 40
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 72 96 96 120 7∙d 42 56 56 70
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 42 56 56 70 7∙d 42 56 56 70
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 18 24 24 30 7∙d 42 56 56 70
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 18 24 24 30 3∙d 18 24 24 30
6 8 8 MAX 10 6 8 8 MAX 10
a1 [mm] 12∙d 72 96 96 120 5∙d 30 40 40 50
a2 [mm] 5∙d 30 40 40 50 5∙d 30 40 40 50
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 90 120 120 150 10∙d 60 80 80 100
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 60 80 80 100 10∙d 60 80 80 100
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 30 40 40 50 10∙d 60 80 80 100
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 30 40 40 50 5∙d 30 40 40 50

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• The minimum distances are compliant with EN 1995:2014, according to • In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii),
ETA-11/0030, considering a wood characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 385 kg/m3 the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied
and calculation diameter of d = nominal screw diameter. by a coefficient of 1,5.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
geometry timber-to-timber panel-timber (1) thread withdrawal (2) head pull-through
d1
d1 L b A RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rhead,k

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
60 40 20 1,89 1,11 3,03 2,72
70 40 30 2,15 1,68 3,03 2,72
80 50 30 2,15 2,14 3,79 2,72
90 50 40 2,35 2,50 3,79 2,72
100 60 40 2,35 2,50 4,55 2,72
120 75 45 2,35 2,50 5,68 2,72
SPAN = 50 mm
140 75 65 2,35 2,50 5,68 2,72

6 160 75 85 2,35 2,50 5,68 2,72
180 75 105 2,35 2,50 5,68 2,72
200 75 125 2,35 2,50 5,68 2,72
220 100 120 2,35 2,50 7,58 2,72
240 100 140 2,35 2,50 7,58 2,72
260 100 160 2,35 2,50 7,58 2,72
280 100 180 2,35 2,50 7,58 2,72
300 100 200 2,35 2,50 7,58 2,72
40 32 8 1,08 - 3,23 4,09
60 52 8 1,08 - 5,25 4,09
80 52 28 3,02 2,03 5,25 4,09
100 80 20 2,71 3,22 8,08 4,09
120 80 40 3,41 3,89 8,08 4,09
140 80 60 3,70 3,89 8,08 4,09
160 100 60 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
180 100 80 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
200 100 100 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
220 100 120 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
240 100 140 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
SPAN = 65 mm
8
260 100 160 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
280 100 180 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
300 100 200 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
320 100 220 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
340 100 240 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
360 100 260 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
380 100 280 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
400 100 300 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
440 100 340 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
480 100 380 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
520 100 420 3,70 3,89 10,10 4,09
200 120 80 5,27 5,44 12,12 10,36
8
220 120 100 5,27 5,44 12,12 10,36
MAX
240 120 120 5,27 5,44 12,12 10,36
NOTES:
(1)
The shear characteristic resistances are calculated considering an OSB panel (2)
or particle board with a SPAN thickness and timber density of ρ k = 500 kg/m3. gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.
EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
d1

100 52 48 4,92 3,16 6,57 7,08
120 60 60 5,64 4,47 7,58 7,08
140 60 80 5,64 5,84 7,58 7,08
160 80 80 5,64 5,85 10,10 7,08
180 80 100 5,64 5,85 10,10 7,08
200 100 100 5,64 5,85 12,63 7,08
220 100 120 5,64 5,85 12,63 7,08
240 100 140 5,64 5,85 12,63 7,08
SPAN = 80 mm
260 100 160 5,64 5,85 12,63 7,08

10 280 100 180 5,64 5,85 12,63 7,08
300 100 200 5,64 5,85 12,63 7,08
320 120 200 5,64 5,85 15,15 7,08
340 120 220 5,64 5,85 15,15 7,08
360 120 240 5,64 5,85 15,15 7,08
380 120 260 5,64 5,85 15,15 7,08
400 120 280 5,64 5,85 15,15 7,08
440 120 320 5,64 5,85 15,15 7,08
480 120 360 5,64 5,85 15,15 7,08
520 120 400 5,64 5,85 15,15 7,08
NOTES:
(1)
The shear characteristic resistances are calculated considering an OSB panel • For the calculation process a timber density ρ k = 380 kg/m3 has been con-
or particle board with a SPAN thickness. sidered. Characteristic resistances can also be considered as valid for larger
(2)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an- densities, for the purposes of safety.
gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. • V
• S
izing and verification of the wooden elements, panels and steel plates
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• C
haracteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord- • The shear characteristic resistances are calculated for screws inserted with-
ance with ETA-11/0030. out pre-drilling holes. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling holes,
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
R k (www.rothoblaas.com).
Rd = k mod
γm • The characteristic resistances were calculated using solid timber or glulam.
In the case of joints with CLT elements, the resistance values may be differ-

The coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regu- ent and should be calculated on the basis of the characteristics of the panel
lations used for the calculation. and the connection configuration.
• F
CALCULATION EXAMPLE: RAFTER - PURLIN JOINT WITH MYPROJECT
B1 = 120 mm
1 B2 = 200 mm
H1 = 160 mm H2 = 240 mm
Slope 30% (16,7°) Slope 0% (0°)
2
Fv,Rd = 1,89 kN TBS = 8x260 mm t1 = 160 mm

Service class = 1 Pre-drilling hole = no α1 = 0°
Load duration = short t2 = 100 mm
α2 = 90°
SHEAR RESISTANCE CALCULATION WITH MYPROJECT SOFTWARE (EN 1995:2014 and ETA-11/0030)
d1 = 8,0 mm My,k = 20057,5 Nmm

fh,1,k = 16,92 N/mm2 Rax,Rk = min {resistance to thread withdrawal; resistance to head pull-through} = min {Rax,Rk ; Rhead,Rk} = 4,09 kN
fh,2,k = 16,92 N/mm2 Rax,Rk/4 = 1,02 kN (cable effect)
β = 1,00
Rv,Rk = 3,70 kN
EN 1995:2014 Italy - NTC 2018

R k kmod = 0,9 kmod = 0,9
Rv,Rd = v,Rk mod γm = 1,3 γm = 1,5
γm Rv,Rd = 2,56 kN > 1,89 kN OK Rv,Rd = 2,22 kN > 1,89 kN OK
6 8 10 6 8 10
a1 [mm] 4∙d 24 32 40 10∙d 60 80 100
a2 [mm] 2,5∙d 15 20 25 4∙d 24 32 40
a3,t [mm] 6∙d 36 48 60 12∙d 72 96 120
a3,c [mm] 6∙d 36 48 60 7∙d 42 56 70
a4,t [mm] 6∙d 36 48 60 6∙d 36 48 60
a4,c [mm] 2,5∙d 15 20 25 3∙d 18 24 30
a4,c a4,t
α F
F
α α
F
F α
a3,t a3,c
a3,t F
a3,c a3,c
a2
a2 a4,c a4,c F
a2 a4,c a4,t
a1 a1
tCLT tCLT
NOTES:
6 8 10 6 8 10
a1 [mm] 12∙d 72 96 120 5∙d 30 40 50
a2 [mm] 5∙d 30 40 50 5∙d 30 40 50
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 90 120 150 10∙d 60 80 100
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 60 80 100 10∙d 60 80 100
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 30 40 50 10∙d 60 80 100
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 30 40 50 5∙d 30 40 50
6 8 10 6 8 10
a1 [mm] 5∙d 30 40 50 4∙d 24 32 40
a2 [mm] 3∙d 18 24 30 4∙d 24 32 40
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 72 96 120 7∙d 42 56 70
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 42 56 70 7∙d 42 56 70
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 18 24 30 7∙d 42 56 70
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 18 24 30 3∙d 18 24 30
a4,c a4,t
α F a2
F α
a1
a2
F a2
α α
F
a1
a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
(1)
Minimum distances are obtained from experimental tests carried out at Eu- where:
rofins Expert Services Oy, Espoo, Finland (Report EUFI29-19000819-T1/T2). t1 is the thickness in mm of the LVL element in a connection with 2 wooden
• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014. elements. For connections with 3 or more elements, t 1 represents the thick-
• The minimum distances are applicable when using both parallel and cross ness of the most external LVL;
grain LVL. t2 is the thickness in mm of the central element in a connection with 3 or
• The minimum distances without pre-drilling hole are valid for minimum more elements.
thickness of LVL elements tmin:
t1 ≥ 8,4d -9
11,4d
t2 ≥
75

STATIC VALUES | CLT
SHEAR

geometry
t
A
d1

60 40 8 0,80 1,66 1,73 - - - -
70 40 30 2,00 1,66 1,73 30 1,71 30 2,19
80 50 30 2,00 1,66 1,73 35 1,71 35 2,19
90 50 40 2,22 1,66 1,73 40 1,71 40 2,19
100 60 40 2,22 1,66 1,73 45 1,71 45 2,19
120 75 45 2,22 1,66 1,73 55 1,71 55 2,19
SPAN = 12 mm
SPAN = 12 mm
SPAN = 15 mm
SPAN = 15 mm
140 75 65 2,22 1,66 1,73 65 1,71 65 2,19
6 160 75 85 2,22 1,66 1,73 75 1,71 75 2,19
180 75 105 2,22 1,66 1,73 85 1,71 85 2,19
200 75 125 2,22 1,66 1,73 95 1,71 95 2,19
220 100 120 2,22 1,66 1,73 105 1,71 105 2,19
240 100 140 2,22 1,66 1,73 115 1,71 115 2,19
260 100 160 2,22 1,66 1,73 125 1,71 125 2,19
280 100 180 2,22 1,66 1,73 135 1,71 135 2,19
300 100 200 2,22 1,66 1,73 145 1,71 145 2,19
40 32 8 0,98 1,91 1,99 - - - -
60 52 8 0,98 2,39 2,62 - - - -
80 52 28 2,81 2,39 2,62 - - - -
100 80 20 2,46 2,39 2,62 45 2,39 40 2,92
120 80 40 3,16 2,39 2,62 55 2,39 50 2,92
140 80 60 3,50 2,39 2,62 65 2,39 60 2,92
160 100 60 3,50 2,39 2,62 75 2,39 70 2,92
180 100 80 3,50 2,39 2,62 85 2,39 80 2,92
200 100 100 3,50 2,39 2,62 95 2,39 90 2,92
220 100 120 3,50 2,39
SPAN = 18 mm
2,62 105 2,39

SPAN = 18 mm
100 2,92
SPAN = 15 mm
SPAN = 15 mm
240 100 140 3,50 2,39 2,62 115 2,39 110 2,92
8
260 100 160 3,50 2,39 2,62 125 2,39 120 2,92
280 100 180 3,50 2,39 2,62 135 2,39 130 2,92
300 100 200 3,50 2,39 2,62 145 2,39 140 2,92
320 100 220 3,50 2,39 2,62 155 2,39 150 2,92
340 100 240 3,50 2,39 2,62 165 2,39 160 2,92
360 100 260 3,50 2,39 2,62 175 2,39 170 2,92
380 100 280 3,50 2,39 2,62 185 2,39 180 2,92
400 100 300 3,50 2,39 2,62 195 2,39 190 2,92
440 100 340 3,50 2,39 2,62 215 2,39 210 2,92
480 100 380 3,50 2,39 2,62 235 2,39 230 2,92
520 100 420 3,50 2,39 2,62 255 2,39 250 2,92
200 120 80 4,96 2,39 2,92 95 2,39 90 2,92
SPAN = 18
SPAN = 18
SPAN = 15
SPAN = 15
8
mm
mm
mm
mm
220 120 100 4,96 2,39 2,92 105 2,39 100 2,92
MAX
240 120 120 4,96 2,39 2,92 115 2,39 110 2,92
EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
CLT - timber timber - CLT thread withdrawal thread withdrawal head

lateral face lateral face lateral face (2) narrow face (3) pull-through (4)
RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rax,k Rhead,k

[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
0,80 0,89 2,81 - 2,52
2,02 2,13 2,81 - 2,52
2,02 2,13 3,51 - 2,52
2,26 2,31 3,51 - 2,52
2,26 2,31 4,21 - 2,52
2,26 2,31 5,27 - 2,52
2,26 2,31 5,27 - 2,52
2,26 2,31 5,27 - 2,52
2,26 2,31 5,27 - 2,52
2,26 2,31 5,27 - 2,52
2,26 2,31 7,02 - 2,52
2,26 2,31 7,02 - 2,52
2,26 2,31 7,02 - 2,52
2,26 2,31 7,02 - 2,52
2,26 2,31 7,02 - 2,52
0,98 1,08 3,00 2,39 3,79
0,98 1,08 4,87 3,70 3,79
2,85 2,98 4,87 3,70 3,79
2,46 2,71 7,49 5,45 3,79
3,20 3,37 7,49 5,45 3,79
3,56 3,64 7,49 5,45 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
3,56 3,64 9,36 6,66 3,79
5,02 5,21 11,23 7,85 9,60
5,02 5,21 11,23 7,85 9,60
5,02 5,21 11,23 7,85 9,60
STATIC VALUES | CLT
SHEAR

geometry
t
A
d1

100 52 48 4,50 3,12 3,89 - -
120 60 60 5,22 3,12 3,89 40 3,12 50 3,89
140 60 80 5,26 3,12 3,89 50 3,12 60 3,89
160 80 80 5,33 3,12 3,89 60 3,12 70 3,89
180 80 100 5,33 3,12 3,89 70 3,12 80 3,89
200 100 100 5,33 3,12 3,89 80 3,12 90 3,89
220 100 120 5,33 3,12 3,89 90 3,12 100 3,89
240 100 140 5,33 3,12 3,89 100 3,12 110 3,89
SPAN = 22 mm
SPAN = 22 mm
SPAN = 18 mm
SPAN = 18 mm
260 100 160 5,33 3,12 3,89 110 3,12 120 3,89
10 280 100 180 5,33 3,12 3,89 120 3,12 130 3,89
300 100 200 5,33 3,12 3,89 130 3,12 140 3,89
320 120 200 5,33 3,12 3,89 140 3,12 150 3,89
340 120 220 5,33 3,12 3,89 150 3,12 160 3,89
360 120 240 5,33 3,12 3,89 160 3,12 170 3,89
380 120 260 5,33 3,12 3,89 170 3,12 180 3,89
400 120 280 5,33 3,12 3,89 180 3,12 190 3,89
440 120 320 5,33 3,12 3,89 190 3,12 210 3,89
480 120 360 5,33 3,12 3,89 210 3,12 230 3,89
520 120 400 5,33 3,12 3,89 230 3,12 250 3,89
NOTES:
(1)
The characteristic shear resistances are calculated considering an OSB3 or In the case of steel-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength
OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
thickness SPAN.
(2)
(3)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance is valid for minimum thickness of the
element of tmin = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1.
(4)
EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
CLT - timber timber - CLT thread withdrawal thread withdrawal head

lateral face lateral face lateral face (2) narrow face (3) pull-through (4)
RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rax,k Rhead,k

[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
4,72 4,64 6,08 4,42 6,56
5,32 5,43 7,02 5,03 6,56
5,42 5,43 7,02 5,03 6,56
5,42 5,55 9,36 6,51 6,56
5,42 5,55 9,36 6,51 6,56
5,42 5,55 11,70 7,96 6,56
5,42 5,55 11,70 7,96 6,56
5,42 5,55 11,70 7,96 6,56
5,42 5,55 11,70 7,96 6,56
5,42 5,55 11,70 7,96 6,56
5,42 5,55 11,70 7,96 6,56
5,42 5,55 14,04 9,38 6,56
5,42 5,55 14,04 9,38 6,56
5,42 5,55 14,04 9,38 6,56
5,42 5,55 14,04 9,38 6,56
5,42 5,55 14,04 9,38 6,56
5,42 5,55 14,04 9,38 6,56
5,42 5,55 14,04 9,38 6,56
5,42 5,55 14,04 9,38 6,56
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard and national • Values were calculated considering the threaded part as being completely
specification ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K in accordance with ETA-11/0030. inserted into the wood.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: • Sizing and verification of the wooden elements, panels and steel plates
R k
Rd = k mod • The shear characteristic resistances are calculated for screws inserted with-
γm out pre-drilling holes. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling holes,
lations used for the calculation. • The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering a minimum
fixing length of 4 d1.
• F
• F
STATIC VALUES | LVL
SHEAR
geometry LVL - LVL LVL - LVL LVL - timber timber - LVL
t2
d1 t1
60 40 20 2,37 25 10 1,38 2,22 1,84
70 40 30 2,72 25 20 2,76 2,56 2,07
80 50 30 2,96 30 20 2,76 2,79 2,07
90 50 40 3,05 30 30 4,14 2,84 2,34
100 60 40 3,12 30 40 5,15 2,96 2,34
120 75 45 3,12 40 40 5,52 2,96 2,34
140 75 65 3,12 40 60 5,63 2,96 2,34
6 160 75 85 3,12 40 80 5,63 2,96 2,34
180 75 105 3,12 60 60 6,23 2,96 2,34
200 75 125 3,12 60 80 6,23 2,96 2,34
220 100 120 3,12 60 100 6,23 2,96 2,34
240 100 140 3,12 80 80 6,23 2,96 2,34
260 100 160 3,12 80 100 6,23 2,96 2,34
280 100 180 3,12 80 120 6,23 2,96 2,34
300 100 200 3,12 100 100 6,23 2,96 2,34
40 32 8 1,35 - - - 1,35 0,98
60 52 8 1,35 - - - 1,35 0,98
80 52 28 3,78 32 16 2,70 3,75 2,93
100 80 20 3,37 40 20 3,37 3,37 2,46
120 80 40 4,51 40 40 6,75 4,34 3,28
140 80 60 4,64 40 60 8,21 4,40 3,70
160 100 60 4,64 40 80 8,21 4,40 3,70
180 100 80 4,64 60 60 9,29 4,40 3,70
200 100 100 4,64 60 80 9,29 4,40 3,70
220 100 120 4,64 60 100 9,29 4,40 3,70
240 100 140 4,64 80 80 9,29 4,40 3,70
8
260 100 160 4,64 80 100 9,29 4,40 3,70
280 100 180 4,64 80 120 9,29 4,40 3,70
300 100 200 4,64 100 100 9,29 4,40 3,70
320 100 220 4,64 100 120 9,29 4,40 3,70
340 100 240 4,64 100 140 9,29 4,40 3,70
360 100 260 4,64 120 120 9,29 4,40 3,70
380 100 280 4,64 120 140 9,29 4,40 3,70
400 100 300 4,64 120 160 9,29 4,40 3,70
440 100 340 4,64 140 160 9,29 4,40 3,70
480 100 380 4,64 140 200 9,29 4,40 3,70
520 100 420 4,64 140 240 9,29 4,40 3,70
200 120 80 5,74 60 80 9,32 5,49 5,15
8
220 120 100 5,74 60 100 9,32 5,49 5,15
MAX
240 120 120 5,74 80 80 10,43 5,49 5,15
EN 1995:2014
TENSION

Rax,k Rax,k Rhead,k

[kN] [kN] [kN]
3,82 3,07 5,02
3,82 3,07 5,02
4,77 3,84 5,02
4,77 3,84 5,02
5,72 4,61 5,02
7,16 5,76 5,02
7,16 5,76 5,02
7,16 5,76 5,02
7,16 5,76 5,02
7,16 5,76 5,02
9,54 7,68 5,02
9,54 7,68 5,02
9,54 7,68 5,02
9,54 7,68 5,02
9,54 7,68 5,02
3,56 3,20 6,61
5,78 5,20 6,61
5,78 5,20 6,61
8,90 8,00 6,61
8,90 8,00 6,61
8,90 8,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
11,12 10,00 6,61
13,34 12,00 10,98
13,34 12,00 10,98
13,34 12,00 10,98
STATIC VALUES | LVL
SHEAR
geometry LVL - LVL LVL - LVL LVL - timber timber - LVL
t2
d1 t1
100 52 48 5,82 40 20 3,95 5,44 4,96
120 60 60 6,36 40 40 7,89 6,07 5,45
140 60 80 6,36 40 60 11,37 6,07 5,61
160 80 80 7,04 40 80 11,37 6,81 5,61
180 80 100 7,04 60 60 11,84 6,81 5,61
200 100 100 7,17 60 80 12,73 6,81 5,61
220 100 120 7,17 60 100 12,73 6,81 5,61
240 100 140 7,17 80 80 14,09 6,81 5,61
260 100 160 7,17 80 100 14,09 6,81 5,61
10 280 100 180 7,17 80 120 14,09 6,81 5,61
300 100 200 7,17 100 100 14,34 6,81 5,61
320 120 200 7,17 100 120 14,34 6,81 5,61
340 120 220 7,17 100 140 14,34 6,81 5,61
360 120 240 7,17 120 120 14,34 6,81 5,61
380 120 260 7,17 120 140 14,34 6,81 5,61
400 120 280 7,17 120 160 14,34 6,81 5,61
440 120 320 7,17 140 160 14,34 6,81 5,61
480 120 360 7,17 140 200 14,34 6,81 5,61
520 120 400 7,17 160 200 14,34 6,81 5,61
NOTES:
(1)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance Rax,90,flat,k was calculated considering (3)
The axial resistance to head pull-through Rhead,k, with and without a washer,
a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of was calculated using parallel or cross grain LVL elements with tmin thickness.
b in applications with both parallel and cross grain LVL.
(2)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance Rax,90,edge,k was calculated considering
a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of
b in applications with parallel grain LVL.
EN 1995:2014
TENSION

Rax,k Rax,k Rhead,k

[kN] [kN] [kN]
7,07 6,86 11,38
8,16 7,92 11,38
8,16 7,92 11,38
10,88 10,56 11,38
10,88 10,56 11,38
13,60 13,20 11,38
13,60 13,20 11,38
13,60 13,20 11,38
13,60 13,20 11,38
13,60 13,20 11,38
13,60 13,20 11,38
16,32 15,84 11,38
16,32 15,84 11,38
16,32 15,84 11,38
16,32 15,84 11,38
16,32 15,84 11,38
16,32 15,84 11,38
16,32 15,84 11,38
16,32 15,84 11,38
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord- or the calculation process a LVL density of ρ k = 480 kg/m3 and timber den-
• F
ance with ETA-11/0030. sity of 350 kg/m3 have been considered.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: • Values were calculated considering the threaded part as being completely
R k inserted into the wood.
Rd = k mod • Sizing and verification of the wooden elements, panels and steel plates
γm must be done separately.
The coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regu- • The shear characteristic resistances are calculated for screws inserted with-
lations used for the calculation. out pre-drilling holes. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling holes,
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, ref-
erence was made to ETA-11/0030 and experimental tests carried out at Eu-
rofins Expert Services Oy, Espoo, Finland (Report EUFI29-19000819-T1/T2).
TBS EVO BIT INCLUDED COATING ETA 11/0030
FLANGE HEAD SCREW
C4 EVO COATING
AGGRESSIVE WOODS
pregnating agents and other chemical processes.
INTEGRATED WASHER
The flange head serves as washer and ensures high tensile strength. Ideal
in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.
wood pull-through.
CHARACTERISTICS
HEAD flange
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• CLT, LVL
82 | TBS EVO | CARPENTRY

OUTDOOR WALKWAYS
Ideal for the construction of outdoor struc-
tures such as walkways and arcades. Values
also certified for screw insertion parallel to
the grain. Ideal for fastening aggressive woods
containing tannin, such as chestnut and oak.
SIP PANELS
Microllam® LVL. Suitable for fastening SIP and
sandwich panels.
CARPENTRY | TBS EVO | 83

Fastening Wood Trusses outdoors.
Fastening of 3-layer, multi-ply beams with plasterboard coating.
dk d2 d1
ds
b
L

fax,k [N/mm2] 11,7 11,7
parameter
fhead,k [N/mm2] 10,5 10,5
parameter


TBSEVO660 60 40 20 100 TBSEVO8100 100 52 48 50
TBSEVO680 80 50 30 100 TBSEVO8120 120 80 40 50
TBSEVO6100 100 60 40 100 TBSEVO8140 140 80 60 50
6 TBSEVO6120 120 75 45 100 8 TBSEVO8160 160 100 60 50

TX 30 TBSEVO6140 140 75 65 100 TX 40 TBSEVO8180 180 100 80 50
TBSEVO6160 160 75 85 100 TBSEVO8200 200 100 100 50
TBSEVO6180 180 75 105 100 TBSEVO8220 220 100 120 50
TBSEVO6200 200 75 125 100 TBSEVO8240 240 100 140 50
WBAZ WASHER
D1
CODE screw D2 H D1 pcs

H [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
WBAZ25A2 6,0 - 6,5 25 15 6,5 100
D2
INSTALLATION
TBS EVO + WBAZ fastening package
ØxL [mm]
6 x 60 min. 0 - max. 40
6 x 80 min. 10 - max. 60
A 6 x 100 min. 30 - max. 80
A
6 x 120 min. 50 - max. 100
6 x 140 min. 70 - max. 120
6 x 160 min. 90 - max. 140
6 x 180 min. 110 - max. 160
6 x 200 min. 130 - max. 180
Correct tightening Excessive tightening Insufficient tightening Tightening off axis
NOTES: The thickness of the washer after installation is approximately 8 - 9mm.
FASTENING METAL SHEET

Can be installed on sheets up to 0,7 mm thick
without pre-drilling. TBS EVO Ø6 mm, ideal
when used in combination with washer WBAZ.
For outdoor use (service class 3).

6 8 6 8
a1 [mm] 5∙d 30 40 4∙d 24 32
a2 [mm] 3∙d 18 24 4∙d 24 32
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 72 96 7∙d 42 56
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 42 56 7∙d 42 56
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 18 24 7∙d 42 56
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 18 24 3∙d 18 24
6 8 6 8
a1 [mm] 12∙d 72 96 5∙d 30 40
a2 [mm] 5∙d 30 40 5∙d 30 40
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 90 120 10∙d 60 80
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 60 80 10∙d 60 80
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 30 40 10∙d 60 80
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 30 40 5∙d 30 40

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
d1

60 40 20 2,02 1,21 3,25 2,92
80 50 30 2,31 2,27 4,06 2,92
SPAN = 50 mm
100 60 40 2,47 2,54 4,87 2,92
120 75 45 2,47 2,54 6,09 2,92
6
140 75 65 2,47 2,54 6,09 2,92
160 75 85 2,47 2,54 6,09 2,92
180 75 105 2,47 2,54 6,09 2,92
200 75 125 2,47 2,54 6,09 2,92
100 80 20 2,95 3,41 8,66 4,39
120 80 40 3,66 3,96 8,66 4,39
SPAN = 65 mm
140 80 60 3,90 3,96 8,66 4,39

160 100 60 3,90 3,96 10,83 4,39
8
180 100 80 3,90 3,96 10,83 4,39
200 100 100 3,90 3,96 10,83 4,39
220 100 120 3,90 3,96 10,83 4,39
240 100 140 3,90 3,96 10,83 4,39
NOTES:
(1)
he shear characteristic resistances are calculated considering a particle
T • F
board with a SPAN thickness. ence was made to ETA-11/0030.
(2)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an- • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 420 kg/m3
gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. has been considered.
• V
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• Sizing and verification of the wooden elements and panels must be done
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord- separately.
ance with ETA-11/0030. • The shear characteristic resistances are calculated for screws inserted with-
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: out pre-drilling holes. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling holes,
Rk kmod
Rd =
γm

XYLOFON WASHER
SEPARATING WASHER FOR WOOD SCREWS
SOUNDPROOFING
The separating washer acts as separator between the metallic and struc-
tural elements, reducing the transmission of vibrations.
TESTED VALUES
Polyurethane compound tested acoustically and mechanically.

XYLOFON WASHER
CODE dSCREW dext dint h pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm]
XYLW803811 Ø8 - Ø10 38 11 6,0 50
ULS 440 - WASHER
CODE dSCREW dext dint h pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm]
ULS11343 Ø8 - Ø10 34 11 3,0 200
MATERIAL AND DURABILITY

Polyurethane compound (80 shore). Product
free of VOCs and harmful substances. High
chemical stability and deformation free in
time.
FIELDS OF USE
Mechanical separation of timber-to-timber
shear joints made with screws.
88 | XYLOFON WASHER | CARPENTRY

EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION
LOAD-BEARING CAPACITY AND STIFFNESS OF CONNECTIONS TEST [ T-T ]

BETWEEN CLT PANELS MADE WITH HBS PARTIALLY THREAD (CLT - CLT)
SCREWS AND XYLOFON WASHERS
F
Through experimental testing and analytical approaches, the mechan- force application
ical and deformation performance of connections between CLT pan-
els — made with 8x280 HBS screws installed with/without XYLOFON pre-tensioning
WASHER separating washers — was analysed with and without the use of
7 x HBS
resilient, intermediate XYLOFON35 decoupling profiles.
8x280/8
/3s
CLT 90
1000
135
0
plain bearing
80
70
90 300
60
50
Fmean [kN]
40
30
TEST [ T-X ]
20 (CLT - XYLOFON35 - CLT)
T-T 0kN T-T 30kN
10 T-X 0kN T-X 30kN
T-X-W 0kN T-X-W 30kN F
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 XYLOFON35
Displacement [mm]
Graphic representation of the experimental data for the various test configurations.
SERIES Fmean(1) FR,k pre-tens. (2) Kser Ku

[kN] [kN] [kN] [N/mm] [N/mm]
52,9 44,0 0 30252 3524
T-T
61,4 52,4 30 42383 4090
54,4 40,1 0 7114 3629
T-X
70,9 60,5 30 9540 4726
65,0 48,3 0 6286 4330
T-X-W
76,2 63,4 30 7997 5080
(1)
Average value for 3 tests.
(2)
Preload forces of 30 kN were applied to simulate the operating load.
TEST [ T-X-W ]
(CLT - XYLOFON35 + XYLOFON WASHER - CLT)
The experimental test results show that fastener load-bearing capacity is F

affected by the presence of the resilient XYLOFON35 profile (T-X series),
METAL
recording a reduction of about 9% in FR,k. However, adding the XYLOFON XYLOFON35
WASHER
WASHER (T-X-W series) separating washers recorded a 10% increase in +
XYLOFO
FR,k due to the increase in the axial strength of the connection (cable XYLOFON
WASHER
effect). +
N WASH
In terms of deformation, the presence of the decoupling layer implies a HBS Ø8

reduction in slip modulus Kser. =
ER
The viscous and damping component of XYLOFON combined with the

reduced thickness achieves acoustic benefits, limiting the repercussions
on the static performance.
• The full scientific report on the experimental testing is available at Rothoblaas.

• Experimental testing conducted in collaboration with Technische Versuchs und
Forschungsanstalt (TVFA), Innsbruck.
CARPENTRY | XYLOFON WASHER | 89

HBS PLATE BIT INCLUDED ETA 11/0030
PAN HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES
HBS P
Designed for steel-to-timber joints: the head has a shoulder and the
thickness is increased for completely safe, reliable fastening plates to the
timber.
PLATE FASTENING
The under-head shoulder achieves an interlocking effect with the cir-
cular hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance.
LONGER THREAD
Increased thread length for excellent shear strength and tensile strength
in steel-to-timber joints. Values higher than normal.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS steel-to-timber joints
HEAD shoulder for plate
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
90 | HBS PLATE | CARPENTRY

MULTISTOREY
Ideal for steel-to-timber joints with large
customized plates, designed for multi-story
wooden buildings.
TITAN
fastening standard Rothoblaas plates.
CARPENTRY | HBS PLATE | 91

Steel-to-timber shear joint
Mixed steel-to-timber
structural joint

Ap
P
dk duk d2 d1
X X
BS
ds
t1 b
L

Underhead diameter duk [mm] 10,00 12,00 14,00
Characteristic yield
My,k [Nmm] 9493,7 20057,5 35829,6
moment
fax,k [N/mm2] 11,7 11,7 11,7
parameter
fhead,k [N/mm2] 10,5 10,5 10,5
parameter
f tens,k [kN] 20,1 31,4 33,9
strength

d1 CODE L b Ap pcs d1 CODE L b Ap pcs
HBSP880 80 55 1,0 ÷ 15,0 100 HBSP12120 120 90 1,0 ÷ 20,0 25
HBSP8100 100 75 1,0 ÷ 15,0 100 HBSP12140 140 110 1,0 ÷ 20,0 25
8 12
HBSP8120 120 95 1,0 ÷ 15,0 100 HBSP12160 160 120 1,0 ÷ 30,0 25
TX 40 TX 50
HBSP8140 140 110 1,0 ÷ 20,0 100 HBSP12180 180 140 1,0 ÷ 30,0 25
HBSP8160 160 130 1,0 ÷ 20,0 100 HBSP12200 200 160 1,0 ÷ 30,0 25
HBSP10100 100 75 1,0 ÷ 15,0 50
HBSP10120 120 95 1,0 ÷ 15,0 50
10
HBSP10140 140 110 1,0 ÷ 20,0 50
TX 40
HBSP10160 160 130 1,0 ÷ 20,0 50
HBSP10180 180 150 1,0 ÷ 20,0 50

Splate
8 10 12 8 10 12
a1 [mm] 5∙d ∙ 0,7 28 35 42 4∙d ∙ 0,7 22 28 34
a2 [mm] 3∙d ∙ 0,7 17 21 25 4∙d ∙ 0,7 22 28 34
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 96 120 144 7∙d 56 70 84
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 56 70 84 7∙d 56 70 84
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 24 30 36 7∙d 56 70 84
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 24 30 36 3∙d 24 30 36
8 10 12 8 10 12
a1 [mm] 12∙d ∙ 0,7 67 84 101 5∙d ∙ 0,7 28 35 42
a2 [mm] 5∙d ∙ 0,7 28 35 42 5∙d ∙ 0,7 28 35 42
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 120 150 180 10∙d 80 100 120
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 80 100 120 10∙d 80 100 120
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 40 50 60 10∙d 80 100 120
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 40 50 60 5∙d 40 50 60

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
CARPENTRY | HBS PLATE | 93

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION (3)
thin steel-timber thick steel-timber thread steel

geometry
plate (1) plate (2) withdrawal(4) tension
Splate Splate
d1
d1 L b RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rtens,k

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
80 55 4,07 5,18 5,56
SPLATE ≥ 8 mm
SPLATE ≤ 4 mm
100 75 4,57 5,68 7,58

8 120 95 5,08 6,19 9,60 20,10
140 110 5,36 6,57 11,11
160 130 5,36 7,07 13,13
100 75 6,01 7,84 9,47
SPLATE ≥ 10 mm
SPLATE ≤ 5 mm
120 95 6,87 8,48 12,00

10 140 110 7,34 8,95 13,89 31,40
160 130 7,74 9,58 16,42
180 150 7,74 10,21 18,94
120 90 8,18 10,16 13,64
SPLATE ≥ 12 mm
SPLATE ≤ 6 mm
140 110 8,94 10,92 16,67

12 160 120 9,32 11,30 18,18 33,90
180 140 9,55 12,06 21,21
200 160 9,55 12,81 24,24

(1)
The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of • C
a thin plate (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1). ance with ETA-11/0030.
(2)
The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
Rk kmod
(3)
The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the wood- Rd =
side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d). γm
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γm lations used for the calculation.
Rtens,k
• For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, refer-
γm2 ence was made to ETA-11/0030.
(4)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3
angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. has been considered.

In the case of steel-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength • Values were calculated considering the threaded part as being completely
is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through. inserted into the wood.

HBS PLATE EVO BIT INCLUDED COATING ETA 11/0030
PAN HEAD SCREW
HBS P EVO
Designed for outdoor steel-to-timber joints: the thickness of the shoul-
der screw is increased for completely safe, reliable fastening plates to the
timber. The small sizes (5,0 and 6,0 mm) are also ideal for timber-to-tim-
ber joints.
C4 EVO COATING
AGGRESSIVE WOODS
CHARACTERISTICS
MATERIAL
Carbon steel, with a 20 μm coating, highly
resistant to corrosion.
FIELDS OF USE
• CLT, LVL
96 | HBS PLATE EVO | CARPENTRY

At Ap
tk tk
P P
dk d2 d1 dk d2 d1
X X
X X
BS
BS
H H
duk ds duk ds
t1 b t1 b
L L
HBS P EVO - 5,0 | 6,0 mm HBS P EVO - 8,0 | 10,0 mm
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 5 6 8 10

Tip diameter d2 [mm] 3,40 3,95 5,40 6,40
Washer thickness tk [mm] 1,00 1,50 3,40 4,35
Underhead diameter duk [mm] 6,0 8,0 10,00 12,00
Characteristic withdrawal-resist-
fax,k [N/mm ] 2
11,7 11,7 11,7 11,7
ance parameter
fhead,k [N/mm2] 10,5 10,5 10,5 10,5
parameter
d1 CODE L b At Ap pcs d1 CODE L b Ap pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
HBSPEVO550 50 30 20 1,0 ÷ 10,0 200 HBSPEVO8120 120 95 1,0 ÷ 15,0 100
8
5 HBSPEVO560 60 35 25 1,0 ÷ 10,0 200 HBSPEVO8140 140 110 1,0 ÷ 20,0 100
TX 40
TX 25 HBSPEVO570 70 40 30 1,0 ÷ 10,0 100 HBSPEVO8160 160 130 1,0 ÷ 20,0 100
HBSPEVO580 80 50 30 1,0 ÷ 10,0 100 HBSPEVO1060 60 52 1,0 ÷ 15,0 50
6 HBSPEVO680 80 50 30 1,0 ÷ 10,0 100 HBSPEVO1080 80 60 1,0 ÷ 15,0 50
TX 30 HBSPEVO690 90 55 35 1,0 ÷ 10,0 100 HBSPEVO10100 100 75 1,0 ÷ 15,0 50
10
HBSPEVO840 40 32 - 1,0 ÷ 15,0 100 HBSPEVO10120 120 95 1,0 ÷ 15,0 50
TX 40
8 HBSPEVO860 60 52 - 1,0 ÷ 15,0 100 HBSPEVO10140 140 110 1,0 ÷ 20,0 50
TX 40 HBSPEVO880 80 55 - 1,0 ÷ 15,0 100 HBSPEVO10160 160 130 1,0 ÷ 20,0 50
HBSPEVO8100 100 75 - 1,0 ÷ 15,0 100 HBSPEVO10180 180 150 1,0 ÷ 20,0 50
TYP R
Ideal for fastening standard Rothoblaas plates
in outdoor environments.
The 5 mm diameter version is ideal for fasten-
ing patio deck planks.
CARPENTRY | HBS PLATE EVO | 97

5 6 8 10 5 6 8 10
a1 [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 50 4∙d 20 24 32 40
a2 [mm] 3∙d 15 18 24 30 4∙d 20 24 32 40
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 60 72 96 120 7∙d 35 42 56 70
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 35 42 56 70 7∙d 35 42 56 70
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 15 18 24 30 7∙d 35 42 56 70
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 15 18 24 30 3∙d 15 18 24 30
5 6 8 10 5 6 8 10
a1 [mm] 12∙d 60 72 96 120 5∙d 25 30 40 50
a2 [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 50 5∙d 25 30 40 50
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 75 90 120 0 10∙d 50 60 80 100
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 50 60 80 150 10∙d 50 60 80 100
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 100 10∙d 50 60 80 100
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 50 5∙d 25 30 40 50

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• Minimum distances are in accordance with EN 1995:2014 as per ETA- • The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
11/0030 considering a wood characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3. multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir, the minimum spacing and
distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.
98 | HBS PLATE EVO | CARPENTRY

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION

Splate Splate
A
d1
d1 L b A RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rhead,k

50 30 20 1,29 1,06 1,12 1,74 2,25 2,03 1,13
SPLATE = 5,0
SPLATE = 2,5
SPAN = 12
60 35 25 1,43 1,06 1,12 1,83 2,34 2,37 1,13
9 mm
SPAN =
mm
mm
mm
5
70 40 30 1,52 1,06 1,12 1,91 2,42 2,71 1,13
80 50 30 1,52 1,06 1,12 2,08 2,59 3,38 1,13
SPLATE = 6
SPLATE = 3
SPAN = 12
SPAN = 15
80 30 50 2,02 1,51 1,59 2,35 3,07 2,44 1,75

mm
mm
mm
mm
6
90 35 55 2,18 1,51 1,59 2,45 3,17 2,84 1,75
40 32 8 1,18 - - 2,13 3,66 3,47 2,55

60 52 8 1,18 - - 3,31 5,12 5,63 2,55
80 55 25 2,67 2,32 2,39 4,29 5,45 5,96 2,55
SPLATE = 8
SPLATE = 4
SPAN = 18
SPAN = 15
mm
mm
mm
mm
8 100 75 25 2,67 2,32 2,39 4,83 5,99 8,12 2,55
120 95 25 2,67 2,32 2,39 5,37 6,53 10,29 2,55
140 110 30 2,83 2,32 2,39 5,60 6,94 11,91 2,55
160 130 30 2,83 2,32 2,39 5,60 7,48 14,08 2,55
60 52 8 1,38 - - 3,80 6,31 7,04 4,05
80 60 20 3,45 2,55 3,06 5,18 7,74 8,12 4,05
SPLATE = 10
100 75 25 3,45 2,55 3,06 6,56 8,26 10,15 4,05

SPLATE = 5
SPAN = 18
SPAN = 15
mm
mm
mm
mm
10 120 95 25 3,77 2,55 3,06 7,26 8,93 12,86 4,05

140 110 30 3,91 2,55 3,06 7,77 9,44 14,89 4,05
160 130 30 3,91 2,55 3,06 8,09 10,12 17,60 4,05
180 150 30 3,91 2,55 3,06 8,09 10,80 20,31 4,05

(1)
The characteristic shear resistances are calculated considering an OSB3 or • Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord-
(2)
Rd =
(3)
(4)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an- The coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regu-
gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. lations used for the calculation.
(5)
The axial resistance to head pull-through, with and without a washer, was • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, refer-
calculated using wood elements. ence was made to ETA-11/0030.
In the case of steel-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 420 kg/m3
is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through. has been considered.
CARPENTRY | HBS PLATE EVO | 99

LBS BIT INCLUDED ETA 11/0030
ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES
SCREW FOR PERFORATED PLATES

Cylindrical shoulder designed for fastening metal elements. Achieves an
interlocking effect with the hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent
static performance.
STATICS
Can be calculated according to Eurocode 5 under thick plate timber-to-
steel connections, even with thin metal elements.
Excellent shear strength values.
DUCTILITY
11/0030, Cyclical SEISMIC-REV tests according to EN 12512.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS screw for perforated plates
HEAD round with cylindrical underhead
DIAMETER 5,0 | 7,0 mm
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
100 | LBS | CARPENTRY

duk
dk d2 d1
t1 b
L

Underhead diameter duk [mm] 4,90 7,00
Characteristic yield moment My,k [Nmm] 5417 14174
fax,k [N/mm ] 2
11,7 11,7
parameter
fhead,k [N/mm2] 10,5 10,5
parameter
Mechanical parameters of LBS Ø7 screw obtained from experimental tests.

LBS525 25 21 500 LBS760 60 55 100
7
LBS540 40 36 500 LBS780 80 75 100
TX 30
5
LBS550 50 46 200 LBS7100 100 95 100
TX 20
LBS560 60 56 200
LBS570 70 66 200
ALUMAXI
ed for fastening standard Rothoblaas plates.
The 7 mm diameter version is ideal for joining
the ALUMAXI concealed beam hanger.
CARPENTRY | LBS | 101

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | STEEL-TIMBER
5 7 5 7
a1 [mm] 5∙d ∙ 0,7 18 25 4∙d ∙ 0,7 14 20
a2 [mm] 3∙d ∙ 0,7 11 15 4∙d ∙ 0,7 14 20
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 60 84 7∙d 35 49
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 35 49 7∙d 35 49
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 15 21 7∙d 35 49
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 15 21 3∙d 15 21
5 7 5 7
a1 [mm] 12∙d ∙ 0,7 42 59 5∙d ∙ 0,7 18 25
a2 [mm] 5∙d ∙ 0,7 18 25 5∙d ∙ 0,7 18 25
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 75 105 10∙d 50 70
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 50 70 10∙d 50 70
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 25 35 10∙d 50 70
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 25 35 5∙d 25 35

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• The minimum distances are compliant with EN 1995:2014, according to • In the case of timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a 1 , a 2) can be
ETA, considering a wood characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and cal- multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.
culation diameter of d = nominal nail diameter.
102 | LBS | CARPENTRY

EN 1995:2014
STEEL-TO-TIMBER SHEAR (1)
geometry steel-timber
Splate
L
b
d1
d1 L b Rv,k [kN]
[mm] [mm] [mm] SPLATE=1,5 mm SPLATE=2 mm SPLATE=2,5 mm SPLATE=3 mm SPLATE=4 mm SPLATE=5 mm SPLATE=6 mm
25 21 0,92 0,90 0,88 1,00 1,24 1,48 1,44

40 36 1,50 1,48 1,46 1,60 1,90 2,18 2,13
5 50 46 1,88 1,87 1,85 1,94 2,14 2,37 2,37
60 56 2,07 2,07 2,07 2,16 2,36 2,54 2,52
70 66 2,22 2,22 2,22 2,32 2,52 2,70 2,68
60 56 2,86 2,81 2,98 3,37 3,78 4,21 4,18
7 80 76 3,83 3,80 3,89 4,13 4,38 4,65 4,63
100 96 4,27 4,27 4,40 4,63 4,86 5,10 5,07
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SHEAR TENSION
geometry timber-to-timber thread withdrawal (2)
A
L
b
d1
d1 L b A Rv,k Rax,k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
25 21 - - 1,33
40 36 15 1,01 2,27
5 50 44 20 1,11 2,78
60 56 25 1,24 3,54
70 66 30 1,35 4,17
60 56 25 1,91 4,95
7 80 76 35 2,25 6,72
100 96 45 2,49 8,49
NOTES:
(1)
The characteristic shear resistances are evaluated for plates with thick- The coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regu-
ness = SPLATE, considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1), interme- lations used for the calculation.
diate plate (0,5 d1 < SPLATE < d1) o thick plate (SPLATE ≥ d1). • F
ence was made to ETA-11/0030 and to "Test Report No. 186121" of Karlsru-
(2)
he axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90°
T her Institut für Technologie (KIT).
angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. • For the calculation process a timber density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been con-
sidered.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES: • D
imensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be
carried out separately.
• C
ance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: greater resistance values can be obtained.
Rk kmod
Rd =
γm
CARPENTRY | LBS | 103

LBA
HIGH BOND NAIL
ANKER NAIL
Threaded annular ring nail for improved pull-out strength.
CE MARKING
Nails with CE marking, in accordance with ETA for fastening metallic
plates to timber structures.
STAINLESS STEEL
Also available in A4 | AISI316 stainless steel.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS threaded, annular ring nail
HEAD flat
MATERIAL
Carbon steel with bright zinc plated or stain-
less steel A4,
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
104 | LBA | CARPENTRY

d1
dk de
t1 b
L

Underhead diameter duk [mm] 4,40 6,65
fax,k [N/mm2] 7,5 7,5
parameter

LBA LBAI A4 | AISI316

LBA440 40 30 250 4 LBAI450 50 40 250
LBA450 50 40 250
4 LBA460 60 50 250 ANKER COIL NAIL - K34°
LBA475 75 60 250
LBA4100 100 80 250 d1 CODE L pcs
LBA660 60 50 250 [mm] [mm]
6 LBA680 80 70 250 L HH20006080 40 2000
LBA6100 100 80 250 4 HH20006085 50 2000
d 34° HH20006090 60 2000
3731 PALMAR RIVETER 0116 ANKER RIVETER 34°
CODE d NAIL trigger pcs CODE d NAIL trigger pcs

[mm] [mm]
HH3731 4-6 single 1 ATEU0116 4 single 1
WHT
fastening standard Rothoblaas plates. Using a
handheld riveter speeds up installation.
CARPENTRY | LBA | 105

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR NAILS SUBJECT TO SHEAR | STEEL-TO-TIMBER
NAILS INSERTED WITHOUT PRE-DRILLING HOLE NAILS INSERTED WITHOUT PRE-DRILLING HOLE
4 6 4 6
a1 [mm] 5∙d ∙ 0,7 14 5∙d ∙ 0,7 21 4∙d ∙ 0,7 11 4∙d ∙ 0,7 17
a2 [mm] 3∙d ∙ 0,7 8 3∙d ∙ 0,7 13 4∙d ∙ 0,7 11 4∙d ∙ 0,7 17
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 48 12∙d 72 7∙d 28 7∙d 42
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 28 7∙d 42 7∙d 28 7∙d 42
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 12 3∙d 18 5∙d 20 7∙d 42
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 12 3∙d 18 3∙d 12 3∙d 18
NAILS INSERTED WITH PRE-DRILLING HOLES NAILS INSERTED WITH PRE-DRILLING HOLES
4 6 4 6
a1 [mm] 10∙d ∙ 0,7 28 12∙d ∙ 0,7 50 5∙d ∙ 0,7 14 5∙d ∙ 0,7 21
a2 [mm] 5∙d ∙ 0,7 14 5∙d ∙ 0,7 21 5∙d ∙ 0,7 14 5∙d ∙ 0,7 21
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 60 15∙d 90 10∙d 40 10∙d 60
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 40 10∙d 60 10∙d 40 10∙d 60
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 20 5∙d 30 7∙d 28 10∙d 60
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 20 5∙d 30 5∙d 20 5∙d 30
d = nominal nail diameter

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• The minimum distances are compliant with EN 1995:2014, according to
ETA, considering a wood characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and cal-
culation diameter of d = nominal nail diameter.
106 | LBA | CARPENTRY

EN 1995:2014
STEEL-TO-TIMBER SHEAR TENSION
geometry steel-timber thread withdrawal
Splate
L b
d1
d1 L b Rv,k (1) Rax,k (2)

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
40 30 2,05 2,03 2,02 2,00 1,98 1,95 1,92 0,97
50 40 2,34 2,34 2,34 2,34 2,34 2,34 2,34 1,30
SPLATE = 2,5 mm
SPLATE = 1,5 mm
SPLATE = 4 mm
SPLATE = 6 mm
SPLATE = 2 mm
SPLATE = 3 mm
SPLATE = 5 mm
4 60 50 2,50 2,50 2,50 2,50 2,50 2,50 2,50 1,62
75 60 2,66 2,66 2,66 2,66 2,66 2,66 2,66 1,94
100 80 2,99 2,99 2,99 2,99 2,99 2,99 2,99 2,59
60 50 2,59 2,57 3,43 4,29 4,25 4,21 4,17 2,43
6 80 70 3,47 3,45 4,23 5,03 5,03 5,03 5,03 3,40
100 80 4,30 4,30 4,79 5,28 5,28 5,28 5,28 3,89
STEEL-TO-LVL SHEAR TENSION
geometry steel-LVL thread withdrawal
Splate
L b
d1
d1 L b Rv,k (1) Rax,k (2)

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
40 30 2,47 2,45 2,43 2,41 2,38 2,34 2,31 1,16
50 40 2,66 2,66 2,66 2,66 2,66 2,66 2,66 1,54
SPLATE = 2,5 mm
SPLATE = 1,5 mm
SPLATE = 4 mm
SPLATE = 6 mm
SPLATE = 2 mm
SPLATE = 3 mm
SPLATE = 5 mm
4 60 50 2,86 2,86 2,86 2,86 2,86 2,86 2,86 1,93

75 60 3,05 3,05 3,05 3,05 3,05 3,05 3,05 2,32
100 80 3,43 3,43 3,43 3,43 3,43 3,43 3,43 3,09
60 50 3,23 3,20 4,17 5,17 5,12 5,07 5,02 2,90
6 80 70 4,33 4,30 5,01 5,75 5,75 5,75 5,75 4,06
100 80 4,95 4,95 5,50 6,04 6,04 6,04 6,04 4,63

(1)
The characteristic shear-strength value for LBA Ø4 nails has been evaluated • C
haracteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2014 and in accordance
assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE , always considering the case of thick with ETA.
plate according to ETA (SPLATE ≥ 1,5 mm). • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:

The characteristic shear-strength value for LBA Ø6 screws has been eval-
uated assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE , and considering the thin (SPLATE ≤ Rk kmod
2,0 mm), and thick-plate case scenarios (2,0 < SPLATE < 3,0 mm) according to
Rd =
γm
ETA (SPLATE ≥ 3,0 mm).
(2)
The axial thread-withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° The coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regu-
angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. lations used for the calculation.
or the calculation process, a timber density of ρk = 385 kg/m3 and LVL
• F
density of ρ k = 480 kg/m3 have been considered.
• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be

• The shear characteristic resistances are calculated for nails inserted without
pre-drilling holes. In the case of nails inserted with pre-drilling holes, great-
er resistance values can be obtained.
CARPENTRY | LBA | 107

KOP EN 14592
COACH SCREW DIN571
CE MARKING
Screws with the CE mark, in accordance with EN 14592.
HEXAGONAL HEAD
Appropriate for use on plates in steel-timber applications, thanks to its
hexagonal head.
OUTDOOR VERSION
Also available in stainless steel A2 | AISI304 for outdoor use (service class 3).
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS coach screw with CE marking
HEAD hexagonal
MATERIAL
Available in carbon steel with bright zinc plated
and in stainless steel A2.
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
108 | KOP | CARPENTRY

SW d2 d1
ds
b
k L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 8 10 12 16

Wrench size SW [mm] 13 17 19 24
Tip diameter d2 [mm] 5,60 7,00 9,00 12,00
Shank diameter dS [mm] 8,00 10,00 12,00 16,00
Diameter pre-drilling hole - smooth part dv1 [mm] 8,0 10,0 12,0 16,0
Diameter pre-drilling hole - threaded part dv2 [mm] 5,5 7,0 8,5 11,0
Thread length b [mm] ≥ 0,6 L
Characteristic yield moment My,k [Nmm] 16900 32200 65700 138000
fax,k [N/mm ] 2
12,9 10,6 10,2 10,0
parameter
Associated density ρa [kg/m3] 400 400 440 360
fhead,k [N/mm2] 22,8 19,8 16,4 16,5
parameter
Associated density ρa [kg/m ] 3
440 420 430 430
d1 CODE L pcs d1 CODE L pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
KOP850 50 100 KOP12150 150 25
KOP860 60 100 KOP12160 160 25
KOP870 70 100 KOP12180 180 25
KOP880 80 100 KOP12200 200 25
8 KOP8100 100 50 KOP12220 220 25
SW 13 KOP8120 120 50 KOP12240 240 25
KOP8140 140 50 12 KOP12260 260 25
KOP8160 160 50 SW 19 KOP12280 280 25
KOP8180 180 50 KOP12300 300 25
KOP8200 200 50 KOP12320 320 25
KOP1050 50 50 KOP12340 340 25
KOP1060 60 50 KOP12360 360 25
KOP1080 80 50 KOP12380 380 25
KOP10100 100 50 KOP12400 400 25
KOP10120 120 50 KOP1680 80 25
KOP10140 140 50 KOP16100 100 25
KOP10150 150 50 KOP16120 120 25
10
KOP10160 160 50 KOP16140 140 25
SW 17
KOP10180 180 50 KOP16150 150 25
KOP10200 200 50 KOP16160 160 25
KOP10220 220 50 KOP16180 180 25
KOP10240 240 50 KOP16200 200 25
KOP10260 260 50 16 KOP16220 220 25
KOP10280 280 50 SW 24 KOP16240 240 25
KOP10300 300 50 KOP16260 260 25
KOP1250 50 50 KOP16280 280 25
KOP1260 60 50 KOP16300 300 25
KOP1270 70 50 KOP16320 320 25
12 KOP1280 80 50 KOP16340 340 25
SW 19 KOP1290 90 25 KOP16360 360 25
KOP12100 100 25 KOP16380 380 25
KOP12120 120 25 KOP16400 400 25
KOP12140 140 25
CARPENTRY | KOP | 109

A2 | AISI304 VERSION CODES AND DIMENSIONS

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
AI571850 50 100 AI57112100 100 25
AI571860 60 100 AI57112120 120 25
8 12
AI571880 80 100 AI57112140 140 25
SW 13 SW 19
AI5718100 100 50 AI57112160 160 25
AI5718120 120 50 AI57112180 180 25
AI5711050 50 50 The stainless steel screws have not been granted the CE mark.
AI5711060 60 50
AI5711080 80 50
AI57110100 100 50
10
AI57110120 120 50
SW 17
AI57110140 140 50
AI57110160 160 50
AI57110180 180 50
AI57110200 200 50
8 10 12 16 8 10 12 16
a1 [mm] 5∙d 40 50 60 80 4∙d 32 40 48 64
a2 [mm] 4∙d 32 40 48 64 4∙d 32 40 48 64
7∙d 7∙d
a3,t [mm] 80 80 84 112 80 80 84 112
(min. 80 mm) (min. 80 mm)
a3,c [mm] 4∙d 32 40 48 64 7∙d 56 70 84 112
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 24 30 36 48 4∙d 32 40 48 64
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 24 30 36 48 3∙d 24 30 36 48
d = nominal nail diameter

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014. -- pre-drill hole for the threaded portion, equal to approximately 70% of the
• For KOP screws with a diameter of d > 6 mm, a pre-drill is required as per shank diameter.
EN 1995:2014:
-- pre-drill hole for smooth part of the shank, dimensions matching that of
the shank itself, depth equal to the length of the shank.

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
timber-to-timber timber-to-timber thin steel-timber thick steel-timber thread head

geometry
α = 0° (1) α = 90° (2) plate (3) plate (4) withdrawal(5) pull-through (6)
Splate Splate
A
d1
d1 L b(7) A RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rhead,k

50 30 20 2,96 2,23 2,64 3,75 2,78 3,54
60 36 24 3,28 2,68 3,22 4,38 3,34 3,54
70 42 28 3,55 2,87 3,51 4,56 3,90 3,54
80 48 32 3,78 3,01 3,65 4,70 4,45 3,54
SPLATE ≥ 8 mm
100 60 40 3,96 3,32 SPLATE ≤ 4 mm 3,93 4,98 5,56 3,54
8
120 72 48 3,96 3,42 4,20 5,25 6,68 3,54
140 84 56 3,96 3,42 4,48 5,53 7,79 3,54
160 96 64 3,96 3,42 4,76 5,81 8,90 3,54
180 108 72 3,96 3,42 5,04 6,09 10,02 3,54
200 120 80 3,96 3,42 5,07 6,37 11,13 3,54
50 30 20 3,48 2,56 3,10 4,65 2,86 5,45
60 36 24 4,18 3,07 3,79 5,30 3,43 5,45
80 48 32 5,01 4,01 4,97 6,56 4,57 5,45
100 60 40 5,78 4,56 5,26 6,84 5,72 5,45
120 72 48 6,05 4,92 5,54 7,13 6,86 5,45
140 84 56 6,05 5,19 5,83 7,42 8,00 5,45
SPLATE ≥ 10 mm
SPLATE ≤ 5 mm
150 90 60 6,05 5,19 5,97 7,56 8,57 5,45

10 160 96 64 6,05 5,19 6,12 7,70 9,14 5,45
180 108 72 6,05 5,19 6,40 7,99 10,29 5,45
200 120 80 6,05 5,19 6,69 8,27 11,43 5,45
220 132 88 6,05 5,19 6,97 8,56 12,57 5,45
240 144 96 6,05 5,19 7,26 8,85 13,72 5,45
260 156 104 6,05 5,19 7,54 9,13 14,86 5,45
280 168 112 6,05 5,19 7,66 9,42 16,00 5,45
300 180 120 6,05 5,19 7,66 9,70 17,15 5,45
NOTES:
The characteristic shear resistance values are calculated using an angle α

(1) (6)
The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using wood ele-
between the strength and the grain of 0°. ments. In the case of steel-timber connections, generally the steel tensile
(2)
The characteristic shear resistance values are calculated using an angle α strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
between the strength and the grain of 90°. (7)
During calculation, a thread length of b = 0,6 L is used, with the exception
(3)
The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of of the measures (*).
(4)
(5)

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION

geometry
Splate Splate
A
d1

50 30 20 4,01 2,89 3,49 6,10 3,06 5,54
60 36 24 4,81 3,46 4,28 6,67 3,67 5,54
70 42 28 5,61 4,04 5,07 7,36 4,28 5,54
80 48 32 6,42 4,62 5,86 8,12 4,89 5,54
90 54 36 6,92 5,19 6,66 8,94 5,50 5,54
100 60 40 7,20 5,63 7,40 9,78 6,12 5,54
120 72 48 7,82 6,02 7,70 10,13 7,34 5,54
140 84 56 8,50 6,41 8,01 10,44 8,56 5,54
150 90 60 8,64 6,62 8,16 SPLATE ≥ 12 mm 10,59 9,17 5,54
160 96 64 8,64 6,84 8,31 10,74 9,78 5,54
SPLATE ≤ 6 mm
180 108 72 8,64 7,25 8,62 11,05 11,01 5,54

12
200 120 80 8,64 7,25 8,92 11,36 12,23 5,54
220 132 88 8,64 7,25 9,23 11,66 13,45 5,54
240 144 96 8,64 7,25 9,54 11,97 14,68 5,54
260 156 104 8,64 7,25 9,84 12,27 15,90 5,54
280 168 112 8,64 7,25 10,15 12,58 17,12 5,54
300 180 120 8,64 7,25 10,45 12,88 18,35 5,54
320 192 128 8,64 7,25 10,76 13,19 19,57 5,54
340 195 * 145 8,64 7,25 10,84 13,27 19,88 5,54
360 195 * 165 8,64 7,25 10,84 13,27 19,88 5,54
380 195 * 185 8,64 7,25 10,84 13,27 19,88 5,54
400 195 * 205 8,64 7,25 10,84 13,27 19,88 5,54
NOTES:

(1) (6)
between the strength and the grain of 0°. ments. In the case of steel-timber connections, generally the steel tensile
(2)
The characteristic shear resistance values are calculated using an angle α strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
between the strength and the grain of 90°. (7)
During calculation, a thread length of b = 0,6 L is used, with the exception
(3)
The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of of the measures (*).
(4)
(5)

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION

geometry
Splate Splate
A
d1

80 48 32 8,49 6,03 6,99 11,17 7,51 8,89
100 60 40 10,48 7,42 8,93 13,02 9,39 8,89
120 72 48 11,43 8,46 10,87 15,10 11,26 8,89
140 84 56 12,18 9,28 12,70 16,59 13,14 8,89
150 90 60 12,58 9,50 12,93 16,83 14,08 8,89
160 96 64 12,99 9,72 13,16 17,06 15,02 8,89
180 108 72 13,86 10,20 13,63 17,53 16,89 8,89
SPLATE ≥ 16 mm
200 120 80 14,09 10,72 14,10 18,00 18,77 8,89
SPLATE ≤ 8 mm
220 132 88 14,09 11,26 14,57 18,47 20,65 8,89

16
240 144 96 14,09 11,63 15,04 18,94 22,53 8,89
260 156 104 14,09 11,63 15,51 19,41 24,40 8,89
280 168 112 14,09 11,63 15,98 19,88 26,28 8,89
300 180 120 14,09 11,63 16,45 20,35 28,16 8,89
320 192 128 14,09 11,63 16,92 20,82 30,04 8,89
340 204 136 14,09 11,63 17,39 21,29 31,91 8,89
360 205 * 155 14,09 11,63 17,43 21,33 32,07 8,89
380 205 * 175 14,09 11,63 17,43 21,33 32,07 8,89
400 205 * 195 14,09 11,63 17,43 21,33 32,07 8,89

(1)
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
between the strength and the grain of 0°. • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
(2)
he characteristic shear resistance values are calculated using an angle α
T
between the strength and the grain of 90°. Rk kmod
Rd =
(3)
he shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of
T γm
(4)
he shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of
T lations used for the calculation.
• For the calculation process a timber density ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been con-
(5)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an- sidered.
• V
alues were calculated considering the minimum threaded part as being
(6)
he axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using wood ele-
T completely inserted into the wood.
ments. In the case of steel-timber connections, generally the steel tensile
strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through. • D
imensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be
(7)
uring calculation, a thread length of b = 0,6 L is used, with the exception
D
of the measures (*). • The characteristic shear resistance values are calculated for screws inserted
with pre-drilling holes.

DRS
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SPACER SCREW
DOUBLE THREAD, DIFFERENTIATED

Underhead thread with specially designed geometry to create and regu-
late a space between the fastenable thicknesses.
VENTILATED FACADES
The differentiated double thread is ideal for regulating the position of the
battens on the facade and to create proper verticality. Ideal for levelling
panelling, battens, ceilings and paving.
d1 CODE L b pcs
[mm] [mm] [mm]
DRS680S 80 44 100
6 DRS6100S 100 56 100

TX 30 DRS6120S 120 66 100
DRS6145S 145 66 100
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Thanks to the possibility to create a distance
between pieces of wood, it is possible to
create versatile fastenings quickly and safely,
without the need for any interposed element.
114 | DRS | CARPENTRY

GEOMETRY
d3 ds
dk d2 d1
b1 b
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 6

Head diameter dk [mm] 12,00
Tip diameter d2 [mm] 3,90
Shank diameter ds [mm] 4,35
Underhead thread diameter d3 [mm] 6,80
Length head + rings b1 [mm] 21,0
INSTALLATION
Select the screw length so that the thread is completely

inserted in the wood support.
01 02 03 04
Position the DRS screw. Attach the batten, screwing Loosen the screw based on Adjust the other screws in a
in the screw so that the head the desired distance. similar manner to level the
is flush with the wood. structure.
CARPENTRY | DRS | 115

DRT
WOOD/BRICKWORK SPACER SCREW
DOUBLE THREAD, DIFFERENTIATED

Underhead thread with specially designed geometry to create and regu-
late a space between the fastenable thicknesses.
FASTENING TO BRICKWORK
Underhead thread with a greater diameter to allow fastening to brick-
work through the addition of a plastic screw anchor.

NDK GL NYLON SCREW ANCHOR
d1 CODE L b pcs
CODE d0 L pcs
[mm] [mm] [mm]
[mm] [mm]
DRT680 80 50 100
6 NDKG840 8 40 100
DRT6100 100 60 100
TX 30
For fastening on concrete or brickwork, use of the NDK GL
DRT6120 120 70 100 nylon screw anchor is recommended.
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
The differentiated double thread is ideal for
adjusting the position of wood elements on
brickwork supports (using the plastic screw
anchor) and to create the proper verticality.
Ideal for levelling panels on walls, paving and
ceilings.
116 | DRT | CARPENTRY

GEOMETRY
d3 ds
dk d2 d1
b1 b
L

Underhead thread diameter d3 [mm] 9,90
Diameter of concrete/brickwork opening dv [mm] 8,0
Length head + rings b1 [mm] 22,0
INSTALLATION
Select the screw length so that the thread is completely

inserted in the concrete/brickwork support.
01 02 03 04
Drill the elements with a Place the NDK GL nylon Position the DRT screw. Attach the batten, screw-
dV= 8,0 mm diameter. screw anchor inside the ing in the screw so that the
support. head is flush with the wood.
05 06
Loosen the screw based on Adjust the other screws in a

the desired distance. similar manner to level the
structure.
CARPENTRY | DRT | 117

MBS
SELF-TAPPING SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL
HEAD FOR MASONRY
HI-LOW THREADING
Appropriate for direct fastening on compact and semi-solid materials:
natural stone, concrete, solid bricks and hollow bricks.
WOOD FRAMES
Thanks to the cylindrical head, it is ideal for fastening wood frames di-
rectly to brickwork supports.
d1 CODE L pcs
[mm] [mm]
GEOMETRY
MBS7572 72 100
MBS7592 92 100
7,5 MBS75112 112 100

TX 30 MBS75132 132 100
MBS75152 152 100 dk d1
MBS75182 182 100

Available also with countersunk flat head: suitable for of PVC and aluminum profile fastening.
L
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
The HI-LOW thread allows for safe fastening
even near the edges of the support, thanks to
the reduced tension induced on the material,
ideal for frames.
118 | MBS | CARPENTRY

WITHDRAWAL RESISTANCE - RECOMMENDED VALUES
TYPE OF SUPPORT h nom,min N

[mm] [kN]
concrete 30 1,07
concrete block 40 -
40 0,40
solid brick
80 2,50
hollow brick 60 0,30
lightweight concrete 80 -
The recommended withdrawal values are obtained considering a safety coefficient of 3.
INSTALLATION PARAMETERS
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 7,5
Head diameter dk [mm] 8
Diameter of pre-drilling
d0 [mm] 6,0
hole concrete/brickwork
Hole diameter in
df [mm] 6,2
the element to be fastened
INSTALLATION
d0 diameter of pre-drilling hole concrete/brickwork
df
hnom nominal anchoring depth
df hole diameter in the element to be fastened
hnom
do
01 02 03
CARPENTRY | MBS | 119

DWS
DRYWALL SCREW
OPTIMISED GEOMETRY
Bugle head and phosphate-coated steel; ideal for fastening sheets of dry-
wall.
FULLY FINE THREADED

Fully fine threaded screw, ideal for fastening on sheet metal supports.
GEOMETRY
d1 CODE L description pcs
[mm] [mm]
FE620001 25 1000
3,5 FE620005 35 1000

sheet metal substructure
PH 2 FE620010 45 1000 d1
FE620015 55 1000 L
4,2
FE620020 65 sheet metal substructure 1000
PH 2
MATERIAL
Phosphate-coated carbon steel.
FIELDS OF USE
Ideal for quickly and safely creating thermal
and noise insulation.
120 | DWS | CARPENTRY

DWS COIL
DWS COLLATED PLASTERBOARD SCREW
OPTIMISED GEOMETRY
Fully threaded screw with bugle head and phosphate-coated steel; ideal
for fastening sheets of drywall and plaster fibre.
COLLATED VERSION
Bound in plastic for quick, precise mass use.
d1 CODE L description pcs

[mm] [mm]
HH10600404 30 10000 GEOMETRY
3.9
HH10600405 35 timber substructure 10000
PH 2
HH10600406 45 10000
HH10600401 30 10000
3.9 sheet-metal substructure
HH10600402 35 10000
PH 2 max 0,75 mm d1
HH10600403 45 10000
HH10600397 30 10000 L
3.9
fermacell
PH 2 HH10600398 35 10000
MATERIAL
Phosphate-coated carbon steel.
FIELDS OF USE
Ideal for fastening sheets of drywall or plaster
fibre to sheet metal substructures (maximum
0,75 mm).
CARPENTRY | DWS COIL | 121

THERMOWASHER ETA 11/0030
WASHER TO FASTEN INSULATION

TO WOOD
CERTIFIED
Washer with the CE marking, in accordance with ETA 11/0030, To be
used with HBS screws, Ø6 and Ø8, length depending on thickness of the
insulation to be fixed. Ideal for any type of insulation.
ANTI-THERMAL BRIDGE
Incorporated hole cover to avoid thermal bridges. Large cable spaces for
proper plaster adhesion. Has a system that prevents the screw from pulling
out.
CODE dSCREW axbxc pcs

[mm] [mm]
THERMO65 6/8 65 x 4 x 20 700
MATERIAL
Propylene (PP) system.
FIELDS OF USE
The Ø65 propylene washer is compatible with
Ø6 and Ø8 screws; it is suitable for any type
of insulation and any type of fixture thickness.
122 | THERMOWASHER | CARPENTRY

ISULFIX ETA
ANCHOR FOR FASTENING INSULATION

TO BRICKWORK
CERTIFICATE
Anchor with the CE mark in accordance with ETA, with certified resist-
ance values. Double expansion with preassembled steel nails allows for
fast versatile fastening on concrete and brickwork.
DOUBLE EXPANSION
Ø8 PVC double expansion anchor with preassembled steel nails, for fas-
tening to concrete and brickwork. Can be used, with an additional wash-
er, on particularly soft insulating materials.
CODE L dHOLE dHEAD A pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
ISULFIX8110 110 80 250
ISULFIX8150 150 8 60 120 150
ISULFIX8190 190 160 100
CODE dHEAD description pcs

[mm]
additional washer
ISULFIX90 90 250
for soft insulation
A= maximum fastening thickness
MATERIAL
PVC system with carbon steel nail.
FIELDS OF USE
Anchor available in various measurements for
different insulation thicknesses; can be used
with an additional washer for use with soft in-
sulation; method of use and certified laying
possibilities indicated in the relative ETA doc-
ument.
CARPENTRY | ISULFIX | 123

STRUCTURES
STRUCTURES
STRUCTURES
VGZ
FULL THREADED SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD. . . . . . . . . 134
VGZ EVO FRAME

MINI FULL THREADED SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD. . . . 158
VGZ EVO
FULL THREADED SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD. . . . . . . . . 166
VGZ HARDWOOD
FULLY THREADED SCREW FOR HARDWOODS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
VGS
FULLY THREADED SCREW
WITH COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
VGU
45° WASHER FOR VGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
RTR
STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
DGZ
DOUBLE THREADED SCREW FOR INSULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
SBD
SELF-DRILLING DOWEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
CTC
CONNECTOR FOR TIMBER-CONCRETE FLOORS. . . . . . . . . . . . 222
SKR - SKS
CONCRETE SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
STRUCTURES | 127
STRUCTURAL CONNECTORS
STRENGTH AND STIFFNESS
STRENGTH
Partially thread screw
Concentration of stresses in the localised area in the direction of the
load. Resistance connected to the bearing stress of the walls of the hole
in the wood and the bending of the screw.
SCREWS FOR SHEAR LOADS
RESISTANCE PROPORTIONAL
TO THE DIAMETER
S
X X
B
H
Total thread connectors
Stress distributed along the entire threaded surface. High resistance con-
nected to the wood cylinder affected by tangential stresses.
CONNECTORS STRESSED AXIALLY
RESISTANCE PROPORTIONAL
TO THE THREADED LENGTH
APPLICATION EXAMPLE
CONNECTION WITH HBS PARTIALLY THREAD SCREWS CONNECTION WITH VGZ TOTAL THREAD CONNECTORS
more screws and more deformation fewer connectors and less deformation
128 | STRUCTURAL CONNECTORS | STRUCTURES

A new approach for modern screws, conceived as connectors
able to guarantee excellent static performance, taking advan-
tage of the axial capacity.
RIGIDITY
Partially thread screw
F
RIGIDITY
DUCTILITY F
• screws for shear loads

• high slip s
• low rigidity
• high ductility
Total thread connectors

F
RIGIDITY
F
DUCTILITY
• connectors stressed axially s

• limited slip
• high rigidity
• reduced ductility
EXPERIMENTAL BEHAVIOUR
F - load [kN]
kSER VGZ
The rigidity of the connection is conventional- kSER HBS
ly identified by the slope of the elastic portions
of the monotonic load-slip curve.
A
The graph refers to shear tests to control dis- A
placement for HBS screws under lateral stress
(shear) and crossed VGZ screws stressed ax- B
ially.
s - slip [mm]
STRUCTURES | STRUCTURAL CONNECTORS | 129

SCREWS STRESSED AXIALLY
TENSILE AND COMPRESSION STRENGTH
The strength is proportional to the length of the thread and thus

high performance can be achieved with smaller diameters.
DETERMINING RESISTANCE
To verify the resistance of screws stressed axially, the determining value is the lower between:
STEEL THREAD HEAD

tension / head separation, withdrawal pull-through
instability
resistance 100% strength 30-100% resistance 10%

function of thread L
For total thread connectors, the resistance to head pull-through (binding in the case of partial thread screws) is considered
unimportant and, instead, the high resistance to thread withdrawal is considered, which is expressed both for tensile and
compression stress.
APPLICATION EXAMPLE
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SHEAR CONNECTION
Connection with VGZ total thread connectors Connection with HBS partially thread screws
Fc Ft Fc =0 Ft
Ft Fc Ft
130 | SCREWS STRESSED AXIALLY | STRUCTURES

JOINTS WITH DIFFERENT TYPES OF CONNECTORS
"When a connection includes different types of connectors or connec-

tor types with different rigidities, it is recommended that the compati-
bility of these types be verified [EN 1995:2014]."
In practice, this means that it is not allowed to use different fastening

systems to transfer a single stress (e.g. F shear). The global resistance is
not the sum of the individual resistances.
APPLICATION EXAMPLE
Transfer of shear force F through connectors stressed axially
SOLUTION A BREAKDOWN
RESULT R = F
2 crossed connectors OF THE FORCES
F
F
1 screw under tension
+ R
1 compressed screw
SOLUTION B BREAKDOWN
RESULT R = F
2 parallel connectors OF THE FORCES
F
F
2 screws under tension
+ R/2 + R/2 = R*
* to be added to any contribution from friction
direct contact: wood

compressed
STRUCTURES | SCREWS STRESSED AXIALLY | 131

STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT
RESPONSE TO STRESS
Wood is an anisotropic material. Therefore, it has different

mechanical characteristics depending on the direction of the
grain and the stress.
The anisotropy of the material derives from its cellular organisation:

wood consists of layers of fibres welded to each other by lignin and can
be compared to extremely thin straws, known as tracheids.
The physical structure determines the mechanical characteristics of the

wood:
• great resistance and rigidity for stresses in the direction of the axis of 01 | 02
the fibres;
• reduced efficiency for stresses perpendicular to the direction of the
fibres, in particular for tensile stresses.
In the context of reinforcements, the main mono-axial stresses to which

wood may be subjected are:
01 | 02 TENSION PERPENDICULAR TO THE FIBRES

03 COMPRESSION PERPENDICULAR TO THE FIBRES 03
04 LONGITUDINAL SHEAR
04
132 | STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT | STRUCTURES

01
FAILURE REINFORCEMENT
REINFORCEMENT FOR TENSION

PERPENDICULAR TO THE
FIBRES - NOTCH
Resistance influenced above all by cracks, knots, resin channels.

Markedly fragile behaviour.
02
REINFORCEMENT FOR TENSION
PERPENDICULAR TO THE
FIBRES - HANGING LOAD
Failure can occur in the case in which the load applied affects a height
limited by the main beam (a/h ≤ 0,7). Markedly fragile behaviour.
03
REINFORCEMENT FOR COMPRESSION

PERPENDICULARTO THE
FIBRES - RESTING
Crushing and severing of the fibres in the area where the forces are intro-
duced (e.g. supports). Sufficiently ductile behaviour.
04
REINFORCEMENT FOR
LONGITUDINAL SHEAR
Collapse near the neutral axis, mutual sliding of the two parts of the
section. Beam subject to flexion: tense area or support area.
Markedly fragile behaviour.
STRUCTURES | STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT | 133

VGZ BIT INCLUDED ETA 11/0030
FULL THREADED SCREW

WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD
TENSION
Deep thread and high resistance steel (f y,k = 1000 N/mm2) for excellent
tensile performance. Very broad range of measurements.
vs. the grain (α = 0° - 90°). Reduced minimum distances.
CYLINDRICAL HEAD
Ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforce-
ments. Guarantees fire protection and earthquake suitability. Cyclical
SEISMIC-REV tests according to EN 12512.
CHROMIUM (VI) FREE

CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS 45° connections, reinforcements and couplings
HEAD cylindrical, countersunk
DIAMETER 5,3 | 5,6 | 7,0 | 9,0 | 11,0 mm
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
134 | VGZ | STRUCTURES

STRUCTURAL RESTORATION
Ideal for coupling beams in structural renova-
tions and new works. Can also be used parallel
to the grain thanks to the special approval.
CLT, LVL
Microllam® LVL.
STRUCTURES | VGZ | 135

Very high stiffness in side-by-side joining of CLT floors. Application with
double inclination at 45°, perfect for building using the JIG VGZ template.
Reinforcement orthogonal to grain for hanging load due to joining of

main-secondary beams.
ds
X
dk d2 d1
X
X
V
Z
b
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 5,3 5,6 7 9 11

Tip diameter d2 [mm] 3,60 3,80 4,60 5,90 6,60
Shank diameter ds [mm] 3,95 4,15 5,00 6,50 7,70
Pre-drilling hole diameter dv [mm] 3,5 3,5 4,0 5,0 6,0
My,k [Nmm] 6876 7935 14174 27244 45905
moment
fax,k [N/mm2] 11,7 11,7 11,7 11,7 11,7
ance parameter
f tens,k [kN] 11,0 12,3 15,4 25,4 38,0
strength
f y,k [kN] 1000,0 1000,0 1000,0 1000,0 1000,0
strength
Mechanical parameters of VGZ Ø5,3 and Ø5,6 screw obtained from experimental tests.


VGZ580 80 70 50 VGZ9160 160 150 25
5.3
VGZ5100 100 90 50 VGZ9180 180 170 25
TX 25
VGZ5120 120 110 50 VGZ9200 200 190 25
5.6 VGZ5140 140 130 50 VGZ9220 220 210 25

TX 25 VGZ5160 160 150 50 VGZ9240 240 230 25
VGZ780 80 70 25 VGZ9260 260 250 25
VGZ7100 100 90 25 VGZ9280 280 270 25
VGZ7120 120 110 25 9 VGZ9300 300 290 25
VGZ7140 140 130 25 TX 40 VGZ9320 320 310 25
VGZ7160 160 150 25 VGZ9340 340 330 25
VGZ7180 180 170 25 VGZ9360 360 350 25
7 VGZ7200 200 190 25 VGZ9380 380 370 25

TX 30 VGZ7220 220 210 25 VGZ9400 400 390 25
VGZ7240 240 230 25 VGZ9440 440 430 25
VGZ7260 260 250 25 VGZ9480 480 470 25
VGZ7280 280 270 25 VGZ9520 520 510 25
VGZ7300 300 290 25 VGZ11250 250 240 25
VGZ7340 340 330 25 VGZ11300 300 290 25
VGZ7380 380 370 25 VGZ11350 350 340 25
11 VGZ11400 400 390 25

TX 50 VGZ11450 450 440 25
VGZ11500 500 490 25
VGZ11550 550 540 25
VGZ11600 600 590 25
JIG VGZ 45° TEMPLATE
CODE description pcs

JIGVGZ45 steel template for VGZ screws at 45° 1
JIG VGZ 45° TEMPLATE

Installation at 45° using the JIG VGZ steel
template.

EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION
b = L - 10 mm represents the entire length of the
10 Sg Tol. Sg 10 threaded part
Sg = (L - 10 mm - 10 mm - Tol.)/ 2 represents the partial length of

the threaded part net of a laying
b
tolerance (Tol.) of 10 mm
L
The timber-to-timber withdrawal, shear and sliding values were calculated considering the centre
of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS (1)
5.3 5.6 7 9 11 5.3 5.6 7 9 11
a1 [mm] 5∙d 27 28 35 45 55 4∙d 21 22 28 36 44
a2 [mm] 3∙d 16 17 21 27 33 4∙d 21 22 28 36 44
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 64 67 84 108 132 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 16 17 21 27 33 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 16 17 21 27 33 3∙d 16 17 21 27 33
5.3 5.6 7 9 11 5.3 5.6 7 9 11
a1 [mm] 12∙d 64 67 84 108 132 5∙d 27 28 35 45 55
a2 [mm] 5∙d 27 28 35 45 55 5∙d 27 28 35 45 55
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 80 84 105 135 165 10∙d 53 56 70 90 110
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 53 56 70 90 110 10∙d 53 56 70 90 110
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 27 28 35 45 55 10∙d 53 56 70 90 110
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 27 28 35 45 55 5∙d 27 28 35 45 55

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
(1)
The minimum distances are in accordance with EN 1995:2014 considering a • The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
wood characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3. multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES (2)
SCREWS INSERTED WITH AND WITHOUT PRE-DRILLING HOLE

5.3 5.6 7 9 11
a1 [mm] 5∙d 27 28 35 45 55
a2 [mm] 5∙d 27 28 35 45 55
a2,LIM (3)
[mm] 2,5∙d 13 14 18 23 28
a1,CG [mm] 8∙d 42 45 56 72 88
a2,CG [mm] 3∙d 16 17 21 27 33
aCROSS [mm] 1,5∙d 8 8 11 14 17
SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
a2,CG
a2,CG a1,CG
a2,CG a2,CG
a1 a2 a2,CG a2
a2,CG a2,CG
a
1
a1,CG
a1,CG
a2,CG a1,CG
plan front plan front
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE CROSS SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT
GRAIN TO THE GRAIN
a2,CG
45°
a2
a2,CG a2,CG
aCROSS
a1,CG a1 a2,CG
a1,CG a1
NOTES:
(2)
The minimum distances for connectors stressed axially are independent of (3)
The axial distance a2 can be reduced down to 2,5 d1 if for each connector a
the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect “joint surface” a1 a2 = 25 d12 is maintained.
to the grain, in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

EN 1995:2014
TENSION (1)
geometry total thread withdrawal (2) partial thread withdrawal (2) steel tension
estrazione
estrazione
filetto
filetto
parziale
parziale
Sg A
L
A
Sg A
d1
timber timber steel

d1 L b Amin RV,k Sg Amin Rax,k Rtens,k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
80 70 90 4,68 25 45 1,67
5.3 100 90 110 6,02 35 55 2,34 11,00
120 110 130 7,36 45 65 3,01
140 130 150 9,19 55 75 3,89
5.6 12,30
160 150 170 10,61 65 85 4,60
80 70 90 6,19 25 45 2,21
100 90 110 7,96 35 55 3,09
120 110 130 9,72 45 65 3,98
140 130 150 11,49 55 75 4,86
160 150 170 13,26 65 85 5,75
180 170 190 15,03 75 95 6,63
200 190 210 16,79 85 105 7,51
7 15,40
220 210 230 18,56 95 115 8,40
240 230 250 20,33 105 125 9,28
260 250 270 22,10 115 135 10,16
280 270 290 23,87 125 145 11,05
300 290 310 25,63 135 155 11,93
340 330 350 29,17 155 175 13,70
380 370 390 32,70 175 195 15,47
160 150 170 17,05 65 85 7,39
180 170 190 19,32 75 95 8,52
200 190 210 21,59 85 105 9,66
220 210 230 23,87 95 115 10,80
240 230 250 26,14 105 125 11,93
260 250 270 28,41 115 135 13,07
280 270 290 30,68 125 145 14,21
9 300 290 310 32,96 135 155 15,34

25,40
320 310 330 35,23 145 165 16,48
340 330 350 37,50 155 175 17,61
360 350 370 39,78 165 185 18,75
380 370 390 42,05 175 195 19,89
400 390 410 44,32 185 205 21,02
440 430 450 48,87 205 225 23,30
480 470 490 53,41 225 245 25,57
520 510 530 57,96 245 265 27,84

EN 1995:2014
TENSION
estrazione
estrazione
filetto
filetto
parziale
parziale
Sg A
L
A
Sg A
d1
timber timber steel

250 240 260 33,34 110 130 15,28
300 290 310 40,28 135 155 18,75
350 340 360 47,22 160 180 22,22
400 390 410 54,17 185 205 25,70
11 38,00
450 440 460 61,11 210 230 29,17
500 490 510 68,06 235 255 32,64
550 540 560 75,00 260 280 36,11
600 590 610 81,95 285 305 39,59
NOTES:
(1)
The connector design resistance is the lowest between the wood side de- (2)
The axial resistance of the thread to withdrawal was calculated consider-
sign resistance (Rax,d) and the steel side resistance (Rtens,d). ing a 90° angle between the fibres and the connector and for a effective
thread length of b or Sg.
Rax,k kmod For intermediate values of Sg it is possible to linearly interpolate.
Rax,d = min γm
Rtens,k
γm2

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR SLIDING
geometry timber-to-timber timber-to-timber (3)
estrazione filetto parziale
Sg A A
S
g
45°
L
S
g
Sg A B
d1
d1 L Sg Amin RV,k Amin Bmin Rv,k

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN]
80 25 40 1,57 30 50 1,08
5.3 100 35 50 1,94 40 55 1,51
120 45 60 2,11 45 60 1,94
140 55 70 2,46 50 70 2,50
5.6
160 65 80 2,64 60 75 2,95
80 25 40 2,16 30 50 1,42
100 35 50 2,68 40 55 1,99
120 45 60 3,14 45 60 2,56
140 55 70 3,37 55 70 3,13
160 65 80 3,59 60 75 3,69
180 75 90 3,81 65 85 4,26
200 85 100 4,03 75 90 4,83
7
220 95 110 4,25 80 100 5,40
240 105 120 4,30 90 105 5,97
260 115 130 4,30 95 110 6,53
280 125 140 4,30 100 120 7,10
300 135 150 4,30 110 125 7,67
340 155 170 4,30 125 140 8,81
380 175 190 4,30 140 155 9,94
160 65 80 5,10 60 75 4,75
180 75 90 5,39 70 85 5,48
200 85 100 5,67 75 90 6,21
220 95 110 5,95 80 100 6,94
240 105 120 6,24 90 105 7,67
260 115 130 6,51 95 110 8,40
280 125 140 6,51 105 120 9,13
9 300 135 150 6,51 110 125 9,86

320 145 160 6,51 115 135 10,59
340 155 170 6,51 125 140 11,32
360 165 180 6,51 130 145 12,05
380 175 190 6,51 140 155 12,78
400 185 200 6,51 145 160 13,51
440 205 220 6,51 160 175 14,98
480 225 240 6,51 175 190 16,44
520 245 260 6,51 190 205 17,90

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR SLIDING
Sg A A
S
g
45°
L
S
g
Sg A B
d1

250 110 125 8,35 95 110 9,82
300 135 150 9,06 115 125 12,05
350 160 175 9,06 130 145 14,29
400 185 200 9,06 150 160 16,52
11
450 210 225 9,06 165 180 18,75
500 235 250 9,06 185 195 20,98
550 260 275 9,06 200 215 23,21
600 285 300 9,06 220 230 25,45
NOTES:
(3)
The axial resistance of the thread withdrawal was calculated considering a • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, refer-
45° angle between the fibres and the connector and for an effective thread ence was made to ETA-11/0030.
length of Sg. • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3
GENERAL PRINCIPLES: • Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out
separately.
• C
• The withdrawal, shear and sliding values were calculated considering the
Rk kmod centre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear
Rd =
γm plane.

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR CONNECTION WITH CROSSED CONNECTORS

RIGHT-ANGLE JOINT - MAIN BEAM / SECONDARY BEAM
d1 L Sg HT(1) Sg NT (1) BHT min HHT min = hNT min bNT min no. pairs R1 V,k (2) R2 V,k (2) m (3)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm]
withdrawal (4) instability
40 1 2,8 8,2
5.3 120 30 45 60 120 66 2 5,3 15,2 56
93 3 7,6 21,9
42 1 4,5 9,1
140 45 55 65 130 70 2 8,4 17,0 59
98 3 12,1 24,5
5.6
42 1 5,9 9,1
160 65 65 75 130 70 2 11,0 17,0 59
98 3 15,9 24,5
53 1 5,6 13,6
160 45 65 75 160 88 2 10,5 25,4 74
123 3 15,1 36,5
53 1 8,1 13,6
180 65 75 80 160 88 2 15,2 25,4 74
123 3 21,8 36,5
53 1 9,7 13,6
200 85 85 90 160 88 2 18,0 25,4 74
123 3 26,0 36,5
53 1 10,8 13,6
220 95 95 95 170 88 2 20,1 25,4 81
123 3 29,0 36,5
53 1 11,9 13,6
240 105 105 100 185 88 2 22,3 25,4 88
7 123 3 32,1 36,5
53 1 13,1 13,6
260 115 115 110 200 88 2 24,4 25,4 95
123 3 35,1 36,5
53 1 14,2 13,6
280 125 125 115 215 88 2 26,5 25,4 102
123 3 38,2 36,5
53 1 15,3 13,6
300 135 135 125 230 88 2 28,6 25,4 109
123 3 41,2 36,5
53 1 17,6 13,6
340 155 155 140 255 88 2 32,9 25,4 124
123 3 47,3 36,5
53 1 19,9 13,6
380 175 175 150 285 88 2 37,1 25,4 138
123 3 53,5 36,5

EN 1995:2014

68 1 8,8 22,8
200 55 85 90 200 113 2 16,5 42,6 96
158 3 23,8 61,3
68 1 12,1 22,8
220 75 95 95 200 113 2 22,5 42,6 96
158 3 32,4 61,3
68 1 15,3 22,8
240 95 105 100 200 113 2 28,5 42,6 96
158 3 41,0 61,3
68 1 16,8 22,8
260 115 115 110 200 113 2 31,4 42,6 96
158 3 45,2 61,3
68 1 18,3 22,8
280 125 125 115 215 113 2 34,1 42,6 103
158 3 49,1 61,3
68 1 19,7 22,8
300 135 135 125 230 113 2 36,8 42,6 110
158 3 53,0 61,3
68 1 21,2 22,8
320 145 145 130 245 113 2 39,5 42,6 117
9 158 3 56,9 61,3
68 1 22,6 22,8
340 155 155 140 260 113 2 42,3 42,6 124
158 3 60,9 61,3
68 1 24,1 22,8
360 165 165 145 270 113 2 45,0 42,6 131
158 3 64,8 61,3
68 1 25,6 22,8
380 175 175 150 285 113 2 47,7 42,6 138
158 3 68,7 61,3
68 1 27,0 22,8
400 185 185 160 300 113 2 50,4 42,6 145
158 3 72,7 61,3
68 1 30,0 22,8
440 205 205 175 330 113 2 55,9 42,6 160
158 3 80,5 61,3
68 1 32,9 22,8
480 225 225 185 355 113 2 61,3 42,6 174
158 3 88,4 61,3
68 1 35,8 22,8
520 245 245 200 385 113 2 66,8 42,6 188
158 3 96,2 61,3
NOTES:
(1)
The values given are calculated considering a distance a1CG ≥ 5d. In some (3)
The assembly height (m) applies in the event of symmetrical installation of
cases the asymmetrical installation of connectors is needed Sg HT ≠ Sg NT ). the flush connectors (Sg HT = Sg NT ) above the elements.
(2)
The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between (4)
The thread axial resistance to withdrawal has been evaluated considering
the withdrawal-side design strength (R1V,d) and the instability design strength an effective thread length equal to Sg. The connectors must be inserted at
(R2V,d). 45° with respect to the shear plane.
kmod R1V,k kmod
RV,d = min γm
R2V,k

γm1

EN 1995:2014

83 1 9,8 29,1
225 (*)
50 145 95 245 138 2 18,3 54,2 118
193 3 26,4 78,1
83 1 14,7 29,1
250 75 145 105 245 138 2 27,5 54,2 118
193 3 39,6 78,1
83 1 19,6 29,1
275(*) 100 145 115 245 138 2 36,7 54,2 118
193 3 52,8 78,1
83 1 24,6 29,1
300 125 145 125 245 138 2 45,8 54,2 118
193 3 66,0 78,1
83 1 26,3 29,1
325(*) 148 148 130 250 138 2 49,2 54,2 120
193 3 70,8 78,1
83 1 28,6 29,1
350 160 160 140 265 138 2 53,3 54,2 129
193 3 76,8 78,1
11
83 1 30,8 29,1
375(*) 173 173 150 285 138 2 57,5 54,2 137
193 3 82,8 78,1
83 1 33,0 29,1
400 185 185 160 300 138 2 61,6 54,2 146
193 3 88,8 78,1
83 1 37,5 29,1
450 210 210 175 335 138 2 70,0 54,2 164
193 3 100,8 78,1
83 1 42,0 29,1
500 235 235 195 370 138 2 78,3 54,2 182
193 3 112,8 78,1
83 1 46,4 29,1
550 260 260 210 405 138 2 86,6 54,2 199
193 3 124,8 78,1
83 1 50,9 29,1
600 285 285 230 445 138 2 95,0 54,2 217
193 3 136,8 78,1
NOTE: (*) VGS connectors, see page. 182.

(1)
The values given are calculated considering a distance a1CG ≥ 5d. In some • Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord-
cases the asymmetrical laying of connectors is needed Sg HT ≠ Sg NT ). ance with ETA-11/0030.
(2)
The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between the with- • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3
drawal-side design strength (R1V,d) and the instability design strength (R2V,d). has been considered.
kmod R1V,k kmod • Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out
separately.
RV,d = min γm
R2V,k • For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available
γm1 (www.rothoblaas.com).

(3)
the flush connectors (Sg HT = Sg NT ) above the elements.
(4)
an effective thread length equal to Sg. The connectors must be inserted at
45° with respect to the shear plane.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR CROSS SCREWS

5,3 5,6 7 9 11
a2,CG [mm] 16 17 21 27 33
aCROSS [mm] 8 8 11 14 17
e [mm] 19 20 25 32 39
5.3 5.6 7 9 11
dv (pre-drill) [mm] 3,5 3,5 4,0 5,0 6.0
Recommended pre-drilling hole for connectors Ø11 L ≥ 400 mm
SHEAR CONNECTION WITH CROSSED CONNECTORS - 1 PAIR
m m
90°
T
N
45°
S
g
a2,CG
HT
hNT
S
g
HHT aCROSS bNT

a2,CG
90°
BHT BHT
section plan
SHEAR CONNECTION WITH CROSSED CONNECTORS - 2 OR MORE PAIRS
m m
90°
T
N
45°
S
g
a2,CG
HT
hNT aCROSS
S
g
HHT
e bNT
aCROSS
a2,CG
90°
BHT
BHT
section plan

CALCULATION EXAMPLE: MAIN/SECONDARY BEAM CONNECTION WITH VGZ
CROSS SCREWS
For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
CALCULATION REPORT

7 9 11 7 9 11
a1 [mm] 4∙d 28 36 44 10∙d 70 90 110
a2 [mm] 2,5∙d 18 23 28 4∙d 28 36 44
a3,t [mm] 6∙d 42 54 66 12∙d 84 108 132
a3,c [mm] 6∙d 42 54 66 7∙d 49 63 77
a4,t [mm] 6∙d 42 54 66 6∙d 42 54 66
a4,c [mm] 2,5∙d 18 23 28 3∙d 21 27 33
a4,c a4,t
α F
F
α α
F
F α
a3,t a3,c
a3,t F
a3,c a3,c
a2
a2 a4,c a4,c F
a2 a4,c a4,t
a1 a1
tCLT tCLT
NOTES:

5.3 5.6 7 9 11 5.3 5.6 7 9 11
a1 [mm] 5∙d 27 28 35 45 55 4∙d 21 22 28 36 44
a2 [mm] 3∙d 16 17 21 27 33 4∙d 21 22 28 36 44
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 64 67 84 108 132 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 16 17 21 27 33 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 16 17 21 27 33 3∙d 16 17 21 27 33
5.3 5.6 7 9 11 5.3 5.6 7 9 11
a1 [mm] 15∙d 80 84 105 135 165 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77
a2 [mm] 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77
a3,t [mm] 20∙d 106 112 140 180 220 15∙d 80 84 105 135 165
a3,c [mm] 15∙d 80 84 105 135 165 15∙d 80 84 105 135 165
a4,t [mm] 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77 12∙d 64 67 84 108 132
a4,c [mm] 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77 7∙d 37 39 49 63 77
a4,c a4,t
α F a2
F α
a1
a2
F a2
α α
F
a1
a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
(1)

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES | LVL
wide face edge face(1)
7 9 7 9
a1 [mm] 5∙d 35 45 10∙d 70 70
a2 [mm] 5∙d 35 45 5∙d 35 35
a1,CG [mm] 8∙d 56 72 12∙d 84 108
a2,CG [mm] 3∙d 21 27 3∙d 21 27
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE SCREWS INSERTED WITH α 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE
GRAIN (wide face) GRAIN (edge face)
a2,CG a2,CG
a2 a1,CG a1 a1 a1,CG
a2,CG plan
a1,CG a1
a1,CG a1
a1,CG a1 a1 a1,CG
plan front
b
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE
GRAIN (wide face)
l
a2,CG front
a2
a
1
a2,CG a1,CG
a1,CG
plan front
NOTES:
(1)
Minimum distances are obtained from experimental tests carried out at Eu- • The minimum distances for wide face connections are applicable when us-
rofins Expert Services Oy, Espoo, Finland (Report EUFI29-19000819-T1/T2). ing LVL with parallel grain.
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord-

STATIC VALUES | CLT
TENSION (1)
total thread withdrawal (2) total thread withdrawal (3) partial thread withdrawal (2) steel
geometry
lateral face narrow face lateral face tension
L Sg Sg A
A
Sg A
d1
timber timber timber steel

d1 L b Amin Rax,k Sg Rax,k Sg Amin Rax,k Rtens,k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
80 70 90 5,73 70 4,34 25 45,00 2,05

100 90 110 7,37 90 5,44 35 55,00 2,87
120 110 130 9,01 110 6,52 45 65,00 3,69
140 130 150 10,65 130 7,58 55 75,00 4,50
160 150 170 12,29 150 8,62 65 85,00 5,32
180 170 190 13,92 170 9,65 75 95,00 6,14
200 190 210 15,56 190 10,67 85 105,00 6,96
7 15,40
220 210 230 17,20 210 11,67 95 115,00 7,78
240 230 250 18,84 230 12,67 105 125,00 8,60
260 250 270 20,48 250 13,65 115 135,00 9,42
280 270 290 22,11 270 14,63 125 145,00 10,24
300 290 310 23,75 290 15,61 135 155,00 11,06
340 330 350 27,03 330 17,53 155 175,00 12,69
380 370 390 30,30 370 19,43 175 195,00 14,33
160 150 170 15,80 150 10,54 65 85,00 6,84
180 170 190 17,90 170 11,80 75 95,00 7,90
200 190 210 20,01 190 13,04 85 105,00 8,95
220 210 230 22,11 210 14,27 95 115,00 10,00
240 230 250 24,22 230 15,49 105 125,00 11,06
260 250 270 26,33 250 16,69 115 135,00 12,11
280 270 290 28,43 270 17,89 125 145,00 13,16
300 290 310 30,54 290 19,08 135 155,00 14,22
9 25,40
320 310 330 32,64 310 20,26 145 165,00 15,27
340 330 350 34,75 330 21,43 155 175,00 16,32
360 350 370 36,86 350 22,60 165 185,00 17,37
380 370 390 38,96 370 23,76 175 195,00 18,43
400 390 410 41,07 390 24,91 185 205,00 19,48
440 430 450 45,28 430 27,20 205 225,00 21,59
480 470 490 49,49 470 29,47 225 245,00 23,69
520 510 530 53,70 510 31,71 245 265,00 25,80
250 240 260 30,89 240 18,89 110 130,00 14,16
300 290 310 37,32 290 22,40 135 155,00 17,37
350 340 360 43,76 340 25,85 160 180,00 20,59
400 390 410 50,19 390 29,25 185 205,00 23,81
11 38,00
450 440 460 56,63 440 32,60 210 230,00 27,03
500 490 510 63,06 490 35,92 235 255,00 30,24
550 540 560 69,50 540 39,20 260 280,00 33,46
600 590 610 75,93 590 42,45 285 305,00 36,68
NOTES:
(1)
The connector design resistance is the lowest between the wood side design (3)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance is valid for minimum thickness of the ele-
resistance (Rax,d) and the steel side resistance (Rtens,d). ment of tmin = 10∙d and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d.
(4)
The axial resistance of the thread withdrawal was calculated considering always
Rax,k kmod a 45° angle between the fibres and the connector and for an effective thread
Rax,d = min γm length of Sg as it is impossible to define in advance the thickness and orientation
of each layer.
Rtens,k
Greater resistance values can be obtained considering the fibres orientation of
γm2 each layer of the panel.
(2)
The axial resistance of the thread to withdrawal was calculated considering a 90° angle (5)
See notes at page 146.
between the fibres and the connector and for a effective thread length of b or Sg.
For intermediate values of Sg it is possible to linearly interpolate.

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR SLIDING(4)
CLT - CLT CLT - CLT CLT - CLT(5)
Sg1
Sg A
Sg
Sg2
Sg
Sg
Sg Amin RV,k Sg Amin Bmin RV,k Sg1 Sg2 R1 V,k (1) R2 V,k (1)
[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
withdrawal(4) instability
25 40 2,02 25 30 50,0 1,3 25 25 2,6 13,3
35 50 2,49 35 40 55,0 1,8 35 35 3,7 13,3
45 60 2,97 45 45 60,0 2,4 45 45 4,7 13,3
55 70 3,18 55 55 70,0 2,9 55 55 5,8 13,3
65 80 3,38 65 60 75 3,42 65 65 6,8 13,3
75 90 3,59 75 65 85 3,95 75 75 7,9 13,3
85 100 3,79 85 75 90 4,48 85 85 9,0 13,3
95 110 3,99 95 80 100 5,00 95 95 10,0 13,3
105 120 4,10 105 90 105 5,53 105 105 11,1 13,3
115 130 4,10 115 95 110 6,05 115 115 12,1 13,3
125 140 4,10 125 100 120 6,58 125 125 13,2 13,3
135 150 4,10 135 110 125 7,11 135 135 14,2 13,3
155 170 4,10 155 125 140 8,16 155 155 16,3 13,3
175 190 4,10 175 140 155 9,21 175 175 18,4 13,3
65 80 4,81 65 60 75,0 4,4 65 65 8,8 22,4
75 90 5,08 75 70 85,0 5,1 75 75 10,2 22,4
85 100 5,34 85 75 90 5,75 85 85 11,5 22,4
95 110 5,60 95 80 100 6,43 95 95 12,9 22,4
105 120 5,87 105 90 105 7,11 105 105 14,2 22,4
115 130 6,13 115 95 110 7,78 115 115 15,6 22,4
125 140 6,21 125 105 120 8,46 125 125 16,9 22,4
135 150 6,21 135 110 125 9,14 135 135 18,3 22,4
145 160 6,21 145 115 135 9,81 145 145 19,6 22,4
155 170 6,21 155 125 140 10,49 155 155 21,0 22,4
165 180 6,21 165 130 145 11,17 165 165 22,3 22,4
175 190 6,21 175 140 155 11,85 175 175 23,7 22,4
185 200 6,21 185 145 160 12,52 185 185 25,0 22,4
205 220 6,21 205 160 175 13,88 205 205 27,8 22,4
225 240 6,21 225 175 190 15,23 225 225 30,5 22,4
245 260 6,21 245 190 205 16,58 245 245 33,2 22,4
110 125 7,86 110 95 110 9,10 110 110 18,2 28,5
135 150 8,64 135 115 125 11,17 135 135 22,3 28,5
160 175 8,64 160 130 145 13,24 160 160 26,5 28,5
185 200 8,64 185 150 160 15,31 185 185 30,6 28,5
210 225 8,64 210 165 180 17,37 210 210 34,7 28,5
235 250 8,64 235 185 195 19,44 235 235 38,9 28,5
260 275 8,64 260 200 215 21,51 260 260 43,0 28,5
285 300 8,64 285 220 230 23,58 285 285 47,2 28,5
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• C
haracteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard and national speci- • A timber density of ρ k = 350 kg/m3 was considered for the calculation process.
fication ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K in accordance with ETA-11/0030. • Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out sep-
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: arately.
• The shear characteristic resistances are calculated for screws inserted without
Rk kmod pre-drilling holes. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling holes, greater
Rd =
γm resistance values can be obtained.
• The withdrawal, shear and sliding values were calculated considering the centre of
he coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations
T gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.
used for the calculation. • The withdrawal, shear and sliding values were calculated considering the centre
• For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, reference of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.
was made to ETA-11/0030.

STATIC VALUES | LVL
SLIDING(5)
LVL - LVL
geometry
flat
Sg
45°
L
Sg
d1
LVL steel
d1 L Sg Amin Bmin RV,k Rtens,k 45° (6)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
80 25 30 50 1,62
100 35 40 55 2,27
120 45 45 60 2,92
140 55 55 70 3,56
160 65 60 75 4,21
180 75 65 85 4,86
200 85 75 90 5,51
7 10,89
220 95 80 100 6,16
240 105 90 105 6,80
260 115 95 110 7,45
280 125 100 120 8,10
300 135 110 125 8,75
340 155 125 140 10,04
380 175 140 155 11,34
160 65 60 75 5,11
180 75 70 85 5,90
200 85 75 90 6,69
220 95 80 100 7,47
240 105 90 105 8,26
260 115 95 110 9,05
280 125 105 120 9,84
300 135 110 125 10,62
9 17,96
320 145 115 135 11,41
340 155 125 140 12,20
360 165 130 145 12,98
380 175 140 155 13,77
400 185 145 160 14,56
440 205 160 175 16,13
480 225 175 190 17,70
520 245 190 205 19,28
NOTES:
(1)
The connector design resistance is the lowest between the wood side (4)
The minimum pull-through depth of tip Sg MIN = 100 mm for VGZ Ø7 con-
design resistance (Rax,d) and the steel side resistance (Rtens,d). nectors and Sg MIN = 120 mm for VGZ Ø9 connectors.
(5)
The design sliding resistance of the joint is either the timber-side design
Rax,k kmod resistance (RV,d) or the steel design resistance (Rtens,d 45°), whichever is lower.
Rax,d = min γm
Rtens,k RV,k kmod
γm2 RV,d = min γm

Rtens,k 45°
(2)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance Rax,90,flat,k was calculated considering
a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of γm2
b in applications with both parallel and cross grain LVL. (6)
The connector tensile strength was calculated considering a 45° angle be-
(3)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance Rax,90,edge,k was calculated considering tween the fibres and the connector.
a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of
b in applications with parallel grain LVL.

EN 1995:2014
TENSION (1)
total thread withdrawal (2) partial thread withdrawal (2) thread withdrawal (3) steel
flat flat edge tension
Sg A
Sg
A
Sg A
LVL LVL LVL steel

b Amin Rax,k Sg Amin Rax,k Sg (4) tmin Rax,k Rtens,k
[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
70 90 7,06 25 45 2,52 - - -
90 110 9,07 35 55 3,53 - - -
110 130 11,09 45 65 4,54 110 45 9,86
130 150 13,10 55 75 5,54 130 45 11,65
150 170 15,12 65 85 6,55 150 45 13,44
170 190 17,14 75 95 7,56 170 45 15,23
190 210 19,15 85 105 8,57 190 45 17,02
15,40
210 230 21,17 95 115 9,58 210 45 18,82
230 250 23,18 105 125 10,58 230 45 20,61
250 270 25,20 115 135 11,59 250 45 22,40
270 290 27,22 125 145 12,60 270 45 24,19
290 310 29,23 135 155 13,61 290 45 25,98
330 350 33,26 155 175 15,62 330 45 29,57
370 390 37,30 175 195 17,64 370 45 33,15
150 170 18,36 65 85 7,96 150 57 19,58
170 190 20,81 75 95 9,18 170 57 22,19
190 210 23,26 85 105 10,40 190 57 24,80
210 230 25,70 95 115 11,63 210 57 27,41
230 250 28,15 105 125 12,85 230 57 30,02
250 270 30,60 115 135 14,08 250 57 32,63
270 290 33,05 125 145 15,30 270 57 35,24
290 310 35,50 135 155 16,52 290 57 37,85
25,4
310 330 37,94 145 165 17,75 310 57 40,46
330 350 40,39 155 175 18,97 330 57 43,07
350 370 42,84 165 185 20,20 350 57 45,68
370 390 45,29 175 195 21,42 370 57 48,29
390 410 47,74 185 205 22,64 390 57 50,90
430 450 52,63 205 225 25,09 430 57 56,12
470 490 57,53 225 245 27,54 470 57 61,34
510 530 62,42 245 265 29,99 510 57 66,56
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• C
haracteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord- • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 480 kg/m3
ance with ETA-11/0030. has been considered.
• LVL mechanical withdrawal-resistance parameters are obtained from ex- • Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out
perimental tests carried out at Eurofins Expert Services Oy, Espoo, Finland separately.
(Report EUFI29-19000819-T1/T2). • The withdrawal and sliding values were calculated considering the centre
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.
Rk kmod
Rd =
γm

CALCULATION EXAMPLES: REINFORCEMENT OF NOTCHED BEAM WITH TRACTION
PERPENDICULAR
PROJECT DATA B-B A-A

a2,c
B = 200 mm Wood GL24h (ρk = 385 kg/m3)
B a2
H = 400 mm Fv,Rd = 29,5 kN
a2,c
Hef = 200 mm Service class = 1
Hi = H - Hef = 200 Load duration = medium
B-B A-A
ia = 0 (notch slope) La = 150 mm
Hef
X Sg sup
H
Sg inf
H-Hef
Fv,Rd
La a1,c
SHEAR STRESS VERIFICATION - BEAM WITHOUT REINFORCEMENT - Section A-A (EN 1995:2014) : τd ≤ kv ∙ fv,d
1,5 Fv,Rd La Hef

τd = α= x= α= x = τ d = 1,65 N/mm2
B Hef 2 H x = 75 mm
α = 0,5
1
kn = 6,50 (GL24h)
kV = min 1,1 iα1,5 k v = 0,47
kn 1+
H fv,k = 3,50 N/mm2
h α (1-α) + 0,8 x 1 -α2

H α
EN 1995:2014 Italy - NTC 2018

kmod = 0,9 kmod = 0,9
γm = 1,25 γm = 1,45
fv,d = 2,52 N/mm2 fv,d = 2,17 N/mm2
k v ∙ fv,d = 1,18 N/mm2 k v ∙ fv,d = 1,02 N/mm2
τd ≤ k v ∙ fv,d 1,65 > 1,18 N/mm2 τd ≤ k v ∙ fv,d 1,65 > 1,02 N/mm2
verification not passed verification not passed
REQUIRES REINFORCEMENT REQUIRES REINFORCEMENT
SHEAR STRESS VERIFICATION - Section B-B (EN 1995:2014) : τd ≤ fv,d
1,5 Fv,Rd
τd = α= τ d = 1,65 N/mm2
B Hef
EN 1995:2014 Italy - NTC 2018

τd ≤ fv,d 1,65 < 2,52 N/mm2 τd ≤ fv,d 1,65 < 2,17 N/mm2
verification passed verification passed
REINFORCEMENT Section A-A - CALCULATION OF TRACTION STRESS PERPENDICULAR TO THE FIBRES (DIN 1052:2008)
Ft,90,d = 1,3 Fv,Rd [ 3 (1-α)2 - 2 (1-α)3] Ft,90,d = 19,18 kN
REINFORCEMENT CONNECTOR SELECTION
VGZ 9 x 360 mm To optimise the resistance, the connector is placed with the centre of gravity in correspondence
Sg sup = 165 mm with the possible crack line.
Sg inf = 165 mm

CONNECTOR TENSILE STRENGTH CALCULATION (EN 1995:2014 and ETA-11/0030)
Rax,α,Rk kmod
Rax,Rd = min γm
Rtens,k
γm2
nef 11,7 d1 Sg ρk 0,8 Rax,90°,Rk = 18,75 kN

Rax,α,Rx = Rtens,k = 25,40 kN
1,2 cos2α + sin2α 350
The tensile strength of the connectors calculated here is shown in the table on p.140
The minimum distances for placement of the connectors are found in the table on p.139
EN 1995:2014 Italy - NTC 2018

kmod = 0,9 kmod = 0,9
γm = 1,3 γm = 1,5
γm2 = 1,25 γm2 = 1,25
Rax,90°Rd = 12,98 kN Rax,90°Rd = 11,25 kN
Rtens,d = 20,32 kN Rki,d = 20,32 kN
Rax,Rd = 12,98 kN Rax,Rd = 11,25 kN
MINIMUM NUMBER OF CONNECTORS
Ft,90,d / Rax,Rd = 1,48 Ft,90,d / Rax,Rd = 1,70
2 connectors are hypothesized nef,ax 20,9 = 1,87
FASTENER RESISTANCE TO PERPENDICULAR TENSION
Rax,Rd = 1,87 ∙ 12,98 = 24,27 kN > 19,18 kN OK Rax,Rd = 1,87 ∙ 11,25 = 21,04 kN > 19,18 kN OK
EXAMPLE OF JOINTS THAT REQUIRE VERIFICATION OF PERPENDICULAR TENSION AND POSSIBLE REINFORCEMENT
ia=0 ia>0

VGZ EVO FRAME BIT INCLUDED COATING ETA 11/0030
MINI FULL THREADED SCREW

TIMBER FRAME
Ideal for joining small timber elements such as the crossbeams and up-
rights of light frame structures. Reduced minimum distances.
vs. the grain (α = 0° - 90°). Safety certified by numerous tests carried out
for any direction of insertion.
LUMBER
The cylindrical head is ideal for concealed joints. Deep thread and high
resistance steel (f y,k = 1000 N/mm2) for excellent tensile performance.
C4 EVO COATING
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS fastener for narrow sections
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• CLT, LVL
158 | VGZ EVO FRAME | STRUCTURES

TRUSS, RAFTER
Ideal for fastening elements with small
cross-sections. Certified for application par-
allel to the grain and with reduced minimum
distances. Certified for outdoor use (Service
class 3).
TIMBER STUD
Microllam® LVL. Ideal for fastening I-Joist
beams.
STRUCTURES | VGZ EVO FRAME | 159

Fastening the crossbeams of light frame structures.
Fastening the uprights of light frame structures.
ds
X
dk d2 d1
X
X
V
Z
b
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 5,3 5,6

fax,k [N/mm2] 11,7 11,7
parameter
Characteristic yield strength f y,k [kN] 1000 1000

d1 CODE L b pcs
[mm] [mm] [mm]
VGZEVO580 80 70 50
5,3
VGZEVO5100 100 90 50
TX 25
VGZEVO5120 120 110 50
5,6 VGZEVO5140 140 130 50

TX 25 VGZEVO5160 160 150 50
5.3 5.6 5.3 5.6
a1 [mm] 5∙d 27 28 4∙d 21 22
a2 [mm] 3∙d 16 17 4∙d 21 22
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 64 67 7∙d 37 39
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 37 39 7∙d 37 39
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 16 17 7∙d 37 39
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 16 17 3∙d 16 17
5.3 5.6 5.3 5.6
a1 [mm] 12∙d 64 67 5∙d 27 28
a2 [mm] 5∙d 27 28 5∙d 27 28
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 80 84 10∙d 53 56
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 53 56 10∙d 53 56
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 27 28 10∙d 53 56
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 27 28 5∙d 27 28

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
(1)


b
L

5.3 5.6
a1 [mm] 5∙d 27 28
a2 [mm] 5∙d 27 28
a2,LIM(3) [mm] 2,5∙d 13 14
a1,CG [mm] 8∙d 42 45
a2,CG [mm] 3∙d 16 17
aCROSS [mm] 1,5∙d 8 8
a2,CG
a2,CG a1,CG
a2,CG a2,CG
a1 a2 a2,CG a2
a2,CG a2,CG
a
1
a1,CG
a1,CG
a2,CG a1,CG
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE

GRAIN
a2,CG
a2
a2,CG
a1,CG a1
a1,CG a1
plan front
NOTES:
(2)

EN 1995:2014
TENSION (1)
estrazione
estrazione
filetto
filetto
parziale
parziale
Sg A
L
A
Sg A
d1
timber timber steel

80 70 90 5,02 25 45 1,79
5,3 100 90 110 6,46 35 55 2,51 8,80
120 110 130 7,89 45 65 3,23
140 130 150 9,86 55 75 4,17
5,6 9,90
160 150 170 11,37 65 85 4,93
SHEAR SLIDING
Sg A A
S
g
45°
L S
g
Sg A B
d1

80 25 40 1,67 30 50 1,15
5,3 100 35 50 1,99 40 55 1,61
120 45 60 2,17 45 60 2,08
140 55 70 2,53 50 70 2,68
5,6
160 65 80 2,72 60 75 3,17

(1)
The connector design resistance is the lowest between the wood side de- • C
sign resistance (Rax,d) and the steel side resistance (Rtens,d). ance with ETA-11/0030.
Rax,k kmod • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
Rax,d = min γm Rk kmod

Rtens,k Rd =
γm
γm2
The axial resistance of the thread to withdrawal was calculated considering
(2)
a 90° angle between the fibres and the connector and for a effective thread lations used for the calculation.
length of b or Sg. • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, refer-
For intermediate values of Sg it is possible to linearly interpolate. ence was made to ETA-11/0030.
(3)
The axial resistance of the thread withdrawal was calculated considering a • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3
45° angle between the fibres and the connector and for an effective thread has been considered.
length of Sg.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out
separately.
• The withdrawal, shear and sliding values were calculated considering the cen-
tre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.

CEILING-TO-WALL JOINTS: STRESSES ALONG THE AXIS
Roofing beams
04 05 06
Framed wall Framed wall upright
crossbeam
Framed panel platform

03 Foundation plate
beam 02
01
04
04
01
01 04
Joining of upright Joining of crossbeam-

platform beam with single main rafter with inclined
inclined connector connector
02
02 05

2x platform beam with main rafter with double
double inclined connector inclined connector
inserted from side
03
03 06

2x platform beam with principle rafter with
double crossed double inclined connector
connectors inserted from front

CEILING-TO-WALL JOINTS: OFF AXIS STRESSES
Roofing beams
Framed wall
crossbeam
10 07
11
Framed wall upright
Framed panel platform

beam 08
Floor with I-Joist

beams
Framed wall
crossbeam
09
07
07 10
Joining of upright- Joining of upright-

crossbeam with single crossbeam with single
inclined connector inclined connector
08
08 11
Joining of crossbeam-sill Joining of crossbeam-

plate with single inclined main rafter with double
connector vertical connector
09
Joining of upright-
crossbeam with single
inclined connector

VGZ EVO BIT INCLUDED COATING ETA 11/0030
FULL THREADED SCREW

C4 EVO COATING
AGGRESSIVE WOODS
TENSION
tensile performance.
vs. the grain (α = 0° - 90°). Reduced minimum distances.
CHARACTERISTICS
DIAMETER 5,3 | 5,6 | 7,0 | 9,0 mm
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• CLT, LVL
166 | VGZ EVO | STRUCTURES

OAK FRAME
Ideal for the construction of outdoor struc-
tures and for fastening aggressive woods
containing tannin, such as chestnut and oak.
Values also certified for inserting the screw par-
allel to the grain
TIMBER FRAME
for CLT and high density woods such as
Microllam® LVL.
STRUCTURES | VGZ EVO | 167

Fastening Wood Trusses outdoors.
Restoration of existing wooden floor using

glulam beams and VGZ connectors.
ds
X
dk d2 d1
X
X
V
Z
b
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 5,3 5,6 7 9

Tip diameter d2 [mm] 3,60 3,80 4,60 5,90
fax,k [N/mm2] 11,7 11,7 11,7 11,7
ance parameter
Characteristic yield strength f y,k [kN] 1000 1000 1000 1000


VGZEVO580 80 70 50 VGZEVO9200 200 190 25
5.3
VGZEVO5100 100 90 50 VGZEVO9240 240 230 25
TX 25 9
VGZEVO5120 120 110 50 VGZEVO9280 280 270 25
TX 40
5.6 VGZEVO5140 140 130 50 VGZEVO9320 320 310 25
TX 25 VGZEVO5160 160 150 50 VGZEVO9360 360 350 25
VGZEVO7140 140 130 25
VGZEVO7180 180 170 25
7
VGZEVO7220 220 210 25
TX 30
VGZEVO7260 260 250 25
VGZEVO7300 300 290 25
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS (1) For the table

Minimum distances for axial
stresses, see page 139
5.3 5.6 7 9 5.3 5.6 7 9
a1 [mm] 5∙d 27 28 35 45 4∙d 21 22 28 36
a2 [mm] 3∙d 16 17 21 27 4∙d 21 22 28 36
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 64 67 84 108 7∙d 37 39 49 63
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 37 39 49 63 7∙d 37 39 49 63
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 16 17 21 27 7∙d 37 39 49 63
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 16 17 21 27 3∙d 16 17 21 27
5.3 5.6 7 9 5.3 5.6 7 9
a1 [mm] 12∙d 64 67 84 108 5∙d 27 28 35 45
a2 [mm] 5∙d 27 28 35 45 5∙d 27 28 35 45
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 80 84 105 135 10∙d 53 56 70 90
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 53 56 70 90 10∙d 53 56 70 90
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 27 28 35 45 10∙d 53 56 70 90
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 27 28 35 45 5∙d 27 28 35 45

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
The minimum distances are in accordance with EN 1995:2014 considering a
(1)


b
L

EN 1995:2014
TENSION (1)
estrazione
estrazione
filetto
filetto
parziale
parziale
Sg A
L
A
Sg A
d1
timber timber steel

80 70 90 5,02 25 45 1,79
5,3 100 90 110 6,46 35 55 2,51 8,80
120 110 130 7,89 45 65 3,23
140 130 150 9,86 55 75 4,17
5,6 9,90
160 150 170 11,37 65 85 4,93
140 130 150 12,32 55 75 5,21
180 170 190 16,11 75 95 7,11
7 220 210 230 19,90 95 115 9,00 15,40
260 250 270 23,69 115 135 10,90
300 290 310 27,48 135 155 12,79
200 190 210 23,15 85 105 10,36
240 230 250 28,02 105 125 12,79
9 280 270 290 32,90 125 145 15,23 25,40
320 310 330 37,77 145 165 17,67
360 350 370 42,64 165 185 20,10
NOTES:
(1)
The connector design resistance is the lowest between the wood side de- (2)
The axial resistance of the thread to withdrawal was calculated consider-
sign resistance (Rax,d) and the steel side resistance (Rtens,d). ing a 90° angle between the fibres and the connector and for a effective
thread length of b or Sg.
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γm
Rtens,k
γm2

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR SLIDING
Sg A A
S
g
45°
L
S
g
Sg A B
d1

80 25 40 1,67 30 50 1,15
5,3 100 35 50 1,99 40 55 1,61
120 45 60 2,17 45 60 2,08
140 55 70 2,53 50 70 2,68
5,6
160 65 80 2,72 60 75 3,17
140 55 70 3,55 55 70 3,35
180 75 90 4,02 65 85 4,57
7 220 95 110 4,49 80 100 5,79
260 115 130 4,49 95 110 7,01
300 135 150 4,49 110 125 8,22
200 85 100 5,99 75 90 6,66
240 105 120 6,60 90 105 8,22
9
280 125 140 6,80 105 120 9,79
320 145 160 6,80 115 135 11,36
360 165 180 6,80 130 145 12,92
NOTES:
(3)
The axial resistance of the thread withdrawal was calculated considering a • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, refer-
45° angle between the fibres and the connector and for an effective thread ence was made to ETA-11/0030.
length of Sg. • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3
GENERAL PRINCIPLES: • Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out
separately.
• C
• The withdrawal, shear and sliding values were calculated considering the
Rk kmod centre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear
Rd =
γm plane.

VGZ HARDWOOD BIT INCLUDED ETA 11/0030
FULLY THREADED SCREW FOR HARDWOODS
HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION
Special tip with diamond geometry and notched, serrated thread. ETA
11/0030 certification for use with high density timber without any pre-
drill. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direc-
tion vs. the grain (α = 0° - 90°).
TENSION
tensile performance. Inner tip diameter increased to ensure tightening in
the highest density woods. Excellent twisting moment values.
CYLINDRICAL HEAD
Ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforce-
ments. Guarantees fire protection and earthquake suitability.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS screw for hardwoods
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• Solid timber and glulam
• CLT, LVL
• beech, cypress, eucalyptus, bamboo
172 | VGZ HARDWOOD | STRUCTURES

ds
X
dk d2 d1
X
X
V
Z
H
G
b
L
Nominal diameter eq. d1 eq. [mm] 7 9

My,k [Nmm] 18987,4 40115,0
moment
Characteristic withdrawal-resist- fax,k,90° [N/mm ] 2
46,0 46,0
ance parameter fax,k,0° [N/mm2] 20,0 20,0
Associated density ρa [kg/m ]3
730 730
fhead,k [N/mm ] 2
50,0 50,0
parameter
f tens,k [kN] 18,0 32,1
strength
Mechanical parameters from experimental tests obtained from "Test Report No. 196104" of Karlsruher Institut für Technologie (KIT).
d1 eq. CODE d1 L b pcs d1 eq. CODE d1 L b pcs

VGZH7140 6 140 130 25 VGZH9200 8 200 190 25
7 VGZH7180 6 180 170 25 9 VGZH9240 8 240 230 25

TX 30 VGZH7220 6 220 210 25 TX 40 VGZH9280 8 280 270 25
VGZH7260 6 260 250 25 VGZH9320 8 320 310 25
d1 eq. = nominal diameter equivalent to a screw with the same ds
NOTES: upon request, EVO version is available.
BEECH LVL
for high density woods such as beechwood
Microllam® LVL. Certified for use without
pre-drilling, for densities of up to 780 kg/m3.
Also tested on structural woods such as chest-
nut, oak, cypress, eucalyptus, bamboo
STRUCTURES | VGZ HARDWOOD | 173


b
L
d1 eq. 7 9 7 9
d1 6 8 6 8
a1 [mm] 5∙d1 30 40 4∙d1 24 32
a2 [mm] 3∙d1 18 24 4∙d1 24 32
a3,t [mm] 12∙d1 72 96 7∙d1 42 56
a3,c [mm] 7∙d1 42 56 7∙d1 42 56
a4,t [mm] 3∙d1 18 24 7∙d1 42 56
a4,c [mm] 3∙d1 18 24 3∙d1 18 24
d1 eq. 7 9 7 9
d1 6 8 6 8
a1 [mm] 15∙d1 90 120 7∙d1 42 56
a2 [mm] 7∙d1 42 56 7∙d1 42 56
a3,t [mm] 20∙d1 120 160 15∙d1 90 120
a3,c [mm] 15∙d1 90 120 15∙d1 90 120
a4,t [mm] 7∙d1 42 56 12∙d1 72 96
a4,c [mm] 7∙d1 42 56 7∙d1 42 56

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• The minimum distances are compliant with EN 1995:2014 - Table 8.2 con- • The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
sidering a wood characteristic density of ρ k > 420 kg/m3 and calculation multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
diameter of d = nominal screw diameter. • The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
• For high density wood applications (ρ k > 500 kg/m3 ) please refer to ETA- multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
11/0030. Full technical data is available in the website www.rothoblaas.com.


d1 eq. 7 9
d1 6 8
a1 [mm] 5∙d1 30 40
a2 [mm] 5∙d1 30 40
a2,LIM(2) [mm] 2,5∙d1 15 20
a1,CG [mm] 8∙d1 48 64
a2,CG [mm] 3∙d1 18 24
aCROSS [mm] 1,5∙d1 9 12
a2,CG
a2,CG a1,CG
a2,CG a2,CG
a1 a2 a2,CG a2
a2,CG a2,CG
a
1
a1,CG
a1,CG
a2,CG a1,CG
GRAIN TO THE GRAIN
a2,CG
45°
a2
a2,CG a2,CG
aCROSS
a1,CG a1 a2,CG
a1,CG a1
NOTES:
(1)

EN 1995:2014
TENSION (1)
estrazione
estrazione
filetto
filetto
parziale
parziale
Sg A
L
A
Sg A
d1
timber timber steel

d1 eq. d1 L b Amin RV,k Sg Amin Rax,k Rtens,k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
6 140 130 150 28,61 55 75 12,10
6 180 170 190 37,41 75 95 16,50
7 17,00
6 220 210 230 46,21 95 115 20,91
6 260 250 270 55,01 115 135 25,31
8 200 190 210 55,75 85 105 24,94
8 240 230 250 67,49 105 125 30,81
9 20,10
8 280 270 290 79,22 125 145 36,68
8 320 310 330 90,96 145 165 42,54
SHEAR SLIDING

Sg A A
S
g
45°
L
S
Sg A g B
d1
steel
d1 eq. d1 L Sg Amin RV,k Amin Bmin Rv,k Rtens,k 45°
6 140 55 70 5,64 55 70 7,78
6 180 75 90 5,64 70 85 10,61
7 12,02
6 220 95 110 5,64 80 100 12,02
6 260 115 130 5,64 95 110 12,02
8 200 85 100 9,06 75 90 14,21
8 240 105 120 9,06 90 105 14,21
9 14,21
8 280 125 140 9,06 105 120 14,21
8 320 145 160 9,06 120 135 14,21

(1)
The connector design resistance is the lowest between the wood side design • C
haracteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with
resistance (Rax,d) and the steel side resistance (Rtens,d). ETA-11/0030.
Rax,k kmod • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
Rax,d = min γm
Rk kmod
Rtens,k Rd =
γm2 γm

(2)
The axial resistance of the thread to withdrawal was calculated considering a 90° angle T he coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations
between the fibres and the connector and for a effective thread length of b or Sg. used for the calculation.
For intermediate values of Sg it is possible to linearly interpolate. • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, reference
(3)
The design sliding resistance of the joint is either the timber-side design was made to "Test Report No. 196104" of Karlsruher Institut für Technologie
resistance (RV,d) or the steel design resistance (Rtens,d 45°), whichever is lower. (KIT).
• A timber density of ρ k = 550 kg/m3 was considered for the calculation process.
RV,k kmod
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.
RV,d = min γm
Rtens,k 45° • The shear characteristic resistances are calculated for screws inserted without
pre-drilling holes. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling holes, greater
γm2 resistance values can be obtained.

• The withdrawal, shear and sliding values were calculated considering the centre
pre-drilling holes. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling holes, greater
resistance values can be obtained.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR CROSS SCREWS

d1 eq. 7 9
d1 6 8
a2,CG [mm] 3∙d1 18 24
aCROSS [mm] 1,5∙d1 8 12
e [mm] 3,5∙d1 21 28
d1 eq. 7 9
d1 6 8
dv (pre-drill) [mm] 4,0 6,0
Pre-drilling hole required for connectors Ø11 ≥ 400 mm
SHEAR CONNECTION WITH CROSSED CONNECTORS - 1 PAIR
m m
90°
T
N
45°
S
g
a2,CG
HT
hNT
S
g
HHT aCROSS bNT

a2,CG
90°
BHT BHT
section plan
SHEAR CONNECTION WITH CROSSED CONNECTORS - 2 OR MORE PAIRS
m m
90°
T
N
45°
S
g
a2,CG
HT
hNT aCROSS
S
g
HHT
e bNT
aCROSS
a2,CG
90°
BHT
BHT
section plan

EN 1995:2014

d1 eq. d1 L Sg HT(1) Sg NT (1) BHT min HHT min = hNT min bNT min no. pairs R1 V,k (1) R2 V,k (2) R3 V,k (2) m (3)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm]
withdrawal (4) instability tension
45 1 12,4 14,0 24,0
6 140 40 70 65 110 75 2 23,2 26,1 44,9 60
105 3 33,5 37,7 64,6
45 1 23,3 14,0 24,0
6 180 75 75 80 140 75 2 43,6 26,1 44,9 64
105 3 62,7 37,7 64,6
7
45 1 26,9 14,0 24,0
6 220 95 95 95 170 75 2 50,2 26,1 44,9 78
105 3 72,2 37,7 64,6
45 1 32,5 14,0 24,0
6 260 115 115 110 195 75 2 60,7 26,1 44,9 92
105 3 87,5 37,7 64,6
60 1 31,1 45,5 28,4
6 200 75 95 90 155 100 2 58,1 85,0 53,0 78
140 3 83,6 122,4 76,4
60 1 39,6 45,5 28,4
8 240 105 105 100 185 100 2 73,9 85,0 53,0 85
140 3 106,5 122,4 76,4
9
60 1 47,2 45,5 28,4
8 280 125 125 115 210 100 2 88,0 85,0 53,0 99
140 3 126,7 122,4 76,4
60 1 54,7 45,5 28,4
8 320 145 145 130 240 100 2 102,1 85,0 53,0 113
140 3 147,0 122,4 76,4

(1)
The values given are calculated considering a fastener distance arrangement • Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord-
of a1,CG ≥ 5d. In some cases the asymmetrical laying of connectors is needed ance with ETA-11/0030.
Sg HT ≠ Sg NT ). • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, refer-
(2)
The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between the ence was made to "Test Report No. 196104" of Karlsruher Institut für Tech-
withdrawal-side design strength (R1V,d) and the instability design strength (R2V,d). nologie (KIT).
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 555 kg/m3
R1V,k kmod has been considered.
γm • Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out
R2V,k separately.
RV,d = min
γm1
R3V,k

γm2
(3)
the flush connectors (Sg HT = Sg NT ) above the elements.
(4)
an effective thread length equal to Sg. The connectors must be inserted at
45° with respect to the shear plane.

d1 eq. 7 9 7 9
d1 6 8 6 8
a1 [mm] 5∙d1 30 40 4∙d1 24 32
a2 [mm] 3∙d1 18 24 4∙d1 24 32
a3,t [mm] 12∙d1 72 96 7∙d1 42 56
a3,c [mm] 7∙d1 42 56 7∙d1 42 56
a4,t [mm] 3∙d1 18 24 7∙d1 42 56
a4,c [mm] 3∙d1 18 24 3∙d1 18 24
d1 eq. 7 9 7 9
d1 6 8 6 8
a1 [mm] 15∙d1 90 40 7∙d1 42 56
a2 [mm] 7∙d1 42 24 7∙d1 42 56
a3,t [mm] 20∙d1 120 96 15∙d1 90 120
a3,c [mm] 15∙d1 90 56 15∙d1 90 120
a4,t [mm] 7∙d1 42 24 12∙d1 72 96
a4,c [mm] 7∙d1 42 24 7∙d1 42 56
a4,c a4,t
α F a2
F α
a1
a2
F a2
α α
F
a1
a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• The minimum distances are compliant with EN 1995:2014 - Table 8.2 con- • The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
sidering a wood characteristic density of ρ k > 420 kg/m3 and calculation multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
diameter of d = nominal screw diameter. • The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
• For high density wood applications (ρ k > 500 kg/m3 ) please refer to ETA- multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
11/0030. Full technical data is available in the website www.rothoblaas.com.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES (1) | LVL

d1 eq. 7 9
d1 6 8
a1 [mm] 5∙d1 30 40
a2 [mm] 5∙d1 30 40
a2,LIM(2) [mm] 2,5∙d1 15 20
a1,CG [mm] 8∙d1 48 64
a2,CG [mm] 3∙d1 18 24
aCROSS [mm] 1,5∙d1 9 12
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE SCREWS INSERTED WITH α ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE
GRAIN (wide face) GRAIN (wide face)
a2,CG a2,CG
a2 a2
a
1
a2,CG
a2,CG a1,CG
a1,CG a1
a1,CG a1 a1,CG
NOTES:
(1)

STATIC VALUES | LVL CHARACTERISTIC VALUES
EN 1995:2014
TENSION (1)
total thread withdrawal (2)
partial thread withdrawal (2) steel
geometry
flat flat tension
L Sg A
A
Sg A
d1
LVL LVL steel

d1 eq. d1 L b Amin Rax,k Sg Amin Rax,k Rtens,k
6 140 130 150 35,88 55 75 15,18
6 180 170 190 46,92 75 95 20,70
7 17,00
6 220 210 230 57,96 95 115 26,22
6 260 250 270 69,00 115 135 31,74
8 200 190 210 69,92 85 105 31,28
8 240 230 250 84,64 105 125 38,64
9 20,1
8 280 270 290 99,36 125 145 46,00
8 320 310 330 114,08 145 165 53,36
SLIDING(3)
geometry LVL - LVL
Sg
45°
L
Sg
d1
LVL steel
d1 eq. d1 L Sg Amin Bmin Rax,k Rtens,k 45° (4)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
6 140 55 55 70 9,76
6 180 75 65 85 13,31
7 12,02
6 220 95 80 100 16,85
6 260 115 95 110 20,40
8 200 85 75 90 20,11
8 240 105 90 105 24,84
9 14,21
8 280 125 105 120 29,57
8 320 145 115 135 34,30

(1)
The connector design resistance is the lowest between the wood side design • C
haracteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with
resistance (Rax,d) and the steel side resistance (Rtens,d). ETA-11/0030.
Rax,k kmod
γm Rk kmod
Rax,d = min Rd =
Rtens,k γm
γm2
T he coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations
(2)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance Rax,90,k was calculated considering a 90° used for the calculation.
angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, reference
(3)
The design sliding resistance of the joint is either the timber-side design resist- was made to ETA-11/0030.
ance (RV,d) or the steel design resistance (Rtens,d 45°), whichever is lower.
• A timber density of ρ k = 730 kg/m3 was considered for the calculation process.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out sepa-
RV,k kmod rately.
RV,d = min γm • The withdrawal and sliding values were calculated considering the centre of grav-
Rtens,k 45° ity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.
γm2

(4)
The connector tensile strength was calculated considering a 45° angle between
the fibres and the connector.

VGS BIT INCLUDED ETA 11/0030
FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH

COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD
TENSION
tensile performance. Approved for structural applications subject to
stresses in any direction vs. the grain (α = 0° - 90°).
COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD

Countersunk head up to L = 600 mm, ideal for use on plates or for con-
cealed reinforcements. Hexagonal head L > 600 mm to facilitate grip-
ping with screwdriver.
CHROMIUM (VI) FREE

9,0 | 11,0 | 13,0 mm L ≤ 600 mm 13,0 mm L > 600 mm
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS 45° connections, lifting and reinforcements
countersunk with ribs for L ≤ 600 mm
HEAD
hexagonal for L > 600 mm
DIAMETER 9,0 | 11,0 | 13,0 mm
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
182 | VGS | STRUCTURES

TENSILE STRENGTH
Ideal for joints requiring high tensile or sliding
strength. Can be used on steel plates in com-
bination with the VGU washer.
TITAN V
fastening standard Rothoblaas plates.
STRUCTURES | VGS | 183

Reinforcement perpendicular to the grain of a large glulam beam.
System for lifting and transport using WASP hook and VGS screw.
t1
X
S
90° dk d2 d1
G
X
V
ds
b
45° L

Pre-drilling hole diameter (*) dv [mm] 5,0 6,0
Characteristic
fax,k [N/mm ] 2
11,7 11,7
Characteristic yield strength f y,k [N/mm ] 2
1000 1000
(*) Recommended pre-drilling hole for connectors with L ≥ 400 mm

t1 t1
X
S
G
90° dk d2 d1
S
V
G
X
X
X
X
ds
b duk ds
SW
45° L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 13 [L ≤ 600 mm] 13 [L > 600 mm]

Head diameter dk [mm] 22,00 -
Wrench size SW - SW 19
Underhead diameter duk [mm] - 15,0
Pre-drilling hole diameter (*) dv [mm] 7,0
Characteristic yield moment My,k [Nmm] 94500,5
fax,k [N/mm ] 2
11,7
parameter
Characteristic tensile strength f tens,k [kN] 53,0
Characteristic yield strength f y,k [N/mm ] 2
1000
(*) Recommended pre-drilling hole for connectors with L ≥ 400 mm
Mechanical parameters of VGS Ø13 screw obtained from experimental tests.

VGS9100 100 90 25 VGS11400 400 390 25
VGS9120 120 110 25 VGS11450 450 440 25
VGS9140 140 130 25 VGS11500 500 490 25
11
VGS9160 160 150 25 VGS11550 550 540 25
TX 50
VGS9180 180 170 25 VGS11600 600 590 25
VGS9200 200 190 25 VGS11700 700 690 25
VGS9220 220 210 25 VGS11800 800 790 25
VGS9240 240 230 25 VGS13100 (NO RIBS) 100 90 25
VGS9260 260 250 25 VGS13150 (NO RIBS) 150 140 25
9
VGS9280 280 270 25 VGS13200 (NO RIBS) 200 190 25
TX 40 13
VGS9300 300 290 25 VGS13300 300 290 25
TX 50
VGS9320 320 310 25 VGS13400 400 390 25
VGS9340 340 330 25 VGS13500 500 490 25
VGS9360 360 350 25 VGS13600 600 590 25
VGS9380 380 370 25 VGS13700 700 690 25
VGS9400 400 390 25 VGS13800 800 790 25
VGS9440 440 430 25 13 VGS13900 900 890 25
SW 19
VGS9480 480 470 25 TX 50 VGS131000 1000 990 25
VGS9520 520 510 25 VGS131100 1100 1090 25
VGS11100 100 90 25 VGS131200 1200 1190 25
VGS11125 125 115 25 VGU WASHER
VGS11150 150 140 25
CODE screw pcs
VGS11175 175 165 25
[mm]
VGS11200 200 190 25
VGU945 VGS Ø9 25
11 VGS11225 225 215 25
VGU1145 VGS Ø11 25
TX 50 VGS11250 250 240 25
VGU1345 VGS Ø13 25
VGS11275 275 265 25
VGS11300 300 290 25 WASP HOOK
VGS11325 325 315 25 CODE max. capacity pcs
VGS11350 350 340 25 [kg]
VGS11375 375 365 25 WASP 1300 2


b the threaded part net of a laying
L
9 11 13 9 11 13
a1 [mm] 5∙d 45 55 65 4∙d 36 44 52
a2 [mm] 3∙d 27 33 39 4∙d 36 44 52
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 108 132 156 7∙d 63 77 91
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 63 77 91 7∙d 63 77 91
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 27 33 39 7∙d 63 77 91
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 27 33 39 3∙d 27 33 39
9 11 13 9 11 13
a1 [mm] 12∙d 108 132 156 5∙d 45 55 65
a2 [mm] 5∙d 45 55 65 5∙d 45 55 65
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 135 165 195 10∙d 90 110 130
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 90 110 130 10∙d 90 110 130
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 45 55 65 10∙d 90 110 130
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 45 55 65 5∙d 45 55 65

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
(1)
Minimum distances are in accordance with EN 1995:2014 as per ETA- • The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1, a2) can be
11/0030 considering a wood characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3. multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.


9 11 13
a1 [mm] 5∙d 45 55 65
a2 [mm] 5∙d 45 55 65
a2,LIM (3)
[mm] 2,5∙d 23 28 33
a1,CG [mm] 8∙d 72 88 104
a2,CG [mm] 3∙d 27 33 39
aCROSS [mm] 1,5∙d 14 17 20
a2,CG
a2,CG a1,CG
a2,CG a2,CG
a1 a2 a2,CG a2
a2,CG a2,CG
a
1
a1,CG
a1,CG
a2,CG a1,CG
GRAIN TO THE GRAIN
a2,CG
45°
a2
a2,CG a2,CG
aCROSS
a1,CG a1 a2,CG
a1,CG a1
NOTES:
(2)

EN 1995:2014
TENSION (1) / COMPRESSION (2)
steel
geometry total thread withdrawal (3) partial thread withdrawal (3) instability
tension
estrazione
estrazionefiletto
filettoparziale
parziale
Sg A
L
A
Sg A
d1
timber timber steel steel

d1 L b Amin RV,k Sg Amin Rax,k Rtens,k Rki,k
100 90 110 10,23 35 55 3,98
120 110 130 12,50 45 65 5,11
140 130 150 14,77 55 75 6,25
160 150 170 17,05 65 85 7,39
180 170 190 19,32 75 95 8,52
200 190 210 21,59 85 105 9,66
220 210 230 23,87 95 115 10,80
240 230 250 26,14 105 125 11,93
260 250 270 28,41 115 135 13,07
9 280 270 290 30,68 125 145 14,21 25,40 17,25
300 290 310 32,96 135 155 15,34
320 310 330 35,23 145 165 16,48
340 330 350 37,50 155 175 17,61
360 350 370 39,78 165 185 18,75
380 370 390 42,05 175 195 19,89
400 390 410 44,32 185 205 21,02
440 430 450 48,87 205 225 23,30
480 470 490 53,41 225 245 25,57
520 510 530 57,96 245 265 27,84
100 90 110 12,50 35 55 4,86
125 115 135 15,97 48 68 6,60
150 140 160 19,45 60 80 8,33
175 165 185 22,92 73 93 10,07
200 190 210 26,39 85 105 11,81
225 215 235 29,86 98 118 13,54
250 240 260 33,34 110 130 15,28
275 265 285 36,81 123 143 17,01
300 290 310 40,28 135 155 18,75
11 325 315 335 43,75 148 168 20,49 38,00 21,93
350 340 360 47,22 160 180 22,22
375 365 385 50,70 173 193 23,96
400 390 410 54,17 185 205 25,70
450 440 460 61,11 210 230 29,17
500 490 510 68,06 235 255 32,64
550 540 560 75,00 260 280 36,11
600 590 610 81,95 285 305 39,59
700 690 710 95,84 335 355 46,53
800 790 810 109,73 385 405 53,48

EN 1995:2014
TENSION (1) / COMPRESSION (2)
steel
geometry total thread withdrawal (3) partial thread withdrawal (3) instability
tension
estrazione
estrazionefiletto
filettoparziale
parziale
Sg A
L
A
Sg A
d1
timber timber steel steel

d1 L b Amin RV,k Sg Amin Rax,k Rtens,k Rki,k
100 90 110 14,77 35 55 5,75
150 140 160 22,98 60 80 9,85
200 190 210 31,19 85 105 13,95
300 290 310 47,60 135 155 22,16
400 390 410 64,02 185 205 30,37
500 490 510 80,43 235 255 38,58
13 600 590 610 96,85 285 305 46,78 53,00 32,69
700 690 710 113,26 335 355 54,99
800 790 810 129,68 385 405 63,20
900 890 910 146,09 435 455 71,41
1000 990 1010 162,51 485 505 79,61
1100 1090 1110 178,92 535 555 87,82
1200 1190 1210 195,34 585 605 96,03
NOTES:
(1)
The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the The axial resistance of the thread to withdrawal was calculated consider-
(3)
wood-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength ing a 90° angle between the fibres and the connector and for a effective
(Rtens,d). thread length of b or Sg.
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γm
Rtens,k
γm2

(2)
The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between
the wood-side design strength (Rax,d) and the instability design strength
(Rki,k).
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γm
Rki,k
γm1


EN 1995:2014
SHEAR SLIDING(4)
geometry timber-to-timber timber-to-timber steel-timber (5)
Sg A A
S
g
45° 45°
L
S
g
S
g
Amin
Sg A B
d1
timber timber steel

d1 L Sg Amin RV,k Amin Bmin Rv,k Sg Amin RV,k Rtens,k 45° (6)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
100 35 50 3,54 40 55 2,56 80 75 5,84
120 45 60 4,19 50 60 3,29 100 90 7,31
140 55 70 4,82 55 70 4,02 120 105 8,77
160 65 80 5,10 60 75 4,75 140 120 10,23
180 75 90 5,39 70 85 5,48 160 135 11,69
200 85 100 5,67 75 90 6,21 180 145 13,15
220 95 110 5,95 85 100 6,94 200 160 14,61
240 105 120 6,24 90 105 7,67 220 175 16,07
260 115 130 6,51 100 110 8,40 240 190 17,53
9 280 125 140 6,51 105 120 9,13 260 205 18,99 17,96
300 135 150 6,51 110 125 9,86 280 220 20,45
320 145 160 6,51 120 135 10,59 300 230 21,92
340 155 170 6,51 125 140 11,32 320 245 23,38
360 165 180 6,51 135 145 12,05 340 260 24,84
380 175 190 6,51 140 155 12,78 360 275 26,30
400 185 200 6,51 145 160 13,51 380 290 27,76
440 205 220 6,51 160 175 14,98 420 315 30,68
480 225 240 6,51 175 190 16,44 460 345 33,60
520 245 260 6,51 190 205 17,90 500 375 36,53
100 35 50 4,27 40 55 3,13 80 75 7,14
125 48 63 5,40 50 65 4,24 105 95 9,38
150 60 75 6,40 60 75 5,36 130 110 11,61
175 73 88 7,05 70 80 6,47 155 130 13,84
200 85 100 7,48 80 90 7,59 180 145 16,07
225 98 113 7,92 85 100 8,71 205 165 18,30
250 110 125 8,35 95 110 9,82 230 185 20,54
275 123 138 8,79 105 115 10,94 255 200 22,77
300 135 150 9,06 115 125 12,05 280 220 25,00
11 325 148 163 9,06 120 135 13,17 305 235 27,23 26,87
350 160 175 9,06 130 145 14,29 330 255 29,46
375 173 188 9,06 140 155 15,40 355 270 31,70
400 185 200 9,06 150 160 16,52 380 290 33,93
450 210 225 9,06 165 180 18,75 430 325 38,39
500 235 250 9,06 185 195 20,98 480 360 42,86
550 260 275 9,06 200 215 23,21 530 395 47,32
600 285 300 9,06 220 230 25,45 580 430 51,79
700 335 350 9,06 255 265 29,91 680 500 60,71
800 385 400 9,06 290 305 34,38 780 570 69,64

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR SLIDING(4)
geometry timber-to-timber timber-to-timber steel-timber (5)
Sg A A
S
g
45° 45°
L
S
g
S
g
Amin
Sg A B
d1
timber timber steel

d1 L Sg Amin RV,k Amin Bmin Rv,k Sg Amin RV,k Rtens,k 45° (6)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
100 35 50 4,87 45 55 3,69 80 75 8,44
150 60 75 7,83 60 75 6,33 130 110 13,72
200 85 100 10,26 80 90 8,97 180 145 18,99
300 135 150 12,43 115 125 14,25 280 220 29,55
400 185 200 13,79 150 160 19,52 380 290 40,10
500 235 250 13,79 185 195 24,80 480 360 50,65
13 600 285 300 13,79 220 230 30,07 580 430 61,20 37,48
700 335 350 13,79 255 265 35,35 680 500 71,75
800 385 400 13,79 290 305 40,63 780 570 82,31
900 435 450 13,79 325 340 45,90 880 640 92,86
1000 485 500 13,79 360 375 51,18 980 715 103,41
1100 535 550 13,79 395 410 56,45 1080 785 113,96
1200 585 600 13,79 430 445 61,73 1180 855 124,51

(4)
The axial resistance of the thread withdrawal was calculated considering a 45° • Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance
angle between the fibres and the connector and for an effective thread length with ETA-11/0030.
of Sg. • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
(5)
The design sliding resistance of the joint is either the timber-side design resist-
ance (RV,d) or the steel design resistance (Rtens,d 45°), whichever is lower. Rk kmod
Rd =
γm
RV,k kmod
RV,d = min γm The coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regula-
Rtens,k 45° tions used for the calculation.
γm2 • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, reference
was made to ETA-11/0030 and to "Test Report No. 196112" of Karlsruher Insti-
To properly create the joint, the head of the connector must be completely tut für Technologie (KIT).
inserted in the steel plate. • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has
(6)
The connector tensile strength was calculated considering a 45° angle be- been considered.
tween the fibres and the connector. • Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be
pre-drilling holes. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling holes, great-
er resistance values can be obtained.
• The timber-to-timber withdrawal, shear and sliding values were calculated
considering the centre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence
with the shear plane.

TIMBER-TO-TIMBER APPLICATION
RECOMMENDED INSERTION MOMENT: Mins
VGS Ø9 Mins = 20 Nm NO
VGS Ø11 L < 400 mm Mins = 30 Nm IMPACT
VGS Ø11 L ≥ 400 mm Mins = 40 Nm

VGS Ø13 Mins = 50 Nm Mins
S
GV
X
X
X
STEEL-TO-TIMBER APPLICATION
X X
X
X
S
S
X
X
G
G
V V
X X
X
X
S
S
X
X
G
G
V V
X X
X
X
S
S
X
X
G
G
V V
X X
X
X
S
S
X
X
G
G
V V
X X
X
X
S
S
X
X
G
G
V V
X X
X
X
S
S
X
X
G
G
V V
X X
X
X
X
X
S
S
V V
G
G
X X
X
X
X
X
S
S
V V
G
G
X X
X
X
X
X
S
S
V V
G
G
X X
X
X
X
X
S
S
V V
G
G
X
X
X
X
X
S
S
V V
G
G
X
X
X
X
X
S
S
V
G
G
Avoid dimensional changes to the metal. Avoid accidental stress during installation.
A. SHAPED PLATE WITH COUNTERSUNK HOLES B. VGU WASHER
α
X
X X
X
X
X
X X
S
X
V G
S
G
S
45°
X X
X
X X
G
G
S
S
X
X
V V
G G
V V
X X
X
X
S
S
X
X X
G
X X
V X V X
X X X X
S
S
X
X
X X X X
S
G X X X G X X X X X
S
S
X
X
S
V
X
V
X
X X X X
G
G
S
S
S
S
S
X
X
V V
X
G G G G
V V V V
G G G G G G
V
α
V V V V V
45°
X X
X
X
S
X X
X
X X
G
V V
S
S
X
X
G G
V V
X X
S
S
X
X
G
G
X
V V
Respect the insertion angle Avoid bending. Respect the 45° insertion Avoid bending.
(e.g. adopting a template). angle.
A. SHAPED PLATE B. WASHERS
G S
V
X
S X
X
X
X
G
X
V
S
G
X
X
S
X
X
G
X
V
Countersunk hole. Cylindrical hole. Flared washer. VGU washer.

APPLICATION EXAMPLES
TAPERED BEAMS
apex tension reinforcement perpendicular to grain
HANGING LOAD
tension reinforcement perpendicular to grain
section front section front
NOTCH SUPPORT
tension reinforcement perpendicular to compression reinforcement perpendic-
grain ular to grain
plan plan
section section

CALCULATION EXAMPLES: REINFORCEMENT OF BEAM WITH COMPRESSION
PERPENDICULAR TO THE FIBRES
PROJECT DATA
a2,c
B = 200 mm Fv,Rd = 98,3 kN
B a2
H = 520 mm Fc,90,Rd = 98,3 kN
a = 25 mm Service class = 1 a2,c
La = 200 mm Load duration = medium a1,c a1 Fv,Rd

Wood GL24h (ρk = 385 kg/m ) 3
Fc,90,Rd
a La
SHEAR VERIFICATION OF SUPPORT (EN 1995:2014) : τd ≤ fv,d
1,5 Fv,Rd τ d = 1,42 N/mm2

τd = fv,k = 3,50 N/mm2
B H
EN 1995:2014 Italy - NTC 2018

kmod = 0,8 kmod = 0,8
γm = 1,25 γm = 1,45
fv,d = 2,24 N/mm2 fv,d = 1,93 N/mm2
τd ≤ f v,d 1,42 < 2,24 N/mm2 τd ≤ f v,d 1,42 < 1,93 N/mm2
PERPENDICULAR COMPRESSION VERIFICATION OF SUPPORT - BEAM WITHOUT REINFORCEMENT (EN 1995:/2014) :

σc,90,d ≤ kc,90∙ fc,90,d
B H
lef,1 = 255 mm2

lef,1 = La + a + 30
σc,90,d= 1,93 N/mm2
Fv,Rd kc,90 = 1,00
σc,90,d =
B lef,1 fc,90,d = 2,50 N/mm2
EN 1995:2014 Italy - NTC 2018

kmod = 0,8 kmod = 0,8
γm = 1,25 γm = 1,45
fv,d = 1,60 N/mm2 fv,d = 1,38 N/mm2
σc,90,d ≤ kc,90 ∙ fc,90,d 1,93 < 1,60 N/mm2 σc,90,d ≤ kc,90 ∙ fc,90,d 1,93 < 1,38 N/mm2
verification not passed verification not passed
REQUIRES REINFORCEMENT REQUIRES REINFORCEMENT

PERPENDICULAR COMPRESSION VERIFICATION OF SUPPORT - BEAM WITH REINFORCEMENT (EN 1995:2014 and
ETA-11/0030) : Fc,90,Rd ≤ Rc,90,Rd
kc,90 B lef,1 fc,90d + n Rax,Rd

Rc,90,Rd = min
B lef,2 fc,90d
REINFORCEMENT CONNECTOR SELECTION
VGS 9 x 360 mm n0 = 2
L = 360 mm n90 = 2
b = 350 mm n = n0 ∙ n90 = 4
lef,2 = L + (n₀ -1) a₁ + min (a1,CG ;L) lef,2 = 500 mm
The minimum distances for placement of the connectors are found in the table on p.187
Rax,α,Rk kmod
Rax,d = Rax,90°,Rk = 39,78 kN
Rax,Rd = min γm
Rki,k = 17,25 kN
Rki,k
Rki,d =
γm1
The compression resistance of the connectors calculated here is shown in the table on p.188
EN 1995:2014 Italy - NTC 2018

kmod = 0,8 kmod = 0,8
γm = 1,3 γm = 1,5
γm1 = 1,00 γm1 = 1,05
Rax,90°,Rd = 24,48 kN Rax,90°,Rd = 21,22 kN
Rki,d = 17,25 kN Rki,d = 16,43 kN
Rax,Rd = 17,25 kN Rax,Rd = 17,25 kN
kc,90 B lef,1 fc,90d + n Rax,Rd

Rc,90,Rd = min
B lef,2 fc,90d
Rc,90,Rd= 177,60 kN Rc,90,Rd= 153,10 kN
Fc,90,Rd ≤ Rc,90,Rd 98,3 < 177,6 kN Fc,90,Rd ≤ Rc,90,Rd 98,3 < 153,10 kN

VGU ETA 11/0030
45° WASHER FOR VGS
SAFETY
The VGU washer makes possible to install VGS screws at a 45° angle on
steel plates. Washer marked CE as per ETA 11/0030,
STRENGTH
Using the VGU washer with VGS screws inclined at a 45° angle on steel
plates restores the sliding strength.
PRACTICALITY
The ergonomic shape ensures a firm, precise grip during installation.
Three versions of washer, compatible with VGS Ø9, Ø11 and Ø13 mm,
for plates of variable thickness.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS 45° steel-to-timber joints
PLATE THICKNESS from 3,0 mm to 20,0 mm
PLATE HOLES slotted
WASHER HOLE 9,0 | 11,0 | 13,0 mm
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
196 | VGU | STRUCTURES

GEOMETRY
LF
D2
D1
H BF
h
L SPLATE
Washer VGU945 VGU1145 VGU1345

VGS screw diameter d1 [mm] 9,0 11,0 13,0
Internal diameter D1 [mm] 9,7 11,8 14,0
External diameter D2 [mm] 19,0 23,0 27,4
Base length L [mm] 31,8 38,8 45,8
Base heigth h [mm] 3,0 3,6 4,3
Global heigth H [mm] 23,0 28,0 33,0
min, 33,0 min, 41,0 min, 49,0
Slotted-hole length LF [mm]
max, 34,0 max, 42,0 max, 50,0
min, 14,0 min, 17,0 min, 20,0
Slotted-hole width BF [mm]
max, 15,0 max, 18,0 max, 21,0
min, 3,0 min, 4,0 min, 5,0
Steel plate thickness SPLATE [mm]
max, 12,0* max, 15,0* max, 15,0*
(*) For thicker plates it is necessary to realize a countersink in the lower part of the steel plate.
For VGS screw lengths L > 300 mm, a Ø5 pre-drill is recommended.

VGU WASHER JIG VGU TEMPLATE
CODE screw dv pcs CODE washer dh dv pcs

dh
VGU945 VGS Ø9 5 25 JIGVGU945 VGU945 5.5 5 1
HSS WOOD DRILL BIT LOCKING RING FOR HSS BITS
CODE dv LT LE pcs CODE dv dint dext pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] dint
LE
F1599105 5 150 100 1 F2108005 5 5 10 10
LT
F1599106 6 150 100 1 F2108006 6 6 12 10
dext
F1599108 8 150 100 1 F2108008 8 8 16 10
HELPS WITH INSTALLATION

The JIG VGU template makes it easy to pre-
pare a 45° angle pre-drill, thus facilitating sub-
sequent tightening of the VGS screws inside
the washer. A pre-drill length of at least 20 mm
is recommended.
STRUCTURES | VGU | 197

STATIC VALUES - STEEL-TO-TIMBER JOINT
SLIDING RESISTANCE RV
Fv Fv
Splate Splate
L 45° 45°
Amin
S
g
Amin
S
g
Fv Fv
d1
steel-timber steel-timber
thin plate thick plate
characteristic values(1) characteristic values (1)
screw timber steel timber steel
d1 L Sg Amin RV,k Rtens,k 45° (2) Sg Amin RV,k Rtens,k 45° (2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
100 80 75 5,84 65 75 4,75
120 100 90 7,31 85 90 6,21
140 120 105 8,77 105 105 7,67
160 140 120 10,23 125 120 9,13
180 160 135 11,69 145 135 10,59
200 180 145 13,15 165 145 12,05
220 200 160 14,61 185 160 13,51
240 220 175 16,07 205 175 14,98
SPLATE = 12 mm
SPLATE = 3 mm
260 240 190 17,53 225 190 16,44

9 280 260 205 18,99 17,96 245 205 17,90 17,96
300 280 220 20,45 265 220 19,36
320 300 230 21,92 285 230 20,82
340 320 245 23,38 305 245 22,28
360 340 260 24,84 325 260 23,74
380 360 275 26,30 345 275 25,20
400 380 290 27,76 365 290 26,66
440 420 315 30,68 405 315 29,59
480 460 345 33,60 445 345 32,51
520 500 375 36,53 485 375 35,43
100 80 75 7,14 65 75 5,80
125 105 95 9,38 90 95 8,04
150 130 110 11,61 115 110 10,27
175 155 130 13,84 140 130 12,50
200 180 145 16,07 165 145 14,73
225 205 165 18,30 190 165 16,96
250 230 185 20,54 215 185 19,20
275 255 200 22,77 240 200 21,43
SPLATE = 15 mm
SPLATE = 4 mm
300 280 220 25,00 265 220 23,66

11 325 305 235 27,23 26,87 290 235 25,89 26,87
350 330 255 29,46 315 255 28,13
375 355 270 31,70 340 270 30,36
400 380 290 33,93 365 290 32,59
450 430 325 38,39 415 325 37,05
500 480 360 42,86 465 360 41,52
550 530 395 47,32 515 395 45,98
600 580 430 51,79 565 430 50,45
700 680 500 60,71 665 500 59,38
800 780 570 69,64 765 570 68,30

STATIC VALUES - STEEL-TO-TIMBER JOINT
SLIDING RESISTANCE RV
Fv Fv
Splate Splate
L 45° 45°
Amin
S
g
Amin
S
g
Fv Fv
d1
steel-timber steel-timber
thin plate thick plate
characteristic values(1) characteristic values (1)
screw timber steel timber steel
d1 L Sg Amin RV,k Rtens,k 45° (2) Sg Amin RV,k Rtens,k 45° (2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
100 65 65 6,86 55 60 5,80
150 115 100 12,13 105 95 11,08
SPLATE = 15 mm
SPLATE = 5 mm
200 165 135 17,41 155 130 16,36

13 300 265 205 27,96 37,48 255 200 26,91 37,48
400 365 280 38,51 355 270 37,46
500 465 350 49,07 455 340 48,01
600 565 420 59,62 555 410 58,56

(1)
he design shear strength of the joint is the minimum among the timber
T • Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord-
design shear strength (RV,d) and the steel design shear strength (Rtens,d 45°). ance with ETA-11/0030.
• F
RV,k kmod has been considered.
RV,d = min γm • Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be
Rtens,k 45° carried out separately.
γm2 • The fastener pull-out strength has been evaluated by considering a 45° an-
gle to the grain and an effective length of the threaded part equal to Sg.
For the correct realization of the joint, the fastener head should be fully
embedded into the VGU washer.
For intermediate values of SPLATE linear interpolation is allowed.
(2)
The connector tensile strength was calculated considering a 45° angle be-
tween the fibres and the connector.

INSTALLATION WITHOUT PRE-DRILL
L
LF
Place the steel plate on the wood and set the VGU washers in the slots provided.
01 02
NO
IMPACT
S
G
V
X
X
45°
S
G
V
X
X
Position the screw and respect the 45° angle of insertion. Screw down with a NON-PULSED screw gun, stopping at about 1
cm from the washer.
03 04
Mins X
S
X
G
V
X
X
X
X
S
S
X
X
G
V
mm
X
X
X
S
X
S
G
S
V
V
X
G
X
X V
X
10
X
X
S
5-
S
G
V
X
X
S
G
V
X
X
S
G
V
X
X
S
G
V
X
X
Complete screwing using a torque wrench, applying the correct Perform the operation for all washers.
maximum insertion moment.

INSTALLATION WITH THE AID OF A PRE-DRILL TEMPLATE
The pre-drill template makes it possible to prepare a 45° angle pre-drill to facilitate screwing.
01 02
Place the VGU washer in the slot provided and use the JIG-VGU Using the template, prepare a pre-drill using a special bit (at least
template of the correct diameter. 20 mm).
03 04
NO
IMPACT
S
G
V
X
X
45°
S
G
V
X
X
Position the screw and respect the 45° angle of insertion. Screw down with a NON-PULSED screw gun, stopping at about 1
cm from the washer.
05 06
Mins X
X
S
X
X
X
X
X
S
S
X
X
V
m
X
m
X
S
X
S
G
S
V
V
X
G
X
X V
X
10
X
X
S
5-
S
G
V
X
X
S
G
V
X
X
S
GV
X
X
S
G
V
X
X
Complete screwing using a torque wrench, applying the correct Perform the operation for all washers.
maximum insertion moment.

RTR ETA 11/0030
STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM
CERTIFICATION
Structural reinforcement bar with wood thread, CE certified according
to ETA 11/0030,
RAPID DRY SYSTEM

Large reinforcement bar (diameter: 16 mm and 20 mm) with wood thread
that does not require resin or adhesives.
STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT
High tensile strength steel (f y,k = 800 N/mm2), ideal for structural rein-
forcements.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS perpendicular stress reinforcement
ADAPTOR attachment bushing
LENGTH 2200 mm
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
202 | RTR | STRUCTURES

d2 d1

My,k [Nmm] 200000 350000
moment
Characteristic
fax,k [N/mm2] 9,0 9,0
f tens,k [kN] 100,0 145,0
strength
d1 CODE L dHOLE pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm]
16 RTR162200 2200 12 1
20 RTR202200 2200 15 1
TOOLS
CODE description pcs 2.

1, DUD38RLE drill 1
3.
2. DUVSKU safety clutch 1
4.
3. DUD38SH screw handle 1
5.
4, ATCS2010 sleeve adaptor Ø16-20 1
5. ATCS007 sleeve Ø16 1 1. 6.
6. ATCS008 sleeve Ø20 1

USE AS WB SCREWDRIVER
Further information on page 362 For 16 and 20 mm structural reinforcement bars.
LARGE SPANS
The length of the bars allows for fast and se-
cure reinforcements on any size beam. Ideal
for factory installations.
STRUCTURES | RTR | 203

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES
a2,CG
a2
a2,CG
a1,CG a1
a1,CG a1

16 20
a1 [mm] 5∙d 80 100
a2 [mm] 5∙d 80 100
a1,CG [mm] 10∙d 160 200
a2,CG [mm] 4∙d 64 80
16 20 16 20
a1 [mm] 5∙d 80 100 4∙d 64 80
a2 [mm] 3∙d 48 60 4∙d 64 80
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 192 240 7∙d 112 140
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 112 140 7∙d 112 140
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 48 60 7∙d 112 140
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 48 60 3∙d 48 60

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
(1)
Minimum distances are in accordance with EN 1995:2014 as per ETA-11/0030
considering a wood characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3.
204 | RTR | STRUCTURES

EN 1995:2014
TENSION(1) SHEAR
geometry thread withdrawal(2) steel tension timber-to-timber
≥ Sg Sg
Sg Sg
d1
timber steel
d1 Sg Rax,k Rtens,k RV,k
[mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kN]
100 15,5 18,9
200 31,1 22,8
300 46,6 26,6
16 100,0
400 62,2 30,0
500 77,7 30,0
600 93,2 30,0
100 19,4 25,8
200 38,9 31,3
300 58,3 36,2
400 77,7 41,1
20 145,0
500 97,1 43,2
600 116,6 43,2
700 136,0 43,2
800 155,4 43,2

(1)
The connector design resistance is the lowest between the wood side de- • C
sign resistance (Rax,d) and the steel side resistance (Rtens,d). ance with ETA-11/0030.
Rax,k kmod
γm Rk kmod
Rax,d = min Rd =
Rtens,k γm
γm2
(2)
The axial resistance of the thread to withdrawal was calculated consider- lations used for the calculation.
ing a 90° angle between the fibres and the connector and for a effective
thread length of b or Sg. • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, refer-
For intermediate values of Sg it is possible to linearly interpolate. ence was made to ETA-11/0030.
separately.
STRUCTURES | RTR | 205

DGZ BIT INCLUDED ETA 11/0030
DOUBLE THREADED SCREW FOR INSULATION
CONTINUOUS INSULATION
Allows continuous, uninterrupted fastening of roof insulation package.
Prevents thermal bridges in compliance with energy saving regulations.
CERTIFICATION
Connector for hard, soft and façade insulation, CE certified according
to ETA 11/0030, Available in two diameters (7 and 9 mm) to optimize the
number of fasteners.
MYPROJECT
Free MyProject software for customized fastening calculation, accom-
panied by a calculation report.
CYLINDRICAL HEAD
Cylindrical head countersunk in the joist. Also certified in versions with
flange head (DGT) and countersunk head (DGS).
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS insulation package fasteners
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• solid timber
• CLT, LVL
206 | DGZ | STRUCTURES

THERMAL BRIDGES
Thanks to the double thread, the roof insula-
tion package can be fixed to the supporting
structure without any interruptions, thus pre-
venting thermal bridges. Certification specific
for fastening on both hard and soft insulation.
VENTILATED FAÇADES
Also tested, certified and calculated on façade
joists and with high density woods such as
Microllam® LVL.
STRUCTURES | DGZ | 207

Fastening of hard insulation on a flat roof.
Ideal for fastening hard insulation, even of great thickness.
d2 d1
X
X
dk
D
Z
ds
60 100
L

My,k [Nmm] 14174 27244
moment
fax,k [N/mm2] 11,7 11,7
parameter
f tens,k [kN] 15,4 25,4
strength


[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
DGZ7220 220 50 DGZ9240 240 50
DGZ7260 260 50 DGZ9280 280 50
7
DGZ7300 300 50 DGZ9320 320 50
TX 30
DGZ7340 340 50 9 DGZ9360 360 50
DGZ7380 380 50 TX 40 DGZ9400 400 50
DGZ9440 440 50
DGZ9480 480 50
NOTES: upon request, EVO version is available. DGZ9520 520 50
SCREW SELECTION
MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH DGZ Ø7
batten thickness*
[mm]
insulation +
wooden planking s = 30 s = 40 s = 50 s = 60 s = 80
thickness A B A B A B A B A B
DGZ at 60° DGZ at 90° DGZ at 60° DGZ at 90° DGZ at 60° DGZ at 90° DGZ at 60° DGZ at 90° DGZ at 60° DGZ at 90°
[mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm]
60 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 260 220
80 220 220 220 220 220 220 260 220 260 220
100 220 220 260 220 260 220 260 220 300 260
120 260 220 260 220 260 260 300 260 300 260
140 260 260 300 260 300 260 300 260 340 300
160 300 260 300 260 340 300 340 300 340 300
180 340 300 340 300 340 300 340 300 380 340
200 340 300 340 300 380 340 380 340 - 340
220 380 340 380 340 380 340 380 340 - 380
240 380 340 380 340 - 380 - 380 - 380
260 - 380 - 380 - 380 - 380 - -
280 - 380 - 380 - - - - - -
* Minimum batten thicknesses: DGZ Ø7 mm: base/height = 50/30 mm
MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH DGZ Ø9
batten thickness*
[mm]
insulation +
wooden planking s = 30 s = 40 s = 50 s = 60 s = 80
thickness A B A B A B A B A B
DGZ at 60° DGZ at 90° DGZ at 60° DGZ at 90° DGZ at 60° DGZ at 90° DGZ at 60° DGZ at 90° DGZ at 60° DGZ at 90°
[mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm] Lmin [mm]
60 - - 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240
80 - - 240 240 240 240 240 240 280 240
100 - - 240 240 240 240 280 240 280 240
120 - - 280 240 280 240 280 240 320 280
140 - - 280 240 320 280 320 280 320 280
160 - - 320 280 320 280 320 280 360 320
180 - - 320 280 360 320 360 320 400 320
200 - - 360 320 360 320 400 320 400 360
220 - - 400 320 400 360 400 360 440 360
240 - - 400 360 400 360 440 360 440 400
260 - - 440 360 440 400 440 400 480 400
280 - - 440 400 480 400 480 400 480 440
300 - - 480 400 480 450 480 440 520 440
320 - - 520 440 520 440 520 480 520 480
340 - - 520 480 520 480 - - - -
* Minimum batten thicknesses: DGZ Ø9 mm: base/height = 60/40 mm
NOTE: Check that the screw tip does not stick out from the rafter.

FASTENINGS FOR CONTINUOUS INSULATION
Installation of a continuous layer of insulation guarantees excellent energy performance, eliminating thermal
bridges. Efficacy is limited by the proper use of appropriate fastening systems, calculated correctly.
CRUSHING OF THE INSULATION
Crushing of the insulation (for very heavy loads)

leads to a reduction in the ventilation chamber.
As a result, aeration in the hollow space, and
thus its efficacy, is reduced.
Additionally, it is possible that the insulating
power of the package is diminished, with the
thickness being reduced after the crushing. To
prevent this problem, it is necessary to verify
that the compression resistance of the insu-
lation σ (10%) is sufficient to resist the stresses
in question. Alternatively, it is possible to place
screws tilted in the two directions so that the
load is entirely transferred by the connectors
and does not deform the layer of insulation in
any way.
SLIP OF THE INSULATION AND THE COATING
The load applied to the structure has a com-

F ponent parallel to the layer/façade which
F leads, if not restrained (for example through
“type A” screws), to a possible shift in the ex-
ternal layers, causing probable damage to the
cover surface and the insulating power. Clear
thermal, aesthetic and waterproofing prob-
lems then result.
THERMAL BRIDGES
it is important that the insulation be contin-

uous, without breaks or cracks, to optimise
performance and minimise thermal bridges.
Thermal bridges due to over frequent anchor-
ing or those placed erroneously are also to be
avoided.

COVER
SOFT INSULATION
Low compression resistance (σ (10%) < 50 kPa - EN 826)
N
• the insulation does not support the load component perpendicular to
F the layer (N);
A
• screws are subject to tensile (A) and compression (B) stresses;
B
• for very high negative wind pressure loads, additional screws are in-
serted (C);
A
• adequate batten thickness makes it possible to optimise the number
B of fastenings.
C
HARD INSULATION
High compression resistance (σ(10%) ≥ 50 kPa - EN 826)

N
• the insulation supports the load component perpendicular to the layer (N);
F • the screws are subject only to tensile stress (A);
A
• for very high negative wind pressure loads, additional screws are in-
A serted (C);
• adequate batten thickness makes it possible to optimise the number
A of fastenings.
FAÇADE
F • the screws must support both positive and negative wind pressure
loads (±N) and vertical forces (F);
A
• installation: one screw in tension(A) and one perpendicular to the
C façade (C), tense or compressed as a function of N, or screws inclined
in the 2 directions;
±N
• the screws (C) must support both the positive and negative wind pres-
A sure loads (±N) and are alternatively subjected to compression and
tensile stresses.
C

POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
A B
60° A
60°
60°
90° A 90° 90° A
A
A
A 90°
B B
A A
B B 60°
RIGID ROOF INSULATION SOFT ROOF INSULATION FACADE INSULATION

σ(10%) ≥ 50 kPa (EN826) σ(10%) < 50 kPa (EN826)
NOTE: The number and placement of the fastenings depends on the geometry of the surfaces, the type of insulation and the loads acting on them.
a2,c
a2
a
1
a2,c
a1,c a1,c

7 9
a1 [mm] 5∙d 35 45
a2 [mm] 5∙d 35 45
a1,CG [mm] 10∙d 70 90
a2,CG [mm] 3∙d 21 27
NOTES:
(1)
he minimum distances for connectors stressed axially are independent of
T
the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect

CALCULATION EXAMPLE: FASTENING OF CONTINUOUS INSULATION WITH DGZ
PROJECT DATA
Roof loads
Permanent load gk 0,45 kN/m2
Snow load s 1,70 kN/m2
Positive wind pressure we 0,30 kN/m2
Negative wind pressure we -0,30 kN/m2
Ridge piece height z 8,00 m
Building dimensions
Building length L 11,50 m
Building width B 8,00 m
Roof geometry
Layer slope α 30% = 16,7°
Ridge piece position L1 5,00 m
INSULATION PACKAGE FIGURES
Rafters b t x ht 120 x 160 mm GL24h spacing i 0,70 m

Wooden planking S1 20,00 mm
Tile support battens eb 0,33 m
Insulation layer S2 160,00 mm Wood grain (soft) σ(10%) 0,03 N/mm2
Battens b L x hL 60 x 40 mm C24 Commercial length LL 4,00 m
CONNECTOR SELECTION - OPTION 1 - DGZ Ø7 CONNECTOR SELECTION - OPTION 2 - DGZ Ø9
Screw under tension 7 x 300 mm 60° angle: 126 piece Screw under tension 9 x 320 mm 60° angle: 108 piece
Compressed screw 7 x 300 mm 60° angle: 126 piece Compressed screw 9 x 320 mm 60° angle: 108 piece
Perpendicular screw 7 x 260 mm 90° angle: 72 piece Perpendicular screw 9 x 280 mm 90° angle: 36 piece
Connector placement diagram. Roof batten calculation.

SBD BIT INCLUDED EN 14592
SELF-DRILLING DOWEL
STEEL AND ALUMINUM

Special self-perforating timber-metal tip geometry that reduces the pos-
sibility of breakage. The cylindrical countersunk head ensures an optimal
appearance and meets fire-resistance requisites.
INCREASED DIAMETER
The diameter of 7,5 mm ensures a shear resistance of over 15 % and en-
ables optimisation of the number of fasteners.
DOUBLE THREAD
The thread up against the tip (b1) facilitates screwing. The increased
length of the under head thread (b2) makes for fast, accurate closure.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS self-drilling, timber-metal-timber
DIAMETER 7,5 mm
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Self-drilling system for concealed timber-steel
joints. Can be used with screw guns running at
600-1500 rpm with:
• steel S235 ≤ 10,0 mm
• steel S275 ≤ 8.0 mm
• steel S355 ≤ 6.0 mm
• Alumini, Alumidi and Alumaxi brackets
214 | SBD | STRUCTURES

KNEE BEAM
Ideal for joining head beams and making con-
tinuous beams, restoring shear forces and
momentum. The small dowel diameter guar-
antees joints that offer high stiffness.
MOMENT RESISTING JOINT

Also certified, tested and calculated for fas-
tening standard Rothoblaas plates such as the
TYP X pillar-holder.
STRUCTURES | SBD | 215

Fastening of Rothoblaas pillar-holder with internal knife plate F70,
Rigid ”knee“ joint with

double internal plate (LVL).
dk d1
b2 b1 Lp
L

Tip length Lp [mm] 19,0
Effective length Leff [mm] L - 8,0
My,k [Nmm] 42000
moment

CODES AND DIMENSIONS PLATES THICKNESS
d1 CODE L b2 b1 pcs max. thickness max. thickness

plate
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] single plate double plate
SBD7555 55 10 - 50 [mm] [mm] [mm]
SBD7575 75 10 15 50 S235 steel 10,0 8,0
SBD7595 95 20 15 50 S275 steel 8,0 6,0
SBD75115 115 20 15 50 S355 steel 6,0 5,0
7,5 SBD75135 135 20 15 50 ALUMINI 6,0 -
TX 40 SBD75155 155 20 15 50 ALUMIDI 6,0 -
SBD75175 175 40 15 50 ALUMAXI 10,0 -
SBD75195 195 40 15 50 Timber - metal plate - timber shear joint
SBD75215 215 40 15 50 Recommended pressure: ≈ 40 kg
Recommended screwing: ≈ 1000 - 1500 rpm (steel plate)
SBD75235 235 40 15 50 ≈ 600 - 1000 rpm (aluminium plate)
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR CONNECTORS SUBJECTED TO SHEAR STRESS (1)
7,5 7,5
a1 [mm] 5∙d 38 3∙d 23
a2 [mm] 3∙d 23 3∙d 23
a3,t [mm] max (7∙d; 80) 80 max (7∙d; 80) 80
a3,c [mm] max (3,5∙d; 40) 40 max (3,5∙d; 40) 40
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 23 4∙d 30
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 23 3∙d 23

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
(1)
Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

TIMBER-TO-STEEL STATIC VALUES CHARACTERISTIC VALUES
EN 1995:2014
SHEAR RV,k
1 INTERNAL PLATE (2 shear planes) - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 0 mm
FASTENING SBD [mm] 7,5x55 7,5x75 7,5x95 7,5x115 7,5x135 7,5x155 7,5x175 7,5x195 7,5x215 7,5x235
Beam width B [mm] 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
Head insertion
p [mm] 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
depth
Exterior wood ta [mm] 27 37 47 57 67 77 87 97 107 117
0° 6,96 8,67 9,50 10,62 11,91 12,83 13,30 13,30 13,30 13,30
t load-to-grain angle 30° 6,42 8,10 8,79 9,75 10,87 11,93 12,55 12,59 12,59 12,59
ta ta RV,k
45° 5,98 7,64 8,21 9,04 10,02 11,10 11,74 11,99 11,99 11,99
B [kN]
60° 5,61 7,26 7,72 8,45 9,32 10,29 11,05 11,46 11,46 11,46
90° 5,29 6,81 7,31 7,95 8,73 9,60 10,45 10,93 11,00 11,00
1 INTERNAL PLATE (2 shear planes) - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 15 mm
Beam width B [mm] 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 -
Head insertion
p [mm] 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 -
depth
Exterior wood ta [mm] 22 32 42 52 62 72 82 92 102 -
0° 7,88 8,57 9,45 10,59 11,89 13,18 13,30 13,30 13,30 -

load-to-grain angle
p t 30° 7,26 8,01 8,74 9,72 10,85 12,07 12,59 12,59 12,59 -
ta ta RV,k
45° 6,63 7,56 8,16 9,01 10,00 11,09 11,99 11,99 11,99 -
B [kN]
60° 6,06 7,17 7,68 8,42 9,30 10,27 11,30 11,46 11,46 -
90° 5,58 6,85 7,27 7,92 8,71 9,59 10,52 11,00 11,00 -
CORRECTIVE COEFFICIENT kF FOR DIFFERENT DENSITIES ρk
Strength class C24 GL22h C30 C40 / GL32c GL28h D24 D30
ρ k [kg/m3] 350 370 380 400 425 485 530
kF 0,92 0,96 0,99 1,02 1,06 1,14 1,20
For different densities ρ k the wood-side design resistance is calculated as: R ' V,d = R V,d · kF .
EFFECTIVE NUMBER OF DOWELS nef FOR α = 0°
a1 [mm]
SBD no. 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140
2 1,49 1,58 1,65 1,72 1,78 1,83 1,88 1,97 2,00
3 ,15 2,27 2,38 2,47 2,56 2,63 2,70 2,83 2,94
4 2,79 2,95 3,08 3,21 3,31 3,41 3,50 3,67 3,81
nef
5 3,41 3,60 3,77 3,92 4,05 4,17 4,28 4,48 4,66
6 4,01 4,24 4,44 4,62 4,77 4,92 5,05 5,28 5,49
7 4,61 4,88 5,10 5,30 5,48 5,65 5,80 6,07 6,31
In the case of multiple dowels placed parallel to the fibres, the effective number must be taken into account: R ' V,d = R V,d · kF .

TIMBER-TO-STEEL STATIC VALUES CHARACTERISTIC VALUES
EN 1995:2014
SHEAR RV,k
2 INTERNAL PLATES (4 shear planes) - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 0 mm
Beam width B [mm] - - - - 140 160 180 200 220 240

Head insertion
p [mm] - - - - 0 0 0 0 0 0
depth
Exterior wood ta [mm] - - - - 37 42 48 56 66 74
Interior wood ti [mm] - - - - 54 64 72 76 76 80
t t load-to-grain angle 0° - - - - 19,42 21,40 22,90 23,80 25,08 25,93

ta ti ta 30° - - - - 17,74 19,67 21,13 22,24 23,35 24,30
B RV,k
45° - - - - 16,38 18,23 19,54 20,66 21,63 22,76
[kN]
60° - - - - 15,24 16,91 18,21 19,20 20,06 21,24
90° - - - - 14,16 15,79 17,09 17,97 18,74 19,80
2 INTERNAL PLATES (4 shear planes) - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 10 mm
Beam width B [mm] - - - 140 160 180 200 220 240 -

Head insertion
p [mm] - - - 10 10 10 10 10 10 -
depth
Exterior wood ta [mm] - - - 27 32 38 46 56 64 -
Interior wood ti [mm] - - - 54 64 72 76 76 80 -
p t t 0° - - - 17,72 20,49 22,03 22,70 23,80 24,81 -

load-to-grain angle
ta ti ta 30° - - - 16,06 18,71 20,41 21,30 22,24 23,11 -

B RV,k
45° - - - 14,71 17,23 18,94 19,85 20,66 21,70 -
[kN]
60° - - - 13,59 15,88 17,71 18,50 19,20 20,30 -
90° - - - 12,65 14,74 16,67 17,36 17,97 18,96 -
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014. • The values provided are calculated using 5 mm thick plates, a 6 mm thick
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: milled cut in the timber and a single SBD dowel.
• F
Rk kmod has been considered.
Rd =
γm • Sizing and verification of the wooden elements and metal plates must be
done separately.
RV,k for the calculation.
lations used

MINIMUM FASTENING DISTANCES ON ALUMINI AND ALUMIDI BRACKETS
a3,t SECONDARY BEAM - TIMBER self-drilling

dowel SBD Ø 7,5
a4,c a4,t
as
Dowel - dowel a2 [mm] ≥ 3 d ≥ 23
Dowel - beam extrados a4,t [mm] ≥ 4 d ≥ 30
a2 Dowel - beam intrados a4,c [mm] ≥ 3 d ≥ 23
as Dowel – beam end a3,t [mm] ≥ {7 d; 80} ≥ 80
a4,c
Dowel – bracket edge as [mm] ≥ 1,2 df (1) ≥ 10
(1)
hole diameter
Timber-to-timber joint.
ALUMINI screw
MAIN BEAM - TIMBER HBS P EVO Ø5
First connector - beam extrados a4,c [mm] ≥ 5 d ≥ 25
ALUMIDI nail screw

MAIN BEAM - TIMBER LBA Ø4 LBS Ø5
First connector - beam extrados a4,c [mm] ≥ 5 d ≥ 20 ≥ 25
INSTALLATION Video available on

our YouTube channel
01 02 03 04
05 06 07
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• The characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in ac- The coefficients γm and kmod should be taken according to the current regu-
cordance with ETA-09/0361 and for the ALUMIDI bracket are assessed us- lations used for the calculation.
ing the Rothoblaas experimental method. • Resistance values for the fastening system are valid for the calculation ex-
• For timber-to-timber joints, design values are obtained from the following amples shown in the table.
characteristic values: • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3
R k has been considered.
Rd = k mod
γm
RV,k

STATIC VALUES - CONCEALED ALU BRACKET
ALUMINI - TIMBER-TO-TIMBER JOINT
ALUMINI
bNT FV
H
hNT H
secondary main characteristic

ALUMINI
beam beam values
dowels screw EN 1995:2014
CODE H bNT hNT
SBD Ø7,5 (1) HBS P EVO Ø5 RV,k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs Ø x L] [pcs] [kN]
ALUMINI65 65 60 90 2 - Ø7,5 x 55 7 2,3
ALUMINI95 95 60 120 3 - Ø7,5 x 55 11 5,7
ALUMINI125 125 60 150 4 - Ø7,5 x 55 15 10,4
ALUMINI155 155 60 180 5 - Ø7,5 x 55 19 16,3
ALUMINI185 185 60 210 6 - Ø7,5 x 55 23 23,2
(1)
Use of SBD dowels longer than those in the table is allowed, without affecting the overall resistance of the connection (failure on main-beam side). In this case, the
minimum dimensions of the wood elements must be reassessed
ALUMIDI - TIMBER/TIMBER CONNECTION
ALUMIDI WITHOUT HOLES - TOTAL NAILING
bNT FV
hNT H
H
fastening through nails fastening through screws

secondary main characteristic main characteristic
ALUMIDI
beam beam values beam values
dowels nails EN 1995:2014 screws LBS EN 1995:2014
CODE H bNT hNT
SBD Ø7,5 LBA Ø4 x 60 RV,k Ø5 x 60 RV,k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs Ø x L] [pcs] [kN] [pcs] [kN]
80 120 2 - Ø7,5 x 75 8,23 10,12
ALUMIDI80 80 14 14
120 120 3 - Ø7,5 x 115 10,01 12,35
80 160 3 - Ø7,5 x 75 15,04 18,84
ALUMIDI120 120 22 22
120 160 4 - Ø7,5 x 115 18,38 22,92
100 200 4 - Ø7,5 x 95 24,81 29,40
ALUMIDI160 160 30 30
120 200 5 - Ø7,5 x 115 27,44 34,78
100 240 5 - Ø7,5 x 95 34,78 38,28
ALUMIDI200 200 38 38
120 240 6 - Ø7,5 x 115 38,27 46,24
120 280 7 - Ø7,5 x 115 49,79 58,48
ALUMIDI240 240 46 46
140 280 8 - Ø7,5 x 135 54,61 64,98
140 320 8 - Ø7,5 x 135 64,92 73,63
ALUMIDI2200 280 * 54 54
160 320 9 - Ø7,5 x 155 69,38 84,96
160 360 9 - Ø7,5 x 155 79,94 90,80
ALUMIDI2200 320 * 62 62
180 360 10 - Ø7,5 x 175 84,86 102,44
160 400 10 - Ø7,5 x 155 94,22 101,68
ALUMIDI2200 360 * 70 70
180 400 11 - Ø7,5 x 175 98,80 116,93
160 440 11 - Ø7,5 x 155 105,23 112,82
ALUMIDI2200 400 * 78 78
180 440 12 - Ø7,5 x 175 114,12 134,19
*
Dimension obtainable from ALUMIDI2200

CTC BIT INCLUDED ETA 19/0244
CONNECTOR FOR
TIMBER-CONCRETE FLOORS
CERTIFICATION
Timber-to-concrete fastener with specific CE certification according to
ETA 19/0244, Tested and calculated with parallel and crossed arrange-
ment of 45° and 30° connectors, with and without wooden planking.
RAPID DRY SYSTEM

Approved system, self-drilling, reversible, fast and minimally invasive.
Optimum static and noise performances, both for new projects and
structural restoration.
COMPLETE RANGE
Self-perforating tip with notch and countersunk cylindrical head. Availa-
ble in two diameters (7 and 9 mm) and two lengths (160 and 240 mm) to
optimize the number of fasteners.
INSTALLATION INDICATOR
During installation, the under head counter-thread serves as “correct instal-
lation” indicator and increases the fastener tightness inside the concrete.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS CE marking, timber-concrete
LENGTH 160 | 240 mm
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Screw connection system for timber-to-con-
crete floors, approved for:
• CLT, LVL
222 | CTC | STRUCTURES

TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE
Ideal for composite floors and for renovation
of existing floors. Stiffness values also calcu-
lated in the presence of vapour barrier sheet or
soundproofing layer.
STRUCTURAL RESTORATION
high density woods. Certification specific for
application in timber-concrete structures.
STRUCTURES | CTC | 223

Composite timber-concrete floors on CLT panel with 45° connectors Composite timber-concrete floors with 30°
arranged in a single row. connectors arranged in a double row.
C
ds
X
dk d 2 d1
X
X
C
C
b1 b2
L

Characteristic withdrawal-resistance parameter fax,k [N/mm2] 11,3 11,3
Crossed connectors at a 45° angle, with soundproofing layer(1)
Withdrawal-resistance Parallel connectors at a 45° angle, with soundproofing layer(1) Fax,concrete, Rk [kN] 10,0 10,0
characteristic -
Parallel connectors at a 30° angle, with soundproofing layer(1)
concrete
Parallel connectors at a 45° angle, without soundproofing layer Fax,concrete, Rk [kN] 15,0 15,0
Coefficient of friction µ [-] 0,25 0,25

(1)
Resilient underscreed foil, in bitumen and polyester felt, like SILENT FLOOR.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• The design shear strength of each crossed connector is the minimum be- The friction component µ can be considered only in arrangement with in-
tween the timber design shear strength (Rax,d), the concrete design shear clined screws (30° e 45°) and without the soundproofing layer.
strength (Rax,concrete,d) and the steel design shear strength (Rtens,d): • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, refer-
Fax,α,Rd ence was made to ETA-19/0244,
Rv,Rd = (cos α + µ sin α) min ftens,d

Fax,concrete,Rd


d1 CODE L b1 b2 pcs d1 CODE L b1 b2 pcs

7 CTC7160 160 40 110 100 9 CTC9160 160 40 110 100
TX 30 CTC7240 240 40 190 100 TX 40 CTC9240 240 40 190 100
SLIP MODULUS Kser

connector arrangement connector arrangement
Kser [N/mm] Kser [N/mm]
with soundproofing layer (1) without soundproofing layer (1)
CTC Ø7 CTC Ø9 CTC Ø7 CTC Ø9
45° 45°
16 lef 22 lef 48 lef 60 lef

lef lef
45° parallels 45° parallels
30° 30°

lef lef
30° parallels 30° parallels

45° 45° 45° 45°

lef lef
45° crossed 45° crossed

(1)
Resilient underscreed foil, in bitumen and polyester felt, like SILENT FLOOR.
The Kser slip modulus is to be considered as relating to a single inclined connector or a pair of crossed connectors subject to a parallel force at the slip surface.
Ief = depth of CTC connector penetration into timber element, in millimetres.
45°/30° 45°
dc dc
db db
a1,CG a1 a2,CG a2 a2,CG ≥ a1 ≥ a2,CG ≥a2,CG

≥ a1,CG ≥aCROSS
parallel arrangement crossed arrangement
7 9
a1 [mm] 130∙sin(α) 130∙sin(α)
a2 [mm] 35 45
a1,CG [mm] 85 85
a2,CG [mm] 32 37
aCROSS [mm] 11 14
dc = thickness of concrete slab (50 mm ≤ dc ≤ 0,7 db)
db = height of wooden beam (db ≥ 100 mm)
NOTES:
(1)
he minimum distances for connectors stressed axially are compliant with
T
ETA-19/0244,

STATIC VALUES CALCULATION STANDARD
NTC 2018 - UNI EN 1995:2014
PRELIMINARY SIZING OF VB CONNECTORS FOR TIMBER- CONCRETE FLOORS
CALCULATION EXAMPLE LOADS

distance between joists = 660 mm own weight (gk1) = timber beam + wooden planking + concrete slab
concrete slab thickness C20/25 = 50 mm permanent non-structural load (gk2) = 2 kN/m2
strain limit wist = ℓ/400 variable overload (qk) = 2 kN/m2
wnet,fin = ℓ/250
CONNECTOR CTC Ø7 - Glulam GL 24h (EN 14080:2013)

Plank thickness t s = 21 mm
beam section BxH [mm] span [m]
3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5.5 6
no. pairs per beam 8 10 20 30
CTC 7x160 7x240 7x240 7x240
120 x 160 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 250/500 160/400 220/440
no. connectors/m2 4,0 4,3 7,6 10,1
45°
CTC 7x160 7x240 7x240 7x240
120 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 300/500 250/500 160/320 130/260
no. connectors/m2 4,3 4,5 6,7 9,1
CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
140 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 300/500 180/360 130/260 110/220
Installation at a 45° angle, no. connectors/m2 3,8 6,7 9,1 9,4
without soundproofing no. pairs per beam 12 20 30 36
layer. CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
140 x 240 - - -
pitch [mm] 300/500 200/400 150/300 120/240
no. connectors/m2 4,0 6,1 8,3 9,1

3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5.5 6
CTC 7x160 7x240 7x240 7x240
120 x 160 - - -
pitch [mm] 300/500 180/500 100/100 220/440
no. connectors/m2 5,1 6,1 14,4 10,1
45° no. pairs per beam 8 12 24 56
CTC 7x160 7x240 7x240 7x240
120 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 250/500 120/240 160/160 (1)
no. connectors/m2 3,5 4,5 8,1 17,0
CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
140 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 300/500 200/200 150/200 (1) 150/200 (2)
with soundproofing layer. no. pairs per beam 8 16 34 64
CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
140 x 240 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 300/500 140/200 150/200 (1)
no. connectors/m2 2,7 4,8 9,4 16,2

3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5.5 6
CTC 7x160 7x240 7x240 7x240
120 x 160 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 250/500 160/320 120/400
no. connectors/m2 8,1 8,7 15,2 16,2
45° 45° no. pairs per beam 16 24 40 48 60
CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
120 x 200 - -
pitch [mm] 400/500 250/500 180/400 150/400 120/400
no. connectors/m2 6,9 9,1 13,5 14,5 16,5
no. pairs per beam 20 28 48 60 88
CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
140 x 200 - -
pitch [mm] 280/500 200/500 150/400 120/400 100/200
Crossed installation no. connectors/m2 7,6 9,4 14,5 16,5 22,2
at a 45° angle, with no. pairs per beam 24 40 52 64
soundproofing layer. CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
140 x 240 - - -
pitch [mm] 300/500 200/500 150/400 120/400
no. connectors/m2 8,1 12,1 14,3 16,2

NTC 2018 - UNI EN 1995:2014

3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5.5 6
CTC 9x160 9x240 9x240 9x240
120 x 160 - - -
pitch [mm] 450/500 250/500 150/500 120/300
no. connectors/m2 4,0 4,3 6,1 8,1
45° no. pairs per beam 8 12 20 24 34
CTC 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240
120 x 200 - -
pitch [mm] 450/500 250/500 180/400 140/400 110/250
no. connectors/m2 3,5 4,5 6,7 7,3 9,4
CTC 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240
140 x 200 - -
pitch [mm] 300/500 200/500 160/500 120/300 180/350
Installation at a 45° angle, no. connectors/m2 3,8 4,7 6,7 9,4 11,6
layer. CTC 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240
140 x 240 - - -
pitch [mm] 300/500 200/500 160/500 120/400
no. connectors/m2 4,0 6,1 6,6 8,1

3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5.5 6
no. pairs per beam 8 10 30
CTC 9x160 9x240 9x240
120 x 160 - - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 250/500 100/200
no. connectors/m2 4,0 4,3 11,4
45°
CTC 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240
120 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 400/500 280/500 130/300 140/160
no. connectors/m2 3,5 3,8 8,1 18,2
CTC 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240
140 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 300/500 200/200 160/200 200/300
CTC 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240
140 x 240 - - -
pitch [mm] 300/500 180/400 210/420 140/200
no. connectors/m2 4,0 6,7 9,9 17,2

3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5.5 6
CTC 9x160 9x160 9x160
120 x 160 - - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 250/500 150/300
45° 45° no. pairs per beam 16 24 40 52
CTC 9x160 9x160 9x160 9x240
120 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 400/400 250/500 180/360 130/300
no. connectors/m2 6,9 9,1 13,5 15,8
CTC 9x160 9x160 9x240 9x240
140 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 250/500 180/360 130/260 120/240
Crossed installation no. connectors/m2 9,1 13,5 18,2 18,7
140 x 240 - - -
pitch [mm] 300/500 150/300 140/280 120/240
no. connectors/m2 10,8 14,5 16,5 18,2
NOTES:
(1)
Connectors placed in two rows.
(2)
Connectors placed in three rows.
For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available

EN 1995:2014
PRELIMINARY SIZING OF VB CONNECTORS FOR TIMBER- CONCRETE FLOORS
CALCULATION EXAMPLE LOADS

distance between joists = 660 mm own weight (gk1) = timber beam + wooden planking + concrete slab
concrete slab thickness C20/25 = 50 mm permanent non-structural load (gk2) = 2 kN/m2
strain limit wist = ℓ/400 variable overload (qk) = 2 kN/m2
wnet,fin = ℓ/250

3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5.5 6
CTC 7x160 7x240 7x240 7x240
120 x 160 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 250/500 200/400 120/240
no. connectors/m2 4,0 4,3 6,8 8,1
45°
CTC 7x160 7x240 7x240 7x240
120 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 300/500 200/400 140/280
no. connectors/m2 3,5 3,8 6,1 7,3
CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
140 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 400/500 250/500 180/360 130/260
no. connectors/m2 3,8 4,0 6,7 8,8
Installation at a 45° angle,
without soundproofing
layer. CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
140 x 240 - - -
pitch [mm] 400/500 300/500 200/400 150/300
no. connectors/m2 3,4 4,8 6,1 7,6

3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5.5 6
CTC 7x160 7x240 7x240
120 x 160 - - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 250/500 100/100
45° no. pairs per beam 8 10 24 54
CTC 7x160 7x240 7x240 7x240
120 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 300/500 120/240 150/200 (1)
no. connectors/m2 3,5 3,8 8,1 16,4
CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
140 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 150/300 150/300 (1) 150/200 (2)
CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
140 x 240 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 400/500 140/200 150/250 (1)
no. connectors/m2 2,7 4,2 9,4 15,2

3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5.5 6
CTC 7x160 7x240 7x240 7x240
120 x 160 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 250/500 200/400 150/300
no. connectors/m2 8,1 8,7 13,6 14,8
45° 45° no. pairs per beam 16 20 36 48 52
CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
120 x 200 - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 300/500 200/400 150/300 150/350
no. connectors/m2 6,9 7,6 12,1 14,5 14,3
CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
140 x 200 - -
pitch [mm] 280/500 250/500 180/360 150/400 110/200
Crossed installation no. connectors/m2 7,6 8,1 13,3 14,3 21,2
soundproofing layer.
CTC 7x240 7x240 7x240 7x240
140 x 240 - - -
pitch [mm] 400/500 250/500 200/400 150/300
no. connectors/m2 6,7 10,9 12,1 15,2

EN 1995:2014

3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5.5 6
CTC 9x160 9x240 9x240 9x240
120 x 160 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 250/500 200/500 150/300
no. connectors/m2 4,0 4,3 5,3 7,4
45° no. pairs per beam 8 10 18 22 30
CTC 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240
120 x 200 - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 300/500 200/400 160/400 130/300
no. connectors/m2 3,5 3,8 6,1 6,7 8,3
CTC 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240
140 x 200 - -
pitch [mm] 400/500 250/500 180/400 150/300 180/350 (2)
Installation at a 45° angle, no. connectors/m2 3,8 4,0 6,7 8,3 11,6
layer. CTC 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240
140 x 240 - - -
pitch [mm] 400/500 300/500 200/400 150/300
no. connectors/m2 3,4 4,8 6,1 7,6

3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5.5 6
CTC 9x160 9x240 9x240
120 x 160 - - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 300/500 120/200
45°
CTC 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240
120 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 300/500 150/300 100/140
no. connectors/m2 3,5 3,8 7,4 11,5
CTC 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240
140 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 300/500 200/400 200/400 (2) 210/300 (2)
CTC 9x240 9x240 9x240 9x240
140 x 240 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 200/400 150/300 100/150
no. connectors/m2 2,7 6,1 8,3 12,1

3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5.5 6
CTC 9x160 9x160 9x160
120 x 160 - - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 250/500 200/300
45° 45° no. pairs per beam 16 20 36 48
CTC 9x160 9x160 9x160 9x160
120 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 300/500 250/500 150/500
no. connectors/m2 6,9 7,6 12,1 14,5
CTC 9x160 9x240 9x240 9x240
140 x 200 - - -
pitch [mm] 300/500 200/400 150/300 140/300
Crossed installation no. connectors/m2 7,6 12,1 14,5 16,5
140 x 240 - - -
pitch [mm] 500/500 200/400 150/400 150/300
no. connectors/m2 8,1 12,1 14,3 15,2
NOTES:
(1)
Connectors placed in two rows.
(2)
Connectors placed in three rows.
For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available

CALCULATION EXAMPLES: MIXED TIMBER-CONCRETE FLOOR
PROJECT DATA
BEAMS CONNECTORS - CTC Ø9 x 240
B = 120 mm Diameter 9 mm
H = 160 mm Length 240 mm
i = 650 mm Connector arrangement inclined at 45°
L = 4,0 m Distribution L/4-L/2
Wood GL24h (EN 14081:2013)
COMPOSITE FLOOR
s = 50 mm LOAD CONDITIONS
Concrete C25/30
Permanent structural load (G1) 1,50 kN/m2
Permanent non-structural load (G2) 2,50 kN/m2
INTERMEDIATE LAYER
Variable load (Q)
2,00 kN/m2
t = 21 mm Category A: residential environment
C20 Plank (EN 14081:2013) Variable load duration medium
s
t
L/4 L/2 L/4

L
CALCULATION WITH MYPROJECT SOFTWARE (EN 1995:2014 and ETA-19/0244)
RESULTS
Number of connectors 22 CTC Ø9x240 Min spacing (L/4) 180 mm

Incidence of connectors 8 connectors/m 2
Max spacing (L/2) 370 mm

CALCULATION REPORT

SKR - SKS COATING ETA
CONCRETE SCREW
RAPID DRY SYSTEM

Fast and easy operation. The special threading requires a small pre-
drill and guarantees fastening on concrete without creating expansion
stresses in the concrete. Reduced minimum distances.
SKR - SKS EVO

For some sizes, a version is available with special surface treatment to
improve corrosion resistance of the externally exposed head.
CERTIFICATION
The version with CE marking is certified for applications on cracked and
uncracked concrete and in the C2 seismic performance category.
SKR SKS
SKR CE SKS CE
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS screw for concrete
HEAD hexagonal and countersunk
MATERIAL
Carbon steel with bright zinc plated. Versions
in carbon steel with C4 EVO coating.
FIELDS OF USE
Fastening of timber or steel elements to con-
crete supports. Service classes 1 and 2.
232 | SKR - SKS | STRUCTURES

SOLE PLATE
Ideal for fastening timber sole plates to con-
crete slabs. Installation is very rapid as single
pre-drill can be made for both wood and con-
crete.
PLATE
Ideal for fastening Rothoblaas plates. TITAN
joint with SKR (diameter: 12 mm).
STRUCTURES | SKR - SKS | 233

SKR - SKS GEOMETRY
Tinst Tinst
SW dk
tfix df tfix df
L hef L hef
d1 hnom d1 hnom
h1 h1
hmin hmin
d0 d0
SKR SKS
LEGEND
d1 external diameter of anchor d0 hole diameter in the concrete support

t fix maximum fastening thickness df maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened
h1 minimum hole depth SW wrench size
hnom nominal anchoring depth T inst tightening torque
hef effective anchor depth L anchor length
CODES AND DIMENSIONS SKR - SKS

SKR hexagonal head
d1 CODE L tfix h1,min hnom d0 df timber df steel Tinst pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm]
SKR7560 60 10 60 50 6 8 8-10 15 50
7,5
SKR7580 80 30 60 50 6 8 8-10 15 50
SW 13
SKR75100 100 20 90 80 6 8 8-10 15 50
SKR1080 80 30 65 50 8 10 10-12 25 50
SKR10100 100 20 95 80 8 10 10-12 25 25
10
SKR10120 120 40 95 80 8 10 10-12 25 25
SW 16
SKR10140 140 60 95 80 8 10 10-12 25 25
SKR10160 160 80 95 80 8 10 10-12 25 25
SKR12100 100 20 100 80 10 12 12-14 50 25
SKR12120 120 40 100 80 10 12 12-14 50 25
SKR12140 140 60 100 80 10 12 12-14 50 25
12 SKR12160 160 80 100 80 10 12 12-14 50 25
SW 18 SKR12200 200 120 100 80 10 12 12-14 50 25
SKR12240 240 160 100 80 10 12 12-14 50 25
SKR12280 280 200 100 80 10 12 12-14 50 25
SKR12320 320 240 100 80 10 12 12-14 50 25
SKR12400 400 320 100 80 10 12 12-14 50 25
SKS countersunk head

SKS7560 60 10 60 50 6 8 - - 50
SKS7580 80 30 60 50 6 8 - - 50
7,5 SKS75100 100 20 90 80 6 8 - - 50
TX 40 SKS75120 120 40 90 80 6 8 - - 50
SKS75140 140 60 90 80 6 8 - - 50
SKS75160 160 80 90 80 6 8 - - 50

CODES AND DIMENSIONS SKR EVO - SKS EVO
SKR EVO COATING

7,5
SKREVO7560 60 10 60 50 6 8 8-10 15 50
SW 13
10
SKREVO1080 80 30 65 50 8 10 10-12 25 50
SW 16
12
SKREVO12100 100 20 100 80 10 12 12-14 50 25
SW 18
SKS EVO

SKSEVO7580 80 30 60 50 6 8 - - 50
7,5
SKSEVO75100 100 20 90 80 6 8 - - 50
TX 40
SKSEVO75120 120 40 90 80 6 8 - - 50
MINIMUM DISTANCES SKR - SKS

c s
hmin
SPACING AND DISTANCES FOR TENSILE LOADS
SKR SKS
Ø7,5 Ø10 Ø12 Ø7,5
Minimum spacing smin,N [mm] 50 60 65 50
Minimum edge distance cmin,N [mm] 50 60 65 50
Minimum thickness of concrete support hmin [mm] 100 110 130 100
Critical spacing scr,N [mm] 100 150 180 100

Critical edge distance ccr,N [mm] 50 70 80 50
SPACING AND DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS

SKR SKS
Ø7,5 Ø10 Ø12 Ø7,5
Minimum spacing smin,V [mm] 50 60 70 50
Minimum edge distance cmin,V [mm] 50 60 70 50
Critical spacing scr,V [mm] 140 200 240 140

Critical edge distance ccr,V [mm] 70 110 130 70
For spacing and distances smaller than the critical ones, strength values have to be reduced depending on the installation parameters.

SKR CE / SKS CE GEOMETRY
ETA
Tinst Tinst
SW dk
tfix df tfix df
L hef L hef
d1 hnom d1 hnom
h1 h1
hmin hmin
d0 d0
SKR SKS
LEGEND
d1 external diameter of anchor d0 hole diameter in the concrete support

t fix maximum fastening thickness df maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened
h1 minimum hole depth SW wrench size
hnom nominal anchoring depth T inst tightening torque
hef effective anchor depth L anchor length
CODES AND DIMENSIONS SKR CE - SKS CE

SKR CE hexagonal head with mock washer
d1 CODE L tfix h1,min hnom hef d0 df Tinst pcs

8
SKR8100CE 100 40 75 60 48 6 9 20 50
SW 10
SKR1080CE 80 10 85 70 56 8 12 50 50
10
SKR10100CE 100 30 85 70 56 8 12 50 25
SW 13
SKR10120CE 120 50 85 70 56 8 12 50 25
SKR12110CE 110 30 100 80 64 10 14 80 25
12 SKR12150CE 150 70 100 80 64 10 14 80 25
SW 15 SKR12210CE 210 130 100 80 64 10 14 80 20
SKR12250CE 250 170 100 80 64 10 14 80 15
SKR12290CE 290 210 100 80 64 10 14 80 15
16
SKR16130CE 130 20 140 110 85 14 18 160 10
SW 21
SKS CE countersunk flat head

d1 CODE L tfix h1,min hnom hef d0 df Tinst pcs
8
SKS75100CE 100 40 75 60 48 6 9 20 50
TX 30
10
SKS10100CE 100 30 85 70 56 8 12 50 50
TX 40

MINIMUM DISTANCES SKR CE - SKS CE
c s
hmin
SPACING AND DISTANCES
SKR CE - SKS CE
Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø16
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 45 50 60 80
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 45 50 60 80
scr,N (1) [mm] 144 168 192 255

Critical spacing
scr,sp (2) [mm] 160 175 195 255
ccr,N (1) [mm] 72 84 96 128
Critical edge distance
ccr,sp (2) [mm] 80 85 95 130
For spacing and distances smaller than the critical ones, strength values have to be reduced depending on the installation parameters.
NOTES:
(1)
Concrete cone failure mode.
(2)
Splitting failure mode.
INSTALLATION
01 02 03 03
SKR SKS
Drill a hole in rotary percus- Clean the hole. Position the object to be fixed and install the screw with a pulse
sion mode. screw gun.
04 04 05 05
Tinst Tinst
SKR SKS SKR SKS
Make certain that the screw head is in complete contact with the Check tightening torque Tinst.
object to be fixed.

SKR CE - SKS CE STATIC VALUES CHARACTERISTIC VALUES
ETA
Valid for a single anchor in thickened C20/25 grade concrete with a thin reinforcing layer when spacing and edge-distance
are not limiting parameters.
UNCRACKED CONCRETE
TENSION (1) SHEAR(2)

d1 NRk,p γMp VRk,s γMs
[mm] [KN] [kN] [mm]
8 16 2,1 9,4 1,5
SKR 10 20 1,8 20,1 1,5

CE 12 25 2,1 32,4 1,5
16 40 2,1 56,9 1,5
SKS 8 16 2,1 9,4 1,5

CE 10 20 1,8 20,1 1,5
CRACKED CONCRETE
TENSION (1) SHEAR

d1 NRk,p γMp VRk,s/Rk,cp γMs,Mc
[mm] [KN] [kN] [mm]
8 4 2,1 9,4 (2) 1,5
SKR 10 7,5 1,8 15,1 (3) 1,5

CE 12 9 2,1 32,4 (2)
1,5
16 16 2,1 56,4 (3) 1,5
SKS 8 4 2,1 9,4 (2)

1,5
CE 10 7,5 1,8 20,1 (2) 1,5
incremental factor for NRk,p (4)

C30/37 1,22
Ψc C40/50 1,41
C50/60 1,58

(1)
Pull-out failure mode. • The characteristic values are calculated according to ETA and refer to the
(2)
Steel failure mode (VRk,s). concrete values. The strength of the timber-side anchor system must be
checked separately.
Pry-out failure mode (VRk,cp). γ
(3)
mc
(4)
Tensile-strength increment factor (excluding steel failure). • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
Rk
Rd =
γm

Coefficients γm are listed in the table in accordance with the failure charac-
teristics and product certificates.
• For the calculation of anchors with reduced spacing, or too close to the
edge, please refer to ETA. Similarly, in case of fastening on concrete-sup-
ports with a better-grade, limited thickness or a thick reinforcing layer
please see ETA.
• When designing anchors under seismic load please refer to the ETA referral
document and information in the EOTA Technical Report 045.
• For the calculation of anchors subjected to fire refer to the ETA and the
Technical Report 020,

OUTDOOR
OUTDOOR
OUTDOOR
KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316 TERRA BAND UV

CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 BUTYL ADHESIVE TAPE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
KKT A4 | AISI316 PROFID

CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 SPACER PROFILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
KKT COLOR JFA

CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FOR TERRACES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
KKZ A2 | AISI304 SUPPORT

COUNTERSUNK CYLINDRICAL HEAD SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FOR TERRACES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
KWP A2 | AISI305 ALU TERRACE

CYLINDRICAL HEAD SCREW FOR WPC BOARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 ALUMINIUM PROFILE FOR PATIOS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
KKA AISI410 STAR

SELF-DRILLING SCREW STAR FOR DISTANCES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER | TIMBER-TO-AL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
CRAB MINI
KKA COLOR PATIO CLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
SELF-DRILLING SCREW FOR ALUMINIUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
SHIM
EWS LEVELLING WEDGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
BROAD
KKF AISI410 COUNTERBORE CUTTER FOR KKT, KKZ, KKA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
PAN HEAD SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
SCI A4 | AISI316
COUNTERSUNK SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
SCI A2 | AISI305
SCA A2 | AISI304
HBS PLATE EVO

PAN HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
HBS EVO
TBS EVO
OUTDOOR SCREW, FLANGE HEAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
VGZ EVO
FULL THREADED SCREW
WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
FLAT | FLIP
CONNECTOR FOR DECKING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
TVM
GAP
TERRALOCK
GROUND COVER
ANTI-VEGETATION TARP FOR SUBSTRATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
NAG
LEVELING PAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
GRANULO
GRANULAR RUBBER SUBSTRATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
OUTDOOR | 243
WOOD SPECIES
ORIGIN AND DENSITY
HE
AT-
TR
EAT
Pi c
S p b ies
ea
ED
450
ru c
a
Pi
e
500
nu
ss
APPROXIMATE DENSITY
550
y lv
P i tr is
es
ne
Q 650
ue
rc 750
us
pe O
tr a a k 850
ea
950
[Kg/m3]
1050
L ar
ix d L a r
e c ch 1150
idu
a
Fagu Bee
s s y lv a c h
ti c a
Ash 1 4 6
Fraxinus excelsior
5
2
3
7
ATED
PREGN
A L IM
THE
RM Pi n e
is
e s tr
u s s y lv
Pi n
E D
L AT
Y
ET
AC
mp P C
te
W
o si
Co
ti c
l as
dP
o
Wo
244 | WOOD SPECIES | OUTDOOR

There is an appropriate timber cladding for each environment:
is
the variety of wood species makes it possible to perfectly meet
s tr
ve
the design and aesthetic requirements.
syl
Pi n e
us
Pin
r
4 da s
4 Ce e d r u
APPROXIMATE 350
5 C
DENSITY 400 6
ce
300-550 [kg/m3] 450
S p ru a b ie s
500
ce a
550
4 Pi
Okoumé
5
Aucoumea klaineana
S i b r ix
e ri si b
La
L a rc x
a n iric
M Pi n
L ari Do
on u
1
u
l ar a
h
P se g l a s
te s ra
udo fir
ch
re d
4
t su
y i at
ga
pi a
O 6 me
ne
co O nzi
te co 600 e si i
a r te 2 650 APPROXIMATE
ub a
ra 3
700 DENSITY
M il 750
550-800 [kg/m3]
i ci a Iro 2
exc ko 800
els
a 5
Enta
drop Sapele
n
hr
c y li n a g m a 5
dricu
m
Beech 4
Quercus petraea
A sh 4
ea
sp a
e tr
Quercu
k 4
Oa
a e a
p e tr
us
erc ak 6
Qu
ba
Te is
d
au
ra n
s it
n ag 5
eto ga i
uru
Tc l i n ch i
M e ub a
i
zila
3
B rri
It a
ga
de
en s
4
ia u
ia n cu
di ju
si s
1
ts a
I n e rb
bi
g u s r a lo
ea
3
aca st
l
M
uc
ci a
u
a APPROXIMATE 6 s
p tu
p se c k l o c
Ba
850
N
a ly ptu s
7
DENSITY 900 c
Eu a ly
ia
u do
800-1000 [kg/m3]
yn
950
3 c
Eu
Bla
r
1000
co
7
Di
a
Garap leiocarpa
i n ia
ia
3
Apule
Ro b
Po
Wengé
to
5
Millettia laur
xy
en tii
lo
M e lag
nm
ela a
B an
S h o gkira i
6
g a n ga
re a
ng i
Di gla
uca
ai
pt
er 6 Ba
y x Cu m 6 Ba m
o d ar b
m oo
or u 1050
bu
at a 3 1100 se
2
APPROXIMATE ae
1150
1 1200
DENSITY
1250 > 1000 [kg/m3]
Ip 6
Tabeb e 1300
uia 3
1350
2
3
a n d ub a
Massar ntata 2
ra bide
Manilka
This list is not intended to be exhaustive, but merely to provide some indications
regarding the most common types of wood.
OUTDOOR | WOOD SPECIES | 245

ENVIRONMENT
austenitic stainless austenitic stainless martensitic stainless

steel A4 steel A2 steel AISI 410
KKT A4
KKT A4 KKT A4 SCI A4 KKZ A2 KWP A2 EWS A2 SCI A2 SCA A2 SBS A2 KKA
KKA AISI KKF
KKF AISI EWS
EWS AISI SHS
SHS AISI
color KKT A4 SCI A4 KKZ A2 KWP A2 EWS A2 SCI A2 SCA A2 SBS A2 410 410 410 410
APPLICATION COLOR AISI 410 AISI 410 AISI 410 AISI 410
horizontal cladding
(e.g. patio)
vertical cladding
(e.g. façade)
CORROSION CLASS
ENVIRONMENTAL (EN 12944)
C1 indoor
environments
C2 rural
areas
C3 urban and
industrial environments
C4 industrial and
coastal areas
C5 areas with aggressive
atmospheres
ENVIRONMENT
SERVICE CLASS
Service class 1
Service class 2
Service class 3
NOTES: * Coating equivalent to Fe/Zn 25c
WOOD USE
CLASS
Use class 1
Use class 2
Use class 3
Use class 4
Use class 5
LEGEND: use allowed

use not allowed but possible with specific precautions
use not recommended
246 | SELECTION OF THE FASTENING | OUTDOOR

The work is inserted in a context which cannot be ignored and
with which it interacts: understanding the location and use of
the timber cladding is fundamental for selecting appropriate
fastenings that guarantee performance over time.
EN 1995-1-1 ENVIRONMENT SERVICE CLASSES

carbon steel carbon steel with
with C4 EVO coating organic coating CLASS 1: temperature 20°C / 65% humidity u ≈ 12%
all internal rooms
CLASS 2: temperature 20°C / 55% humidity u ≈ 18%
elements protected from direct exposure to weather
CLASS 3: climate more humid than class 2 humidity u > 20%
“wet” elements
HBS
EVO
P
HBS P HBS
HBS
EVO
TBS
TBS
EVO
VGZ
VGZ
EVO
KKT
KKT color KKA
KKA
color
EVO EVO EVO EVO COLOR COLOR
EN 335 WOOD USE CLASSES

CLASS 1
Where the wood is inside a build-
ing, not exposed to weather.
CLASS 2
Where the wood is protected
and not exposed to weather, but
where high ambient humidity
may occur.
CLASS 3
Where the wood-based material
is not in direct contact with the
ground and is exposed to weather.
* *
CLASS 4
Where the wood is in direct con-
tact with the ground and fresh
water.
CLASS 5
Where the wood is permanent-
ly or regularly immersed in salt
water.
OUTDOOR | SELECTION OF THE FASTENING | 247

SCREWING
WOODS
400 500 600 700 800
kg/m3
A4 | AISI 316
KKT
SCI
KKZ
A2 | AISI304 - AISI305
KWP
EWS
SCI
SCA
EWS
AISI410
KKF
CARBON STEEL
KKT
HBS P EVO
PINE, HEAT-TREATED
LARCH
ASH, HEAT-TREATED
SIBERIAN LARCH
ITAUBA
OAK
IROKO
TEAK
LEGEND: without pre-drilling hole PRE-DRILLING HOLES DIAMETER:

with pre-drilling hole
Ø SCREW [mm] 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 6,0 8,0
Ø PRE-DRILLING HOLE
[mm] 2 2 3 3 4 5

TESTING CAMPAIGN ON WOODS OF DIFFERENT SPECIES AND DENSITIES
WOODS WPC
800 900 1000 1100 1200 1000 1100 1200
BANGKIRAI
MELAGANGAI
IPE
MASSARANDUBA
BAMBOO, HEAT-TREATED
WPC 1000
WPC 1200
NOTES:
• Screw connections made with 5 x 50 mm screws on substructures of dif- • The bars on the graph indicate the limit for correct screw operation in
ferent densities. terms of tightening integrity and effectiveness; using a higher density
substructure or choosing a longer thread may have a positive effect on
fastener performance.

DECORATIVE HEAD FINISH
WOODS
400 500 600 700 800
kg/m3
A4 | AISI 316
KKT
SCI
KKZ
A2 | AISI304 - AISI305
KWP
EWS
SCI
SCA
EWS
AISI410
KKF
CARBON STEEL
KKT
HBS P EVO
PINE, HEAT-TREATED
LARCH
ASH, HEAT-TREATED (2)
SIBERIAN LARCH (1)

OAK
IROKO
TEAK
ITAUBA
LEGEND: excellent finish

good finish
counterbore cutter recommended

TESTING CAMPAIGN ON WOODS OF DIFFERENT SPECIES AND DENSITIES
WOODS WPC
900 1000 1100 1200 1000 1100 1200
BANGKIRAI (1)
MELAGANGAI
IPE (1)
MASSARANDUBA (1)
BAMBOO, HEAT-TREATED
WPC 1000
WPC 1200
NOTES:
Screwing operations performed without a counterbore cutter and with pre- (1)
Knurled planking surface.
drill, as outlined in the previous graph. (2)
Possible brittle fractures due to material heat treatment.

CORROSION
TYPES AND TRIGGERING FACTORS
The corrosion phenomenon involves an electrochemical interaction

between a metal and its environment and can lead to degradation of In the analysis of corrosion, as for any chem-
ical reaction, the speed of the reaction must
the material and its properties.
also be taken into account. In fact, it is not only
important to understand whether or not there
Although associated with material degradation, corrosion is not in itself may be corrosion, but also how long it takes
negative. In some cases, for example, it enables metals to form a patina for it to produce significant degradation of the
to protect them from further corrosion. This is the case with stainless material.
steel or COR-TEN steel.
GENERALISED CORROSION
This is the corrosion that affects most metal surfaces exposed to an ag-
gressive environment. A distinction must be made between uniform and
uneven generalised corrosion: in the first case, penetration is the same
over the entire surface while, in the second, the profile may be more or
less regular.
LOCALISED CORROSION - PITTING

Pitting corrosion occurs with extremely localised attacks, called pits;
from the surface, such pitting penetrates the thickness of the metal very
quickly. Pit sizes range from a few tens of microns to a few millimetres;
they are triggered and propagate at individual points, leaving most of the
metal surface exposed to the environment unaltered.
LOCALISED - CREVICE CORROSION

In general, the presence of crevices or surface parts not openly exposed
to the environment is always an aggravating factor for corrosion; the ex-
pression "crevice corrosion" highlights the contribution the geometric
component — in the form of crevices or, more generally, of shielded
areas — makes to corrosion. Corrosion is caused in cracks — those in-
terstices that allow the aggressive environment to enter and yet are so
narrow as to render negligible any diffusive, convective motion between
the inside and outside. Openings ranging from a few hundredths to a few
tenths of a millimetre prove critical.
252 | CORROSION | OUTDOOR

ADDITIONAL POSSIBLE
CORROSION FACTORS
GALVANIC COUPLING
This occurs when metals of different nobility are placed into contact with
one another and are both immersed in an electrolyte.
Contact Metal
Nickel-Chrome_Mo Alloys
Titanium, Silver, Graphite
Graphite, Gold, Platinum
Bronzes, copper-nickel
Brasses, nickel silvers
Nickel copper alloys

Magnesium & alloys
Aluminium & alloys
HUMIDITY
Lead, tin and alloys

IN THE WOOD
Stainless steels
Steel-carbon
Zinc & alloys
Cadmium
Cast iron
Copper
Nickel
Corroding Metal
Magnesium & alloys

Zinc & alloys
Aluminium & alloys
Cadmium
Steel-carbon
Cast iron PH
OF THE WOOD
Stainless steels
Lead, tin and alloys
Nickel
Brasses, nickel silvers
Copper
Bronzes, copper-nickel
Nickel copper alloys
Nickel-Chrome_Mo Alloys
Titanium, Silver, Graphite
PROTECTIVE
Graphite, Gold, Platinum
TREATMENTS
FIREPROOFING
OR FLAME-RETARDANT TREATMENTS
To achieve effective corrosion protection, careful design of connection

and construction details is essential. Careful consideration must be given
to environmental conditions such as humidity, temperature, exposure of USE OF FERTILIZERS, DETERGENTS,
the wood, marine air pollution, the presence of chemicals and the type THAWING SALTS OR FUNGICIDES
of wood. It is generally impossible to determine — in advance and be-
yond a shadow of a doubt — where the corrosion will take place and (in
some cases) by what mechanism, as it is a statistical phenomenon.
In order to find the best solution to protect the connectors from corro-
sion, the ideal approach involves the following steps:
1. Analysis of the working environment and environmental conditions;

2. Analysis of the most likely or predominant phenomenon;
3. Selection of the best material taking into account the two previous INSTALLATION GEOMETRY
points;
4. Periodic monitoring.
OUTDOOR | CORROSION | 253

C4 EVO COATING
Is a multilayer coating composed of: EXPERIMENTAL TESTING OF
• An external functional layer of epoxy matrix with aluminium flakes of SCREWS CORROSION PER-
around 15-20 μm, which gives the coating optimum resistance to me- FORMANCE
chanical and thermal stresses. The aluminium flakes also serve, when
required, as sacrificial cathodes for the metal base of the screw. Rothoblaas has conducted numerous
experimental tests to evaluate the per-
• A central binding layer for the external functional layer. formance of its connectors under a
• A internal layer of around 4 μm zinc microns which acts as an additio- wide range of exposure conditions and
nal layer of corrosion resistance. to estimate their resistance to corrosion.
Since there is no single test capable of

determining the medium-to-long term
corrosion resistance of a metal fastener
installed in timber elements, reference
was made to the following test proto-
cols so as to characterise corrosion per-
formance using different approaches
and test methods.
TEST PROTOCOLS:
SALT SPRAY
UNI EN ISO 9227:2012
Corrosion tests in artificial atmospheres
Salt spray tests
HBS EVO HBS P EVO TBS EVO VGZ EVO
SULPHURIC OXIDE EXPOSURE
Metallic and other non-organic coatings
Sulfur dioxide test with general condensa-
tion of moisture.
COATING CONTINUOUS CONDENSATION

UNI EN ISO 6270-2:2005
COATING
C4 EVO
Aluminium Paints and varnishes - Determination of

resistance to humidity. Part 2: Procedure
Organic matrix
for exposing test specimens in condensa-
Cohesion layer tion-water atmospheres.
Zn - Zinc PROHESION
ASTM G85-A5:2011
SCREW
BODY
Fe - Carbon Steel Standard Practice for Modified Salt Spray

(Fog) Testing Annex A5, dilute electrolyte
cyclic fog dry test
SALT SPRAY CYCLING TESTING

UNI EN ISO 11997-1:2006
Paints and varnishes - Determination of
resistance to cyclic corrosion conditions
Part 1: Wet (salt fog)/dry/ humidity
+ ASTM B571:2013
Standard Practice for Qualitative Adhesion
Testing of Metallic Coatings
t = 0h t = 1440h
254 | C4 EVO COATING | OUTDOOR

MATERIALS AND COATINGS
THE RIGHT FASTENER FOR EVERY APPLICATION
CORROSION RESISTANCE
KKT A4
AISI 316 (A4)

KKT A4 color
SCI A4
KWP
AISI 305 (A2)
SCI A2
AUSTENITIC
EWS A2
SCA A2
AISI 304 (A2)
KKZ A2
KKZ BRONZE A2
STAINLESS
STEEL AISI 304 (A2)
and carbon steel SBS
(tip)
KKF AISI 410
EWS AISI 410

MARTENSITIC AISI 410
KKA AISI 410
SHS AISI 410
HBS EVO
HBS P EVO
C4 EVO ANTI-CORROSION
COATING TBS EVO
VGZ EVO
KKT
MECHANICAL STRENGTH
CARBON ORGANIC ANTI-CORROSION

STEEL COATING
KKAN
ZINC PLATED HBS
OUTDOOR | MATERIALS AND COATINGS | 255

KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316 BIT INCLUDED EN 14592
CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW
COLOURED HEAD
Version in A4 | AISI316 stainless steel with brown, grey or black coloured
head. Excellent camouflaging with wood. Ideal for very aggressive envi-
ronments and for chemically treated woods (acetylation).
COUNTER THREAD
The inverse (left-hand) under-head thread guarantees excellent grip.
Small conical head to ensure it is hidden in the wood.
TRIANGULAR BODY
The three-lobed thread makes it possible to cut the wood grain during
screwing. Exceptional wood penetration.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS excellent grip
HEAD conical, coloured countersunk
DIAMETER 5,0 mm
MATERIAL
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel with
coloured organic coating.
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use in highly aggressive environ-
ments.
Wooden boards with density of < 550 kg/m3
(without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m3 (with pre-
drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill). Suitable for
service classes 1-2-3.
256 | KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316 | OUTDOOR

dk d2 d1
ds
b
L

Pre-drilling hole diameter* dv [mm] 3,0 - 4,0
Notched tip single
fax,k [N/mm2] 11,7
parameter
fhead,k [N/mm2] 16,5
parameter
* For high density materials, pre-bored holes are recommended based on the wood species.

KKT540A4M 43 25 16 200 5 KKT550A4N 53 35 18 200
KKT550A4M 53 35 18 200 TX 20 KKT560A4N 60 40 22 200
5
TX 20 KKT560A4M 60 40 22 200
KKT570A4M 70 50 27 100
d1 CODE L b A pcs
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5 KKT550A4G 53 35 18 200
TX 20 KKT560A4G 60 40 22 200
CARBONIZED WOOD
Ideal for fastening wooden planks with a burnt
effect. Can also be used with acetylate-treated
woods.
OUTDOOR | KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316 | 257

SCREWS INSERTED WITH PRE-DRILLING HOLE (1) SCREWS INSERTED WITH PRE-DRILLING HOLE (1)
5 5
a1 [mm] 5∙d 25 4∙d 20
a2 [mm] 3∙d 15 4∙d 20
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 60 7∙d 35
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 35 7∙d 35
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 15 7∙d 35
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 15 3∙d 15
SCREWS INSERTED WITHOUT PRE-DRILLING HOLES (2)

5
a1 [mm] 8∙d 40
a2 [mm] 4∙d 20
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 60
a3,c [mm] 5∙d 25
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 25
a4,c [mm] 4∙d 20

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
(1)
The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord- In the case of Douglas fir elements (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum
ance with ETA-11/0030. distances parallel to the grain (a1, a3,t, a3,c) must be multiplied by a coefficient
(2)
The minimum distances are in accordance with ETA-11/0030 considering wood of 1,5.
elements with a minimum width of 12 ·d and a minimum thickness of 4 · d.
In the case in which these conditions are not respected, please see the KKF
screw for the minimum distances.
258 | KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316 | OUTDOOR

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
timber-to-timber without timber-to-timber thread head pull-through including

geometry
pre-drilling hole with pre-drilling hole withdrawal(1) upper thread withdrawal (2)
legno-legno
con preforo
d1

43 25 16 1,13 1,46 1,69 0,87
53 35 18 1,17 1,54 2,37 0,87
5
60 40 22 1,28 1,72 2,71 0,87
70 50 27 1,42 1,75 3,38 0,87

(1)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an- • Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
(2)
ments also considering the underhead thread. Rk kmod
Rd =
γm
separately.
OUTDOOR | KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316 | 259

KKT A4 | AISI316 BIT INCLUDED EN 14592
AGGRESSIVE ENVIRONMENTS
Version in A4 | AISI316 stainless steel, ideal for very aggressive environ-
ments and for chemically treated woods (acetylation). KKT X version with
short length and long bit for use with clips.
COUNTER THREAD
TRIANGULAR BODY
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS excellent grip
HEAD conical, countersunk
DIAMETER 5,0 mm
MATERIAL
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel.
FIELDS OF USE
ments. Wooden boards with density of < 550
kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m3 (with
pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill). Suitable
for service classes 1-2-3.
260 | KKT A4 | AISI316 | OUTDOOR

A
ds
dk d2 d1 dk d2 d1
ds
b b
L L
KKT KKTX

Pre-drilling hole diameter* dv [mm] 3,0 - 4,0
Notched tip single
My,k [Nmm] 5417,2
moment
fax,k [N/mm2] 11,7
parameter
fhead,k [N/mm2] 16,5
parameter

KKT A4 | AISI316 KKT X A4 | AISI316

KKT540A4 43 25 16 200 KKTX520A4 20 16 4 200
KKT550A4 53 35 18 200 5 KKTX525A4 25 21 4 200
5 TX 20
KKT560A4 60 40 22 200 KKTX530A4 30 26 4 200
TX 20
KKT570A4 70 50 27 100 KKTX540A4 40 36 4 200
KKT580A4 80 53 35 100 Total threaded screw
LONG BIT INCLUDED code TX2050
KKT X
Ideal for fastening standard Rothoblaas clips
(TVM, TERRALOCK) in outdoor environments.
Long bit included in each package.
OUTDOOR | KKT A4 | AISI316 | 261

5 6 5 6
a1 [mm] 5∙d 25 30 4∙d 20 24
a2 [mm] 3∙d 15 18 4∙d 20 24
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 60 72 7∙d 35 42
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 35 42 7∙d 35 42
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 15 18 7∙d 35 42
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 15 18 3∙d 15 18

5 6
a1 [mm] 8∙d 40 48
a2 [mm] 4∙d 20 24
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 60 72
a3,c [mm] 5∙d 25 30
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 25 30
a4,c [mm] 4∙d 20 24

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
(1)
The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord- In the case of Douglas fir elements (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum dis-
ance with ETA-11/0030. tances parallel to the grain (a1, a3,t, a3,c) must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.
(2)
The minimum distances are in accordance with ETA-11/0030 considering wood
262 | KKT A4 | AISI316 | OUTDOOR

EN 1995:2014
KKT SHEAR TENSION

geometry
legno-legno
con preforo
d1

43 25 16 1,13 1,46 1,69 0,87
53 35 18 1,17 1,54 2,37 0,87
5 60 40 22 1,28 1,72 2,71 0,87
70 50 27 1,42 1,75 3,38 0,87
80 53 35 1,45 1,75 3,59 0,87
KKTX SHEAR SHEAR
intermediate thread
geometry
steel-timber plate (3) withdrawal(1)
Splate
L b
d1
d1 L b SPLATE RV,k Rax,k

20(4) 24 3 0,87 1,08
SPLATE = 3,0 mm
25 30 3 1,08 1,42
5
30 35 3 1,30 1,76
40 40 3 1,73 2,44

(1)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an- • Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
(2)
ments also considering the underhead thread. Rk kmod
Rd =
(3)
an intermediate plate (0,5 d1 ≤ SPLATE ≤ d1).
(4)
This screw has not been granted the CE marking.
• The KKT A4 screws with double thread are mainly used for timber-to-timber
joints.
• The KKT X total thread screws are mainly used for steel plates
(e.g. TERRALOCK patio system).
OUTDOOR | KKT A4 | AISI316 | 263

KKT COLOR BIT INCLUDED EN 14592
COLOURED COATING
Carbon steel version with coloured anti-rust coating (brown, grey, green,
sand and black) for outdoor use in service class 3.
COUNTER THREAD
TRIANGULAR BODY
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS complete range of colours
HEAD conical, countersunk
MATERIAL
Carbon steel with coloured organic anti-rust
coating.
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use. Wooden boards with density of <
780 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m3
(with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).
Suitable for service classes 1-2-3.
264 | KKT COLOR | OUTDOOR

dk d2 d1
ds
b
L

Pre-drilling hole diameter* dv [mm] 3,0 - 4,0 4,0 - 5,0
Notched tip double double
fax,k [N/mm2] 11,7 11,7
parameter
fhead,k [N/mm2] 16,5 16,5
parameter

KKTM540 43 25 16 200 KKTV540 40 24 16 200
KKTM550 53 35 18 200 KKTV550 53 35 18 200
5 5
KKTM560 60 40 22 200 KKTV560 60 40 22 200
TX 20 TX 20
KKTM570 70 50 27 100 KKTV570 70 50 27 100
KKTM580 80 53 35 100 KKTV580 80 45 35 100
KKTM660 60 40 20 100
6 KKTM680 80 50 30 100 d1 CODE L b A pcs
TX 25 KKTM6100 100 50 50 100 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
KKTM6120 120 60 60 100 KKTS550 53 35 18 200
5
KKTS560 60 40 22 200
TX 20
d1 CODE L b A pcs KKTS570 70 50 27 100
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
KKTG540 43 25 16 200 d1 CODE L b A pcs
KKTG550 53 35 18 200 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5
KKTG560 60 40 22 200 KKTN540(1) 40 36 16 200
TX 20 5
KKTG570 70 50 27 100 KKTN550 53 35 18 200
TX 20
KKTG580 80 53 35 100 KKTN560 60 40 22 200
(1)
total threaded screw.
KKT N
(TVM, TERRALOCK) in outdoor environments.
Bit included in each package.
OUTDOOR | KKT COLOR | 265

5 6 5 6
a1 [mm] 5∙d 25 30 4∙d 20 24
a2 [mm] 3∙d 15 18 4∙d 20 24
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 60 72 7∙d 35 42
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 35 42 7∙d 35 42
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 15 18 7∙d 35 42
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 15 18 3∙d 15 18

5 6
a1 [mm] 8∙d 40 48
a2 [mm] 4∙d 20 24
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 60 72
a3,c [mm] 5∙d 25 30
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 25 30
a4,c [mm] 4∙d 20 24

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
(1)
The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord- In the case of Douglas fir elements (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum dis-
ance with ETA-11/0030. tances parallel to the grain (a1, a3,t, a3,c) must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.
(2)
The minimum distances are in accordance with ETA-11/0030 considering wood
266 | KKT COLOR | OUTDOOR

EN 1995:2014
KKT SHEAR TENSION

geometry
legno-legno
con preforo
d1

43 25 16 1,13 1,46 1,69 0,87
53 35 18 1,17 1,54 2,37 0,87
5 60 40 22 1,28 1,72 2,71 0,87
70 50 27 1,42 1,75 3,38 0,87
80 53 35 1,45 1,75 3,59 0,87
60 40 20 1,57 2,11 3,41 1,15
80 50 30 1,87 2,50 4,06 1,15
6
100 50 50 2,03 2,50 4,06 1,15
120 60 60 2,03 2,50 4,87 1,15
KKT N SHEAR TENSION
intermediate thread
geometry
steel-timber plate (3) withdrawal(1)
Splate
L b
d1
d1 L b SPLATE RV,k Rax,k

5 40 36 3 SPLATE = 3,0 mm 1,73 2,44
NOTES:
(1)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an- • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, refer-
gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. ence was made to ETA-11/0030.
(2)
The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using wood ele- • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 420 kg/m3
ments also considering the underhead thread. has been considered.
(3)
The shear resistance characteristics are calculated considering the case of • Values were calculated considering the threaded part as being completely
an intermediate plate (0,5 d1 ≤ SPLATE ≤ d1). inserted into the wood.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• The KKT screws with double thread are mainly used for timber-to-timber
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014. joints.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: • The KKT total thread screws are mainly used for steel plates (e.g. FLAT patio
system).
R k
Rd = k mod
γm
OUTDOOR | KKT COLOR | 267

KKZ A2 | AISI304 BIT INCLUDED EN 14592
COUNTERSUNK CYLINDRICAL HEAD SCREW
HARD WOODS
Special tip with sword-shaped geometry specially designed to effi-
ciently drill very high density woods without pre-drill (with pre-drill,
over 1000 kg/m3).
DOUBLE THREAD
The larger diameter right-hand under-head thread ensures an effective
grip, guaranteeing good coupling of the wooden elements. Concealed
head.
BURNISHED VERSION
Available in a version in antique-burnished stainless steel, ideal to guar-
antee superb camouflaging in the wood.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS exceptional hardwood perforation
DIAMETER 5,0 mm
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
ments.Wooden boards with density of < 780
kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 1240 kg/m3
(with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).
268 | KKZ A2 | AISI304 | OUTDOOR

GEOMETRY
A
ds
dk d2 d1
t1 b2 b1
L

Head diameter dK [mm] 6,80
Shank diameter dS [mm] 4,35
Head thickness t1 [mm] 3,10
Pre-drilling hole diameter dV [mm] 3,50

KKZ A2 | AISI304 KKZ BRONZE A2 | AISI304
d1 CODE L b1 b2 A pcs d1 CODE L b1 b2 A pcs

KKZ550 50 22 11 28 200 5 KKZB550 50 22 11 28 200
5 TX 25
KKZ560 60 27 11 33 200 KKZB560 60 27 11 33 200
TX 25
KKZ570 70 32 11 38 100
HARD WOOD
Also tested on very high density woods, such
as IPE, massaranduba or bamboo Microllam®
(over 1000 kg/m3).
OUTDOOR | KKZ A2 | AISI304 | 269

KWP A2 | AISI305 BIT INCLUDED
CYLINDRICAL HEAD SCREW FOR WPC

BOARDS
WPC BOARDS
Special geometry specifically designed for fastening WPC (Wood Plas-
tic Composite) boards to a wood or WPC substructure, even without
pre-drilling.
TRIPLE THREAD
The combination of the two under-head threads causes removal of the
WPC fibres. Exceptional penetration into the WPC, even without pre-drilling.
VOLCANO EFFECT
Removal of plastic fibres from the WPC guarantees an excellent board
finish. Small conical head ensures that it will be concealed in the WPC.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS removal of shavings from WPC boards
DIAMETER 5,0 mm
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
ments. WPC boards (without pre-drill). Wood-
en boards with density of < 780 kg/m3 (without
pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m3 (with pre-drill). Suit-
able for service classes 1-2-3.
270 | KWP A2 | AISI305 | OUTDOOR

GEOMETRY
A
d3
dk d2 d1
t1 b3 b2 b1
L

Pre-drilling hole diameter dv [mm] 3,00

d1 CODE L b1 b2 b3 A pcs
5 KWP560 60 36 15 6.5 25 200

TX 20 KWP570 70 46 15 6.5 25 100
WOOD PLASTIC COMPOSITE (WPC)

Ideal for fastening WPC boards, both solid and
perforated, even without pre-drilling.
OUTDOOR | KWP A2 | AISI305 | 271

KKA AISI410 BIT INCLUDED
SELF-DRILLING SCREW
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER | TIMBER-TO-ALUMINIUM
TIMBER-TO-ALUMINIUM
Self-perforating timber-to-metal tip with special bleeder geometry. Ideal
for fastening timber or WPC boards to aluminium substructures.
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER
Also ideal for fastening timber or WPC boards to thin wooden substruc-
tures, they, too, made with wooden boards. AISI410 stainless steel.
METAL-TO-ALUMINIUM
Short version ideal for fastening clips, plates and angle brackets to alu-
minium substructures. Can be used to fix aluminium-aluminium over-
laps.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS self-drilling, timber-aluminium
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use. Wooden boards with density of
< 880 kg/m3 on aluminium with a thickness of
< 3.2 mm (without pre-drill). Suitable for ser-
vice classes 1-2-3.
272 | KKA AISI410 | OUTDOOR

GEOMETRY
A s
t1 s1=s2 t1 s1=s2
dk d2 d1 dk d2 d1
ds
b2 b1 Lp b1 Lp
L L
KKA Ø5 KKA Ø4

Tip length Lp [mm] 5,50 6,50

d1 CODE L b1 b2 A s1=s2 pcs d1 CODE L b1 b2 A s1=s2 pcs
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
4 5 KKA540 40 15,5 11 29 2÷3 100

KKA420 20 11,4 - - 1÷2,5 200
TX 20 TX 25 KKA550 50 20,5 11 39 2÷3 100
s1 thickness, steel plate S235/St37
s2 thickness, aluminium plate
ALU TERRACE
Ideal for fastening timber or WPC boards, clips
or angle brackets to aluminium substructures.
OUTDOOR | KKA AISI410 | 273

KKA COLOR BIT INCLUDED
SELF-DRILLING SCREW FOR ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM
Self-perforating tip with special bleeder geometry. Ideal for fastening
clips to aluminium substructures.
COLOURED COATING
Black anti-rust coating for outdoor use in service class 3. Concealed ef-
fect on dark substructures and clips.
METAL-TO-ALUMINIUM
Short version ideal for fastening clips, plates and angle brackets to steel
or aluminium substructures. Can be used to fix metal-metal overlaps.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS self-drilling aluminium
MATERIAL
Carbon steel with coloured organic anti-rust
coating.
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use. Aluminium thickness < 3.2 mm
(without pre-drill). Suitable for service classes
1-2-3.
274 | KKA COLOR | OUTDOOR

GEOMETRY
A s
t1 s1=s2 t1 s1=s2
dk d2 d1 dk d2 d1
b Lp b1 Lp
L L
KKAN Ø4x30 - KKAN Ø4x40 KKAN Ø4x20

Tip length Lp [mm] 5,50 6,50

d1 CODE L b A s1=s2 pcs
KKAN420 20 10 - 2÷3 200
4
KKAN430 30 20 22 2÷3 200
TX 20
KKAN440 40 30 32 2÷3 200
5
KKAN540 40 29 29 2÷3 200
TX 25
TVM COLOR
(TVMN) on aluminium. Long bit included in
each package.
OUTDOOR | KKA COLOR | 275

EWS BIT INCLUDED EN 14592
CONVEX HEAD
Countersunk teardrop shaped head with curved surface for a pleasant
look and firm grip with the bit.
ROBUST BODY
The increased shank diameter with high torsional strength for a strong,
safe screwing even in high density woods.
STAINLESS STEEL AISI410 E A2 | AISI305

EWS AISI410 can be used, without pre-drill, in woods having a maximum
density of 880 kg/m3. EWS A2 | AISI305 can be used, without pre-drill, in
woods having a maximum density of 550 kg/m3.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS increased diameter for hardwoods
HEAD convex with ribs
DIAMETER 5,0 mm
MATERIAL
Austenitic stainless steel A2 | AISI305 and mar-
tensitic stainless steel AISI410,
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use. WPC boards (with pre-drill). EWS
A2 | AISI305: wooden boards with density of <
550 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m3
(with pre-drill). EWS AISI410: wooden boards
with density of < 880 kg/m3 (without pre-drill).
276 | EWS | OUTDOOR

dk d2 d1
ds
t1 b
L
EWS AISI410 EWS A2 | AISI305

Characteristic
fax,k [N/mm2] 16,46 16,62
Associated density ρa [kg/m ]3
350 320
fhead,k [N/mm2] 21,05 21,44
parameter

EWS AISI410 EWS A2 | AISI305

EWS550 50 30 20 200 EWSA2550 50 30 20 200
5
5 EWS560 60 36 24 200 EWSA2560 60 36 24 200
TX 25
TX 25 EWS570 70 42 28 100 EWSA2570 70 42 28 100
EWS580 80 48 32 100
TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION
Values available for compliance with nation-
al unified technical documents for outdoor
wooden decking.
OUTDOOR | EWS | 277

5 5
a1 [mm] 5∙d 25 4∙d 20
a2 [mm] 3∙d 15 4∙d 20
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 60 7∙d 35
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 35 7∙d 35
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 15 7∙d 35
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 15 3∙d 15
5 5
a1 [mm] 12∙d 60 5∙d 25
a2 [mm] 5∙d 25 5∙d 25
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 75 10∙d 50
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 50 10∙d 50
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 25 10∙d 50
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 25 5∙d 25

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• The minimum distances are in accordance with EN 1995:2014 considering a
wood characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3.
278 | EWS | OUTDOOR

EN 1995:2014
EWS SHEAR TENSION
geometry timber-to-timber thread withdrawal (1) head pull-through (2)
d1
without pre-drilling with pre-drilling

hole hole
50 30 20 1,38 1,84 2,86 1,56
60 36 30 1,54 2,07 3,43 1,56
5
70 42 40 1,75 2,27 4,00 1,56
80 48 50 1,81 2,27 4,57 1,56
EWS A2 SHEAR TENSION
geometry timber-to-timber thread withdrawal (1) head pull-through (2)
d1
without pre-drilling with pre-drilling

hole hole
50 30 20 1,39 1,80 2,88 1,59
5 60 36 30 1,55 2,08 3,46 1,59
70 42 40 1,68 2,14 4,04 1,59

(1)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an- • Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord-
gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. ance with ETA-11/0030.
(2)
The axial resistance to head pull-through, with and without a washer, was • Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
calculated using wood elements. In the case of steel-timber connections,
generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separa- Rk kmod
Rd =
tion or pull-through.
γm
separately.
OUTDOOR | EWS | 279

KKF AISI410 BIT INCLUDED ETA 11/0030
PAN HEAD SCREW
PAN HEAD
The flat under-head accompanies absorption of the shavings, preventing
the wood from cracking and thus ensuring excellent surface finish.
LONGER THREAD
Special asymmetric “umbrella” thread with increased length (60%) for high-
er grip. Fine thread for the utmost precision when tightening is complete.
AISI410
Martensitic stainless steel with an excellent balance between mechanical
resistance and corrosion resistance. Can be inserted without requiring a
pre-drill.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS excellent versatility of use
HEAD pan head
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use. Wooden boards with density
< 780 kg/m3 (without pre-drill). WPC boards
(with pre-drill). Suitable for service classes 1-2-3.
280 | KKF AISI410 | OUTDOOR

d2 d1
KK F
X X
dk
ds
t1 b
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 4 4,5 5 6

Tip diameter d2 [mm] 2,60 3,05 3,25 4,05
My,k [Nmm] 3032,6 4119,1 5417,2 9493,7
moment
fax,k [N/mm2] 11,7 11,7 11,7 11,7
parameter
fhead,k [N/mm2] 16,5 16,5 16,5 16,5
parameter

KKF430 30 18 12 500 KKF540 40 24 16 200
KKF435 35 20 15 500 KKF550 50 30 20 200
4
KKF440 40 24 16 500 KKF560 60 35 25 200
TX 20
5
KKF445 45 30 15 200 KKF570 70 40 30 200
TX 25
KKF450 50 30 20 200 KKF580 80 50 30 100
KKF4520 20 15 5 200 KKF590 90 55 35 100
KKF4540 40 24 16 200 KKF5100 100 60 40 100
4,5 KKF4545 45 30 15 200 KKF680 80 50 30 100

TX 20 6
KKF4550 50 30 20 200 KKF6100 100 60 40 100
TX 30
KKF4560 60 35 25 200 KKF6120 120 75 45 100
KKF4570 70 40 30 200
TERRALOCK PP
in outdoor environments. Long bit included in
each package.
OUTDOOR | KKF AISI410 | 281

Load-to-grain Load-to-grain
angle α = 0° angle α = 90°
4 4,5 5 6 4 4,5 5 6
a1 [mm] 5∙d 20 23 5∙d 25 30 4∙d 16 18 4∙d 20 24
a2 [mm] 3∙d 12 14 3∙d 15 18 4∙d 16 18 4∙d 20 24
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 48 54 12∙d 60 72 7∙d 28 32 7∙d 35 42
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 28 32 7∙d 35 42 7∙d 28 32 7∙d 35 42
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 12 14 3∙d 15 18 5∙d 20 23 7∙d 35 42
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 12 14 3∙d 15 18 3∙d 12 14 3∙d 15 18
characteristic density: ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3

4 4,5 5 6 4 4,5 5 6
a1 [mm] 10∙d 40 45 12∙d 60 72 5∙d 20 23 5∙d 25 30
a2 [mm] 5∙d 20 23 5∙d 25 30 5∙d 20 23 5∙d 25 30
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 60 68 15∙d 75 90 10∙d 40 45 10∙d 50 60
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 40 45 10∙d 50 60 10∙d 40 45 10∙d 50 60
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 20 23 5∙d 25 30 7∙d 28 32 10∙d 50 60
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 20 23 5∙d 25 30 5∙d 20 23 5∙d 25 30
characteristic density: 420 ≤ ρ k ≤ 500 kg/m3

4 4,5 5 6 4 4,5 5 6
a1 [mm] 15∙d 60 68 15∙d 75 90 7∙d 28 32 7∙d 35 42
a2 [mm] 7∙d 28 32 7∙d 35 42 7∙d 28 32 7∙d 35 42
a3,t [mm] 20∙d 80 90 20∙d 100 120 15∙d 60 68 15∙d 75 90
a3,c [mm] 15∙d 60 68 15∙d 75 90 15∙d 60 68 15∙d 75 90
a4,t [mm] 7∙d 28 32 7∙d 35 42 9∙d 36 41 12∙d 60 72
a4,c [mm] 7∙d 28 32 7∙d 35 42 7∙d 28 32 7∙d 35 42

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
(1)
The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord- • In the case of OSB-timber joints, the minimum spacings (a1, a2) can be mul-
ance with ETA-11/0030. tiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
(2)
The minimum distances are in accordance with EN 1995:2014, according • In the case of Douglas fir elements (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum
to ETA-11/0030, considering a timber element mass density of ρk ≤ 420 kg/m3. distances parallel to the grain (a1, a3,t, a3,c) must be multiplied by a coefficient
(3)
The minimum distances comply with EN 1995:2014, according to ETA- of 1,5.
11/0030, considering a timber element mass density of 420 ≤ ρ k ≤ 500 kg/m3.
282 | KKF AISI410 | OUTDOOR

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
geometry timber-to-timber panel-timber (1) thread withdrawal (2) head pull-through (3)
d1

30 18 12 0,83 0,81 0,97
35 20 15 0,94 0,90 1,08
4 40 24 16 0,98 0,94 1,30 1,16
45 30 15 0,96 0,94 1,62
50 30 20 1,08 0,94 1,62
20(4) 15 5 0,49 0,49 0,91
40 24 16 1,16 1,07 1,46
45 30 15 1,14 1,07 1,83
4,5 1,48
50 30 20 1,26 1,07 1,83
SPAN = 15 mm
60 35 25 1,40 1,07 2,13

70 40 30 1,41 1,07 2,44
40 24 16 1,27 1,17 1,62
50 30 20 1,37 1,17 2,03
60 35 25 1,51 1,17 2,37
5 70 40 30 1,60 1,17 2,71 1,48
80 50 30 1,60 1,17 3,38
90 55 35 1,60 1,17 3,72
100 60 40 1,60 1,17 4,06
80 50 30 2,25 1,57 4,06
6 100 60 40 2,41 1,57 4,87 2,66
120 75 45 2,41 1,57 6,09
NOTES:
(1)
The shear characteristic resistances are calculated considering an OSB • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, refer-
panel or particle board with a S PAN thickness. ence was made to ETA-11/0030.
(2)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an- • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 420 kg/m3
gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. has been considered.
(3)
The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using wood ele- • Values were calculated considering the threaded part as being completely
ments. inserted into the wood.
(4)
This screw has not been granted the CE marking. • Sizing and verification of the wooden elements and panels must be done
separately.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES: • The shear characteristic resistances are calculated for screws inserted with-
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord- greater resistance values can be obtained.
Rk kmod
Rd =
γm
OUTDOOR | KKF AISI410 | 283

SCI A4 | AISI316 BIT INCLUDED
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
SPECIAL GEOMETRY
Self-perforating tip with setback notch, asymmetric “umbrella” thread,
elongated cutter and sharp under-head ribs.
SUPERIOR STRENGTH
Geometric details provide the screw with greater torsional strength for
more secure screwing.
A4 | AISI316
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel for high corrosion resistance. Ideal
for seaside environments.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS HBS geometry technology
HEAD countersunk with ribs
DIAMETER 5,0 mm
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
ments. Wooden boards with density of < 470
kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 620 kg/m3 (with
pre-drill). Suitable for service classes 1-2-3.
284 | SCI A4 | AISI316 | OUTDOOR

X X
d2 d1
SC I
dk 90°
ds
t1 b
L

Head thickness t1 [mm] 4,65
Pre-drilling hole diameter dv [mm] 3,0
Characteristic withdrawal-resistance parameter fax,k [N/mm2] 17,9
Associated density ρa [kg/m3] 440
Characteristic head-pull-through parameter fhead,k [N/mm2] 17,6
Associated density ρa [kg/m3] 440
Mechanical parameters from experimental tests.
d1 CODE L b A pcs
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
SCI5050A4 50 24 26 200
SCI5060A4 60 30 30 200
5 SCI5070A4 70 35 35 100
TX 25 SCI5080A4 80 40 40 100
SCI5090A4 90 45 45 100
SCI50100A4 100 50 50 100
TURNED WASHER SCB A4 | AISI316
dSCI CODE D1 D2 h pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
D 2 D1 h
6 SCB6 7,5 20,0 4,0 100
dSCI
8 SCB8 8,5 25,0 5,0 100
MARINE ENVIRONMENTS
Can be used in aggressive environments and
in areas near the sea thanks to the A4 | AISI316
stainless steel.
OUTDOOR | SCI A4 | AISI316 | 285

SCI A2 | AISI305 BIT INCLUDED EN 14592
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
SPECIAL GEOMETRY
Self-perforating tip with setback notch, asymmetric “umbrella” thread,
elongated cutter and sharp under-head ribs.
SUPERIOR STRENGTH
Geometric details provide the screw with greater torsional strength for
more secure screwing. Very broad range of measurements.
A2 | AISI305
Austenitic stainless steel A2 | AISI305 for high corrosion resistance. Ideal
for aggressive environments.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS HBS geometry technology
HEAD countersunk with ribs
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments.
drill). Suitable for service classes 1-2-3.

A
X X
d2 d1
SC I
dk 90°
ds
t1 b
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8

Head diameter dk [mm] 7,00 8,00 9,00 10,00 12,00 14,50
Tip diameter d2 [mm] 2,25 2,55 2,80 3,40 3,95 5,40
Shank diameter ds [mm] 2,55 2,80 3,25 3,70 4,45 5,85
Head thickness t1 [mm] 3,50 3,80 4,25 4,65 5,30 6,00
Pre-drilling hole diameter dv [mm] 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,0 4,0 5,0
Characteristic yield moment My,k [Nmm] 1260,0 1960,0 2770,0 4370,0 8220,0 17600,0
Characteristic withdrawal-resistance parameter fax,k [N/mm2] 19,1 17,1 17,2 17,9 11,6 14,8
Associated density ρa [kg/m3] 440 410 410 440 420 410
Characteristic head-pull-through parameter fhead,k [N/mm2] 16,0 13,4 18,0 17,6 12,0 12,5
Associated density ρa [kg/m3] 380 390 440 440 440 440
Characteristic tensile strength f tens,k [kN] 2,21 3,23 4,40 5,01 6,81 14,10
Mechanical parameters according to CE marking, in accordance with EN 14592.

d1 CODE CE L b A pcs d1 CODE CE L b A pcs
SCI3525 -- 25 18 7 500 SCI5040 • 40 20 20 200
3,5 SCI3530 -- 30 18 12 500 SCI5045 • 45 24 21 200
TX 10 SCI3535 -- 35 18 17 500 SCI5050 • 50 24 26 200
SCI3540 -- 40 18 22 500 5 SCI5060 • 60 30 30 200
SCI4030 • 30 18 12 500 TX 25 SCI5070 • 70 35 35 100
SCI4035 • 35 18 17 500 SCI5080 • 80 40 40 100
4 SCI4040 • 40 24 16 500 SCI5090 • 90 45 45 100
TX 20 SCI4045 • 45 30 15 400 SCI50100 • 100 50 50 100
SCI4050 • 50 30 20 400 SCI6060 • 60 30 30 100
SCI4060 • 60 35 25 200 SCI6080 • 80 40 40 100
SCI4535 • 35 24 11 400 6 SCI60100 • 100 50 50 100
SCI4540 • 40 24 16 400 TX 30 SCI60120 • 120 60 60 100
4,5
SCI4545 • 45 30 15 400 SCI60140 • 140 75 65 100
TX 20
SCI4550 • 50 30 20 200 SCI60160 • 160 75 85 100
SCI4560 • 60 35 25 200 SCI80120 • 120 60 60 100
SCI4570 • 70 40 30 200 SCI80160 • 160 80 80 100
SCI4580 • 80 40 40 200 8 SCI80200 • 200 80 120 100
TX 40 SCI80240 • 240 80 160 100
SCI80280 • 280 80 200 100
TURNED WASHER SCB A4 | AISI316 see page 285 SCI80320 • 320 80 240 100
MARINE ENVIRONMENTS
Can be used in aggressive environments
thanks to the A2 | AISI305 stainless steel.

Load-to-grain Load-to-grain
angle α = 0° angle α = 90°
3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8
a1 [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 4∙d 14 16 18 4∙d 20 24 32
a2 [mm] 3∙d 11 12 14 3∙d 15 18 24 4∙d 14 16 18 4∙d 20 24 32
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 42 48 54 12∙d 60 72 96 7∙d 25 28 32 7∙d 35 42 56
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 25 28 32 7∙d 35 42 56 7∙d 25 28 32 7∙d 35 42 56
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 11 12 14 3∙d 15 18 24 5∙d 18 20 23 7∙d 35 42 56
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 11 12 14 3∙d 15 18 24 3∙d 11 12 14 3∙d 15 18 24
3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8
a1 [mm] 10∙d 35 40 45 12∙d 60 72 96 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40
a2 [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 53 60 68 15∙d 75 90 120 10∙d 35 40 45 10∙d 50 60 80
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 35 40 45 10∙d 50 60 80 10∙d 35 40 45 10∙d 50 60 80
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 7∙d 25 28 32 10∙d 50 60 80
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40

-90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 α F
F
a2 α α a4,t a4,c
F α
F
a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES:
• The minimum distances are compliant with EN 1995:2014, according to
ETA-11/0030, considering a wood characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3
and calculation diameter of d = nominal screw diameter.

EN 1995:2014
SHEAR TENSION
timber-to-timber head pull-through
geometry timber-to-timber legno-legno thread withdrawal (1) head pull-through (2)
with washer with washer (2)
con rondella
d1
d1 L b A RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rhead,k Rhead,k

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
25 18 7 0,44 - 0,80 0,56 -
30 18 12 0,53 - 0,80 0,56 -
3,5
35 18 17 0,55 - 0,80 0,56 -
40 18 22 0,55 - 0,80 0,56 -
30 18 12 0,63 - 0,91 0,73 -
35 18 17 0,70 - 0,91 0,73 -
40 24 16 0,70 - 1,21 0,73 -
4
45 30 15 0,70 - 1,52 0,73 -
50 30 20 0,70 - 1,52 0,73 -
60 35 25 0,70 - 1,77 0,73 -
35 24 11 0,72 - 1,36 0,92 -
40 24 16 0,84 - 1,36 0,92 -
45 30 15 0,81 - 1,70 0,92 -
4,5 50 30 20 0,86 - 1,70 0,92 -
60 35 25 0,86 - 1,99 0,92 -
70 40 30 0,86 - 2,27 0,92 -
80 40 40 0,86 - 2,27 0,92 -
40 20 20 1,03 - 1,26 1,13 -
45 24 21 1,03 - 1,52 1,13 -
50 24 26 1,03 - 1,52 1,13 -
60 30 30 1,03 - 1,89 1,13 -
5
70 35 35 1,03 - 2,21 1,13 -
80 40 40 1,03 - 2,53 1,13 -
90 45 45 1,03 - 2,84 1,13 -
100 50 50 1,03 - 3,16 1,13 -
60 30 30 1,42 1,58 2,27 1,63 4,53
80 40 40 1,42 1,77 3,03 1,63 4,53
100 50 50 1,42 1,96 3,79 1,63 4,53
6
120 60 60 1,42 2,02 4,55 1,63 4,53
140 75 65 1,42 2,02 5,68 1,63 4,53
160 75 85 1,42 2,02 5,68 1,63 4,53
120 60 60 2,22 3,14 6,06 2,38 7,08
160 80 80 2,22 3,25 8,08 2,38 7,08
200 80 120 2,22 3,25 8,08 2,38 7,08
8
240 80 160 2,22 3,25 8,08 2,38 7,08
280 80 200 2,22 3,25 8,08 2,38 7,08
320 80 240 2,22 3,25 8,08 2,38 7,08
NOTES:
(1)
The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° an- • For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, refer-
gle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b. ence was made to ETA-11/0030.
(2)
The axial resistance to head pull-through, with and without a washer, was • For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3
calculated using wood elements. In the case of steel-timber connections, has been considered.
generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separa- • Values were calculated considering the threaded part as being completely
tion or pull-through. inserted into the wood.
separately.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accord- out pre-drilling holes. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling holes,
ance with ETA-11/0030. greater resistance values can be obtained.
Rk kmod
Rd =
γm

SCA A2 | AISI304
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
COST/PERFORMANCE
Simple geometry, optimised to provide good performance at a low cost.
SMOOTH UNDER-HEAD
Ideal for fastening stainless steel clips and hinges thanks to the smooth,
countersunk head.
SIMPLE BOX
Packaging optimised to reduce material wastes in the building site.
Increased number of pieces for package.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS use with stainless steel clips
HEAD countersunk without ribs
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments.
drill). Suitable for service classes 1-2-3.
290 | SCA A2 | AISI304 | OUTDOOR

GEOMETRY
dk d1 d1
ds
b
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 3,5 4 4,5 5

Tip diameter d2 [mm] 2,25 2,55 2,80 3,40

3,5 SCA3525 25 18 7 500 4,5 SCA4550 50 30 20 200

TX 15 SCA3535 35 24 11 500 TX 20 SCA4560 60 36 24 200
4 SCA440 40 24 16 200 SCA550 50 30 20 200

TX 20 5
SCA450 50 30 20 200 SCA560 60 36 24 200
TX 25
SCA570 70 42 28 200
GAP
in outdoor environments.
OUTDOOR | SCA A2 | AISI304 | 291

HBS PLATE EVO BIT INCLUDED COATING ETA 11/0030
PAN HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES
C4 EVO COATING
ISO 9227.
OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENT
Can be used in service class 3 outdoor applications and under class C4
atmospheric corrosion conditions.
NOTE: codes, techniques and further information on page 96 . GEOMETRY
CHARACTERISTICS
P
X X
BS

MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• CLT, LVL
292 | HBS PLATE EVO | OUTDOOR

HBS EVO BIT INCLUDED COATING ETA 11/0030
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
C4 EVO COATING
ISO 9227.
OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENT
NOTE: codes, techniques and further information on page 44. GEOMETRY
CHARACTERISTICS
S
X X
B
H

MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• CLT, LVL
OUTDOOR | HBS EVO | 293

OUTDOOR SCREW, FLANGE HEAD
C4 EVO COATING
ISO 9227.
OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENT
CHARACTERISTICS
HEAD flange
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• CLT, LVL
294 | TBS EVO | OUTDOOR

VGZ EVO BIT INCLUDED COATING ETA 11/0030
FULL THREADED SCREW

C4 EVO COATING
ISO 9227.
OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENT
CHARACTERISTICS
X
X
X
V
Z

MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• CLT, LVL
OUTDOOR | VGZ EVO | 295

FLAT | FLIP
CONNECTOR FOR DECKING
INVISIBLE
Completely hidden. The version in aluminium with black coating guar-
antees an attractive result; the galvanized steel version offers good per-
formance at low cost.
FAST INSTALLATION
Fast, easy installation thanks to the single-screw fastening and the in-
tegrated spacer-tab for precise spacing. Ideal for application with the
PROFID spacer.
SYMMETRICAL GROOVING
Makes it possible to install deck planks regardless of the position of
the grooving (symmetrical). Ribbed surface provides high mechanical
strength.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS extremely precise joints
CLADDING black anti-rust coating | zinc plated
BOARDS symmetrical grooving
JOINTS 7.0 mm
FASTENERS KKTN540 , KKAN440
MATERIAL
Aluminium with coloured organic coating and
carbon steel with zinc plated.
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use. Fastening timber or WPC boards
on substructures in wood, WPC or aluminium.
296 | FLAT | FLIP | OUTDOOR

GEOMETRY
2 4 2 4
8,5 45° 8,5 45°
8,5 6 54 6 8,5 6 54 6
27 6,3 27 6,3
27 27 27 27
B B
s s
P P

FLAT COLOR FLIP
CODE material PxBxs pcs CODE material PxBxs pcs

[mm] [mm]
FLAT black alluminum 64 x 27 x 4 200 FLIP zinc-plated steel 64 x 27 x 4 200
KKT COLOR KKA COLOR

fastening on wood and WPC for FLAT and FLIP fastening on aluminium for FLAT and FLIP

[mm] [mm]
[mm] [mm]
5
KKTN540 40 200 KKAN420 20 200
TX 20
4
KKAN430 30 200
TX 20
KKAN440 40 200
5
KKAN540 40 200
TX 25

Ideal for fastening WPC boards. Can also be
used for fastening on aluminium using KKA
COLOR screws (KKAN440).
OUTDOOR | FLAT | FLIP | 297

GROOVING GEOMETRY
7 7
F F Min. thickness F 4 mm
H H
Min. recommended height H H free
PROFID KKTN PROFID KKTN
INSTALLATION
01 02
Position the PROFID spacer at the joist centerline. First board: fix Insert the FLAT/FLIP fastener into the groove cut so that the spacer
it with suitable screws, left visible or hidden thanks to specific ac- tab adheres to the board.
cessories.
03 04
Position the next board by inserting it into the FLAT/FLIP fastener. Using the CRAB MINI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap
between them is 7 mm (see product page 334).
05 06
Fix the fastener to the joist underneath by using the KKTN screw. Repeat the operations for the remaining boards.
Last board: repeat step 01,
298 | FLAT | FLIP | OUTDOOR

CALCULATION EXAMPLE
INCIDENCE ESTIMATE FORMULA PER m2
f
L
1m2 / i / (L + f) = pcs of FLAT/FLIP a m2
i = joists spacing
L = board width
i f = gap width
PRACTICAL EXAMPLE
NUMBER OF BOARDS AND JOISTS
AA== 66 m
m
PATIO SURFACE
S = A ∙ B = 6 m ∙ 4 m = 24 m2
WOODEN PLANKING
140 mm L = 140 mm
18 mm s = 18 mm
f = 7 mm
BB==44mm
JOISTS
60 mm
b = 60 mm
30 mm h = 30 mm
i= 0,6 m
no. boards = [B/(L+f)] + 1

= [4/(0,14+0,007)]+1= 28 boards
0,6
0,6 m
m no. 4 m boards = 28 boards
no. 2 m boards = 28 boards
no. joists = [A/i] + 1 = (6/0,6) +1 = 11 joists
28 boards 4 m 28 boards 2 m
SCREW SELECTION
Head thickness Sscrew head 2,8 mm

Grooving thickness F 4 mm
Grooving dimension H (s-F)/2 7 mm
PROFID thickness SPROFID 8 mm
Pull-through length Lpen 4∙d 20 mm
f MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH

F = Sscrew head + F + H + SPROFID + Lpen
H
BOARD
FLAT/FLIP = 2,8 + 4 + 7 + 8 + 20 = 41,8 mm
PROFID KKTN
PROFID
JOIST CHOICE OF SCREW KKTN550
FLAT / FLIP NUMBER CALCULATION
QUANTITY FOR INCIDENCE FORMULA QUANTITY FOR THE NUMBER OF INTERSECTIONS
I = S / i / (L + f) = pcs of FLAT/FLIP I = no. boards with FLAT/FLIP no. joists = pcs of FLAT/FLIP
I = 24 m2 / 0,6 m / (0,14 m + 0,007 m) = 272 pcs FLAT/FLIP no. boards with FLIP/FLAT = (Number of boards - 2) = (28 - 2) = 26 boards
no. of joists = (A/i) + 1 = (6/0,6) + 1 = 11 joists
waste coefficient = 1,05
I = 272 ∙ 1,05 = 286 pcs FLAT/FLIP no. intersections = I = 26 ∙ 11 = 286 pcs FLAT/FLIP
I = 286 pcs FLAT/FLIP I = 286 pcs FLAT/FLIP
NUMBER OF FLAT/FLIP FASTENERS = 286 pcs NUMBER OF SCREWS = no. FLAT/FLIP = 286 pcs KKTN550
OUTDOOR | FLAT | FLIP | 299

TVM
FOUR VERSIONS
Different sizes for applications on boards with different thickness and
gaps of varying width. Black version for complete concealment.
DURABILITY
The stainless steel ensures high corrosion-resistance. The micro-venti-
lation between the boards helps the durability of the wooden elements.
ASYMMETRIC GROOVING
Ideal for boards with asymmetrical “female-female” groove cuts. Ribbing
on the surface of the connector ensures excellent stability.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS excellent grooving versatility
JOINTS from 7,0 mm to 9,0 mm
FASTENERS KKTX520A4, KKA420, KKAN420
MATERIAL
A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel and alu-
minium with coloured organic coating.
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Fas-
tening timber or WPC boards on substructures
in wood, WPC or aluminium. Suitable for ser-
vice classes 1-2-3.
300 | TVM | OUTDOOR

GEOMETRY
TVM1 TVM2 TVM3 TVMN4
10 12 12 15
1 3 1 2,4 1 2,4 1 2,4
6,8 9,8 8,6 11 8,6 11 12 14,4
12 14 14
17
22,5 22,5 30
23
31 9,8 33 11 29,4 9,6 36 13

TVM3
P B P B P B P B

TVM A2 | AISI304 TVM COLOR

[mm] [mm]
TVM1 A2 | AISI304 22,5 x 31 x 3 200 TVMN4 black alluminum 23 x 36 x 2,5 200
TVM2 A2 | AISI304 22,5 x 33 x 2,5 200
TVM3 A2 | AISI304 30 x 29,4 x 2,5 200
KKT X KKT COLOR

fastening on wood and WPC for TVM A2 | AISI304 fastening on wood and WPC for per TVM COLOR

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
KKTX520A4 20 200 5
KKTN540 40 200
KKTX525A4 25 200 TX 20
5
TX 20 KKTX530A4 30 200
KKTX540A4 40 200
KKA AISI410 KKA COLOR

fastening on aluminium for TVM A2 | AISI304 fastening on aluminium for TVM COLOR

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
4 4
KKA420 20 200 KKAN420 20 200
TX 20 TX 20
KKA
Can also be used for fastening on alumini-
um profiles using KKA AISI410 or KKA COLOR
screws.
OUTDOOR | TVM | 301

GROOVING GEOMETRY
7 7
ASYMMETRICAL GROOVING
F F Min. thickness F 3 mm
H H Min recommended height TVM1 H 8 mm
Min recommended height TVM2 H 10 mm
PROFID KKT PROFID KKT
Min recommended height TVM3 H 10 mm
Min recommended height TVMN H 13 mm
INSTALLATION
01 02
Position the PROFID spacer at the joist centerline. First board: fix Insert the TVM fastener into the groove cut so that the side fin
with suitable screws which are left visible. adheres to the groove in the board.
03 04
Position the next board by inserting it into the TVM fastener. Using the CRAB MINI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap
between them is 7 mm (see product page 334).
05 06
Fix the fastener to the joist underneath by using the KKTX screw. Repeat the operations for the remaining boards.
Last board: repeat step 01,
302 | TVM | OUTDOOR

CALCULATION EXAMPLE
INCIDENCE ESTIMATE FORMULA PER m2
f
L
1m2 / i / (L + f) = pcs of TVM at m2
i = joists spacing
L = board width
i f = gap width
PRACTICAL EXAMPLE
NUMBER OF BOARDS AND JOISTS
AA== 66 m
m
PATIO SURFACE
S = A ∙ B = 6 m ∙ 4 m = 24 m2
WOODEN PLANKING
140 mm L = 140 mm
s = 21 mm
21 mm
f = 7 mm
BB==44mm
JOISTS
60 mm
b = 60 mm
30 mm h = 30 mm
i= 0,6 m
no. boards = [B/(L+f)] + 1

= [4/(0,14+0,007)]+1= 28 boards
0,6
0,6 m
m no. 4 m boards = 28 boards
no. 2 m boards = 28 boards
no. joists = [A/i] + 1 = (6/0,6) +1 = 11 joists
28 boards 4 m 28 boards 2 m
SCREW SELECTION
Head thickness Sscrew head 2,8 mm

Grooving thickness F 4 mm
Grooving dimension H (s-F)/2 8 mm
PROFID thickness SPROFID 8 mm
Pull-through length Lpen 4∙d 20 mm
f
MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH
F = Sscrew head + H + SPROFID + Lpen
BOARD H
TVM = 2.8 + 8 + 8 + 20 = 38.8 mm
PROFID KKTX
PROFID
JOIST CHOICE OF SCREW KKTX540A4
TVM NUMBER CALCULATION
QUANTITY FOR INCIDENCE FORMULA QUANTITY FOR THE NUMBER OF INTERSECTIONS
I = S / i / (L + f) = pcs of TVM I = no. boards with TVM no. joists = pcs of TVM
I = 24 m2 / 0,6 m / (0,14 m + 0,007 m) = 272 pcs TVM no. boards with TVM = (Number of boards - 2) = (28 - 2) = 26 boards
no. of joists = (A/i) + 1 = (6/0,6) + 1 = 11 joists
I = 272 ∙ 1,05 = 286 pcs TVM no. intersections = I = 26 ∙ 11 = 286 pcs TVM
I = 286 pcs TVM I = 286 pcs TVM
NUMBER OF TVM = 286 pcs NUMBER OF SCREWS = 286 pcs KKTX540A4
OUTDOOR | TVM | 303

GAP
TWO VERSIONS
Available in A2 | AISI304 stainless steel for excellent corrosion strength
(GAP3) or in carbon steel with bright zinc plated (GAP4) for good perfor-
mance at a low cost.
NARROW JOINTS
Ideal for making floors with narrow joints between boards (from 3,0
mm). Fastening is performed before the board is positioned.
WPC AND HARDWOODS

Ideal for symmetrically grooved boards such as those in WPC or
high-density wood.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS narrow joints
FASTENERS SCA3525, SBA3932
MATERIAL
Austenitic stainless steel A2 | AISI304 and car-
bon steel with zinc plated.
FIELDS OF USE
304 | GAP | OUTDOOR

GEOMETRY
GAP 3 A2 | AISI304 GAP 4
11 9
1 1,5
9 11 8,3 11,3
1 1,5
16,5 19 23
4 7,5
12 16,5
16 18
12 42
40 18
16
12 16,5
4 7,5
32 11 42 11,3
s
s
P P B
B

GAP 3 A2 | AISI304 GAP 4

[mm] [mm]
GAP3 A2 | AISI304 40 x 32 x 11 200 GAP4 zinc-plated steel 42 x 42 x 11 200
SCA A2 | AISI304 HTS

fastening on timber and WPC for GAP 3 fastening on timber and WPC for GAP 4

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
3,5 SCA3525 25 500 3,5 HTS3525 25 1000

TX 15 SCA3535 35 500 TX 15 HTS3535 35 500
SBN A2 | AISI304 SBN

fastening on aluminium for GAP 3 fastening on aluminium for GAP 4

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
3,5 3,5
SBNA23525 25 1000 SBN3525 25 500
TX 15 TX 15

Ideal for fastening WPC boards. Can also be
used for fastening on aluminium using SBN
A2 | AISI304 screws.
OUTDOOR | GAP | 305

GAP 3 GROOVE GEOMETRY
F
H Min. thickness F 2 mm
Min recommended height GAP 3 H 8 mm

SCA
GAP 3 INSTALLATION
01 02
First board: fix it with suitable screws, left visible or hidden thanks Insert the GAP3 fastener into the groove cut so that the clip’s cen-
to specific accessories. tral tab adheres to the groove in the board.
03 04
Fix the screw in the central hole. Position the next board by inserting it into the GAP3 fastener so
that the two tabs adhere to the groove in the board.
05 06
Using the CRAB MINI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap Repeat the operations for the remaining boards.
between them is 3 or 4 mm depending on aesthetic requirements Last board: repeat step 01,
(see product page 334).
306 | GAP | OUTDOOR

GAP 4 GROOVE GEOMETRY
F
H Min. thickness F 2 mm
Min recommended height GAP 4 H 7 mm

HTS
GAP 4 INSTALLATION
01 02
First board: fix it with suitable screws, left visible or hidden thanks Insert the GAP4 fastener into the groove cut so that the clip’s cen-
to specific accessories. tral tabs adhere to the groove in the board.
03 04
Secure the screw in the two available holes. Position the next board by inserting it into the GAP4 fastener so
that the two tabs adhere to the groove in the board.
05 06
Using the CRAB MINI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap Repeat the operations for the remaining boards.
between them is 3 or 4 mm depending on aesthetic requirements Last board: repeat step 01,
(see product page 334).
OUTDOOR | GAP | 307

TERRALOCK
INVISIBLE
Completely concealed, guarantees a highly attractive result. Ideal for
both terraces and façades. Available in metal and plastic.
VENTILATION
The micro-ventilation under the boards prevents water stagnation, en-
suring excellent durability. The larger bearing surface ensures that the
substructure is not crushed.
INGENIOUS
Assembly stop for an accurate and simple installation of the fastener.
Slotted holes to follow movements of the wood. Allows replacement of
individual boards.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS extremely versatile joints and grooves
CLADDING aluminium coating, grey, black
BOARDS without grooving
FASTENERS KKTX520A4, KKAN430, KKF4520
MATERIAL
Carbon steel, with coloured anti-rust coating,
and brown polypropylene.
FIELDS OF USE
308 | TERRALOCK | OUTDOOR

GEOMETRY
TERRALOCK TERRALOCK PP
5 5 5 5
8 8 8 8
60 180 60 180
45 15 165 15 45 15 165 15
5 5
3 5 5 20 10 5 10 5 10
20 5 10 5 10 5 5
5 5
5 20 20 15 85 20 15 85
5 20 20 15 85 20 15 85
board L min = 100 mm
20 board L min = 145 mm
s s
s s
P P
P P
B B B B

TERRALOCK TERRALOCK PP

[mm] [mm]
TER60ALU zinc-plated steel 60 x 20 x 8 100 TER60PPM brown nylon 60 x 20 x 8 100
TER180ALU zinc-plated steel 180 x 20 x 8 50 TER180PPM brown nylon 180 x 20 x 8 50
TER60ALUN zinc-plated steel, black 60 x 20 x 8 100
Upon request also available in A2 | AISI304 stainless steel for quantities over
TER180ALUN zinc-plated steel, black 180 x 20 x 8 50 20,000 pcs (code TER60A2 e TER180A2).
KKT A4 | AISI316 / KKT COLOR KKF AISI410

fastening on wood and WPC for TERRALOCK fastening on wood and WPC for TERRALOCK PP

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
KKTX520A4 20 200 4,5 KKF4520 20 200
KKTX525A4 25 200 TX 20
5 KKF4540 40 200
KKTX530A4 30 200
TX 20
KKTX540A4 40 200
KKTN540 40 200
KKA COLOR SBN A2 | AISI304

fastening on aluminium for TERRALOCK fastening on aluminium for TERRALOCK PP

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
4 3,5
KKAN430 30 200 SBN3525 25 1000
TX 20 TX 15
TERRALOCK PP
Version in plastic, ideal for creating patios near
aquatic environments. Durability in time guar-
anteed by microventilation under the boards.
Totally concealed fastening.
OUTDOOR | TERRALOCK | 309

CONNECTOR SELECTION
TERRALOCK 60 TERRALOCK PP 60
A. TERRALOCK fastener 60: 2 pcs A. fastener TERRALOCK PP 60: 2 pcs
B. top screws: 4 pcs B. top screws: 4 pcs
C. bottom screws: 1 pc C. bottom screws: 1 pc
L L
B B
C C
B B
C C
A A
S S
B B
H H
L L
top screw minimum board minimum joist top screw minimum board minimum joist
bottom screw type bottom screw type
type thickness height type thickness height
B C B C
KKTX 5 x 20 S > 21 mm KKT 5 x 40 H > 40 mm KKF 4,5 x 20 S > 19 mm KKF 4,5 x 40 H > 38 mm
KKTX 5 x 25 S > 26 mm KKT 5 x 50 H > 50 mm
TERRALOCK 180 TERRALOCK PP 180

A. TERRALOCK fastener 180: 1 pc A. fastener TERRALOCK PP 180: 1 pc
B. top screws: 2 pcs B. top screws: 2 pcs
C. bottom screws: 1 pc C. bottom screws: 1 pc
L L
B B
C C
B B
C C
A A
S S
H H
L L
top screw minimum board minimum joist top screw minimum board minimum joist
bottom screw type bottom screw type
type thickness height type thickness height
B C B C
KKTX 5 x 20 S > 21 mm KKT 5 x 40 H > 40 mm KKF 4,5 x 20 S > 19 mm KKF 4,5 x 40 H > 38 mm
310 | TERRALOCK | OUTDOOR

TERRALOCK 60 INSTALLATION
01 02 03 04
Position two TERRALOCK Turn the board over and Fix each fastener to the It is recommended to use
60 fasteners per each fixing slide it under the previously sub-structure by inserting STAR spacers inserted be-
node. fastened board fixed to the a KKTX screw in one of the tween the boards.
sub-structure. two slotted holes.
TERRALOCK 180 INSTALLATION
01 02 03 04
For each board arrange one Turn the board over and Fix each fastener to the It is recommended to use
fastener and fix it by means slide it under the previously sub-structure by inserting STAR spacers inserted be-
of two KKTX screws. fastened board fixed to the a KKTX screw in one of the tween the boards.
sub-structure. two slotted holes.
CALCULATION EXAMPLE
i = i = joist spacing| L = board width | f = joint width

f
L TERRALOCK 60 TERRALOCK 180
i = 0,60 m | L = 140 mm | f = 7 mm i = 0,60 m | L = 140 mm | f = 7 mm
1m2 / i / (L + f) x 2 = pcs at m2 1m2 / i / (L + f) x 2 = pcs at m2

1m / 0,6 m / (0,14 m + 0,007 m) x 2 = 23 pcs /m
2 2
1m2/ 0,6 m / (0,14 m + 0,007 m) x 2 = 12 pcs /m2
i + 46 pcs top screws type B / m 2
+ 24 pcs top screws type B / m2
+ 12 pcs bottom screws type C / m 2
+ 12 pcs bottom screws type C / m2
DECKS WITH COMPLEX GEOMETRIES

Thanks to its special geometric configuration, the Terralock fastener allows to create decks with complex geometric layouts that will meet
any aesthetic requirement. The two slotted holes and optimal positioning of the end stop allow for assembly on inclined substructures.
OUTDOOR | TERRALOCK | 311

GROUND COVER
ANTI-VEGETATION TARP FOR SUBSTRATES
PERMEABLE
The anti-vegetation tarp prevents the growth of grasses and roots, pro-
tecting the patio substructure from the ground. Permeable to water, al-
lowing it to flow off.
STRONG
The polypropylene non-woven fabric (50 g/m2) effectively separates the
patio substructure from the ground. Dimensions optimised for patios
(1,6 m x 10 m).
CODE material g/m2 HxL A pcs

[m] [m2]
COVER50 NWF 50 1,6 x 10 10 1
Tensile strength MD/CD 95 / 55 N

Elongation MD/CD 35 / 80 %
MATERIAL
Non-woven fabric (NWF) in polypropylene (PP).
FIELDS OF USE
Separates substructure from ground.
312 | GROUND COVER | OUTDOOR

NAG
LEVELING PAD
OVERLAPPABLE
Available in 3 thicknesses (2.0, 3,0 and 5,0 mm), can also be overlapped
to obtain different thicknesses and thus effectively level the patio sub-
structure.
DURABILITY
The EPDM material guarantees excellent durability, is not subject to sag-
ging in time and does not suffer from exposure to sunlight.
GEOMETRY
CODE BxLxs density shore pcs

[mm] kg/m 3
NAG60602 60 x 60 x 2 1220 65 50 s
NAG60603 60 x 60 x 3 1220 65 30
L
NAG60605 60 x 60 x 5 1220 65 20 B
Operating temperature -35°C | +90°C
MATERIAL
EPDM, black.
FIELDS OF USE
Substructure levelling.
OUTDOOR | NAG | 313

GRANULO
GRANULAR RUBBER SUBSTRATE
THREE FORMATS
Available in sheet (GRANULOMAT 1,25 m x 10 m), roll (GRANULOROLL
and GRANULO100) or pad (GRANULOPAD 8 x 8 cm). Extremely versatile
thanks to the variety of formats.
GRAINY RUBBER
Made of granules of recycled rubber thermal-bonded with polyurethane.
Resistant to chemical interactions, maintains its characteristics in time
and is 100% recyclable.
ANTI-VIBRATION
The thermal-bonded rubber granules dampen vibrations, thus insulating
the noise produced by footsteps. Also ideal as a wall barrier and resilient
strip for acoustic separation.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS water-permeability and vibration-dampening
THICKNESS from 4,0 mm to 10,0 mm
DIMENSIONS mat, roll, PAD
substrate for substructures in wood,
USE
aluminium, WPC and PVC
MATERIAL
Rubber granules thermo-bound with PU.
FIELDS OF USE
Substrate for substructures in wood, alumini-
um, WPC and PVC. Outdoor use. Suitable for
314 | GRANULO | OUTDOOR

GEOMETRY
B
L s B s
B
B
GRANULO PAD GRANULO ROLL -GRANULO 100 GRANULO MAT
TECHNICAL DATA
PROPERTIES standard value

Hardness - 50 shore A
Density - 750 kg/m3
Apparent dynamic stiffness s’t ISO 29052-1 66 MN/m3
Theoretical estimate of the degree of footstep attenuation ∆L w (1)
ISO 12354-2 22,6 dB
System resonance frequency f0(1) ISO 12354-2 116,3 Hz
Compression deformation stress
10% deformation - 21 kPa
25% deformation - 145 kPa
Elongation at failure - 27 %
Thermal conductivity (λ) UNI EN 12667 0,033 W/mK
(1)
The load considered is m’=125 kg/m2.
CODE s B L pcs
[mm] [mm] [m]
GRANULOPAD 10 80 0,08 20
GRANULOROLL 8 80 6 1
GRANULO100 4 100 15 1
GRANULOMAT 6 1250 10 1
SOUNDPROOFING
Ideal as a substrate for patio substructures.
Permeable to water, ideal for outdoor use.
OUTDOOR | GRANULO | 315

TERRA BAND UV
BUTYL ADHESIVE TAPE
DECKS AND FACADES

Ideal for protecting joists from water and UV rays. Can be used for both
patios and façades, protecting and extending the life of the wooden
joists.
PERMANENT UV STABILITY
The black aluminized butyl-based compound guarantees unlimited re-
sistance to UV radiation that can penetrate between the joints between
patio and façade boards.
CODE s B L pcs
[mm] [mm] [m]
TERRAUV75 0,8 75 10 1
TERRAUV100 0,8 100 10 1
TERRAUV200 0,8 200 10 1
s: thickness | B: base| L: length
MATERIAL
Butyl-based compound coated with a black
aluminium separating film.
FIELDS OF USE
Protection against water and UV radiation.
316 | TERRA BAND UV | OUTDOOR

PROFID
SPACER PROFILE
VENTILATION
The square EPDM profile must be applied over the joists. Creates mi-
cro-ventilation under the boards and thus prevents water stagnation and
ensures excellent patio durability.
STRENGTH
The EPDM guarantees excellent durability. With a density of over 1200 kg/m3,
it guarantees high crushing resistance and is also ideal for high loads.
GEOMETRY
CODE s B L density shore pcs

[mm] [mm] [m] kg/m 3
L s
PROFID 8 8 40 1220 65 8
B
s: thickness | B: base| L: length
MATERIAL
EPDM.
FIELDS OF USE
Microventilation under the board.
OUTDOOR | PROFID | 317

JFA
ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FOR TERRACES
LEVELLING
The height-adjustable support can easily adapt to variations in substrate
level. The rise also allows for ventilation under the joists.
DOUBLE REGULATION
Can be adjusted both from below, with a SW 10 wrench, or from above,
using a flat-tip screwdriver. Fast, convenient, versatile system.
SUPPORT
The TPE plastic support base reduces the noise produced by footsteps.
The ball-joint can adapt to uneven surfaces.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS can be adjusted from above and below
HEIGHT 4,0 | 6,0 | 8,0 mm
DIMENSIONS Ø 8 mm
USE raising and levelling of the structure
MATERIAL
Carbon steel with zinc plated and austenitic
stainless steel A2 | AISI304,
FIELDS OF USE
Raising and levelling of the substructure. Out-
door use. Suitable for service classes 1-2-3.
318 | JFA | OUTDOOR

GEOMETRY
16
L
H
5757 5757 7777 7777 5757 5757
SW 10
404040
40
14
20
25 252525
25 252525
25 252525
25 252525
25
60 Ø8
TECHNICAL DATA
CODE JFA840 JFA860 JFA880 JFA860A2

Material carbon steel carbon steel carbon steel A2 | AISI304
Screw Ø x L [mm] 8 x 40 8 x 60 8 x 80 8 x 40
Assembly height R [mm] 25 ≤ R ≤ 40 25 ≤ R ≤ 57 25 ≤ R ≤ 77 25 ≤ R ≤ 57
Angle +/- 5° +/- 5° +/- 5° +/- 5°
Pre-drill for bush [mm] Ø 10 Ø 10 Ø 10 Ø 10
Adjustment nut SW 10 SW 10 SW 10 SW 10
Total height H [mm] 51 71 91 71
Admissible capacity Fadm kN 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8

JFA JFA A2 | AISI304
CODE material screw Ø x L pcs CODE material screw Ø x L pcs

[mm] [mm]
JFA840 carbon steel 8 x 40 100 JFA860A2 stainless steel 8 x 60 100
JFA860 carbon steel 8 x 60 100
JFA880 carbon steel 8 x 80 100
STAINLESS STEEL
Available also in A2 | AISI304 stainless steel to
for particularly aggressive environments.
OUTDOOR | JFA | 319

JFA INSTALLATION WITH ADJUSTMENT FROM BELOW
01 02 03 04
Trace the joist midline, The depth of the pre-drill Use a hammer to insert the Screw the support into the
indicating the position of the depends on the assembly bushing. bushing and turn the joist.
holes and then pre-drill a 10 height R and must be at least
mm diameter hole. 16 mm (bushing size).
05 06
Place the joist on the sub- Adjust the height of the sup- Detail of adjustment from Follow the course of the
strate, parallel to the one port from the bottom using a below. ground by acting inde-
previously laid. 10 mm SW wrench. pendently on the individual
supports.
JFA INSTALLATION WITH ADJUSTMENT FROM ABOVE
01 02 03 04
Trace the joist midline, We recommend a maximum Use a hammer to insert the Screw the support into the
indicating the position of the of 60 cm between supports, bushing. bushing and turn the joist.
holes and then pre-drill a 10 to be checked according to
mm diameter through hole. depending on the load.
H
05 06
Place the joist on the sub- Adjust the height of the sup- Detail of adjustment from Follow the course of the
strate, parallel to the one port from above using a flat above. ground by acting inde-
previously laid. screwdriver. pendently on the individual
supports.
320 | JFA | OUTDOOR

CALCULATION EXAMPLE
The number of supports per m2 is to be assessed according to the load magnitude and the joist spacing.
INCIDENCE OF SUPPORTS ON SURFACE (I):

q = load [kN/m2]
I = q / Fadm = pcs of JFA at m2
Fadm = admissible JFA capacity [kN]
MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS (a):

amax, JFA
a a= min
i amax, joist
with: amax, JFA = 1 / pc / m2 / i i = spacing between joists

flim = instantaneous strain limit between
3
E ∙ J ∙384 supports
amax, joist E = material elastic modulus
flim ∙ 5 ∙ q ∙ i J = joist section inertia modulus
PRACTICAL EXAMPLE
PROJECT DATA
A=6m
PATIO SURFACE
S = A x B = 6 m x 4 m = 24 m2
JOISTS
50 mm b = 50 mm
h = 30 mm
30 mm
i= 0,50 m
B=4m
LOADS
Overload
Category of use: category A q 4,00 kN/m2
(balconies)
(EN 1991-1-1)
Admissible JFA Fadm 0,80 kN

support capacity
0,50 m
Joist material C20 (EN 338:2016)
Limit for instantaneous deflection between supports flim a / 400 -

Material elastic moment E0,mean 9,5 kN/mm2
Moment of joist section inertia J (b ∙ h ) / 12
3
112500 mm4
Maximum joist deflection fmax (5/384) ∙ (q ∙ i ∙ a4)/(E ∙ J) -
JFA NUMBER CALCULATION

INCIDENCE NUMBER OF JFA SUPPORTS
I = q / Fadm = pcs of JFA at m 2
n = I ∙ S ∙ waste coeff. = pcs of JFA
I = 4,0 kN/m2 / 0,8 kN = 5,00 pcs/m2 n = 5,00 pcs/m2 ∙ 24 m2 ∙ 1,05 = 126 pcs of JFA
CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS

JOIST FLEXURAL LIMIT SUPPORT STRENGTH LIMIT
3
E ∙ J ∙384 amax, JFA = 1 / n / i
flim = fmax therefore: amax, joist
amax, JFA = 1 / 5,00 / 0,5 = 0,40 m
400 ∙ 5 ∙ q ∙ i
3
9,5 ∙ 112500 ∙ 384
amax, joist ∙ 10-3 = 0,47 m
400 ∙ 5 ∙ (4,0 ∙ 10-6) ∙ 500
amax, JFA 0,40 m

a = min = min = 0,40 m maximum distance between JFA supports
amax, joist 0,47 m
OUTDOOR | JFA | 321

SUPPORT
ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FOR TERRACES
THREE VERSIONS
The Small version (SUP-S) can be raised by up to 37 mm, the Medium
version (SUP-M) by up to 220 mm and the Large version (SUP-L) by up to
1020 mm. All versions are height adjustable.
STRENGTH
Sturdy system suitable for heavy loads. The Small (SUP-S) and Medium
(SUP-M) versions can handle up to 400 kg. The Large version (SUP-L) can
handle up to 800 kg.
COMBINABLE
All versions can be combined with a special head to facilitate lateral fas-
tening to the joist, which may be made of either wood or aluminium. A
tile adapter is also available on request.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS extreme versatility in levelling
HEIGHT from 22 mm to 1020 mm
LOWER BASE SUP-S Ø 150 mm SUP-M and SUP-L Ø 200 mm
STRENGTH from 400 to 800 kg
MATERIAL
Polypropylene (PP).
FIELDS OF USE
Raising and levelling of the substructure. Out-
door use. Suitable for service classes 1-2-3.
322 | SUPPORT | OUTDOOR

DURABILITY
UV-resistant and suitable also for aggressive
environment conditions. Ideal for use in com-
bination with ALU TERRACE.
ALU TERRACE
Ideal for use in combination with ALU TER-
RACE, fixed laterally with KKA screws. System
with excellent durability.
OUTDOOR | SUPPORT | 323

Fastening wooden joists on SUP-M support with head.
Patio made with ceramic tiles on SUP-M with special adapter.
ACCESSORY CODES AND DIMENSIONS
HEAD FOR SUP-S EXTENSION FOR SUP-M
CODE Ø Ø1 pcs CODE H pcs

Ø1 Ø
[mm] [mm] [mm] H
SUPSLHEAD1 70 3 x 14 20 SUPMEXT30 30 25
HEAD FOR SUP-M EXTENSION FOR SUP-L

Ø
CODE Ø pcs CODE H pcs
[mm] [mm] H
SUPMHEAD1 120 25 SUPLEXT100 100 20
HEAD FOR SUP-M Ø1

h
CODE BxP H Ø1 pcs
[mm] [mm] [mm] SLOPE ADAPTER FOR SUP-M AND SUP-L
P B
SUPMHEAD2 120 x 90 30 3 x 14 25
HEAD FOR SUP-L CODE Ø pcs

Ø
[mm]
CODE Ø Ø1 pcs Ø
Ø1 SUPCORRECT1 200 1% 20
[mm] [mm] SUPCORRECT2 200 2% 20
SUPSLHEAD1 70 3 x 14 20 SUPCORRECT3 200 3% 20

CODES AND DIMENSIONS - SUP-S
Ø
CODE Ø H pcs
[mm] [mm]
SUPS2230 150 22 - 30 20
SUPS2837 150 28 - 37 20
CODES AND DIMENSIONS - SUP-M
CODE Ø H pcs
[mm] [mm]
SUPM3550 200 35 -50 25
SUPM5070 200 50 - 70 25
SUPM65100 200 65 - 100 25
SUPM95130 200 95 - 130 25
SUPM125160 200 125 - 160 25
SUPM155190 200 155 - 190 25
SUPM185220 200 185 - 220 25
CODES AND DIMENSIONS - SUP-L
Ø +H
CODE Ø H pcs CODE Ø H pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
SUPL3550 200 35 - 50 20 SUPL415520 200 415 - 520 20
SUPL5075 200 50 - 75 20 SUPL515620 200 515 - 620 20
SUPL75120 200 75 - 120 20 SUPL615720 200 615 - 720 20
SUPL115220 200 115 - 220 20 SUPL715820 200 715 - 820 20
SUPL215320 200 215 - 320 20 SUPL815920 200 815 - 920 20
SUPL315420 200 315 - 420 20 SUPL9151020 200 915 - 1020 20

SUP-S INSTALLATION
01 02 03
Simply set the joist on the SUP-S or screw it to the SUP-S with 4,5 mm diameter KKF screws.
INSTALLATION OF SUP-S WITH SUPSLHEAD1
01 02 03 04
KF
K
X
KF
K
KK
F
X
KK
F
X
Place the head SUPSLHEAD1 on the SUP-S and fix the joist with 4,5 mm diameter KKF screws.
INSTALLATION OF SUP-M WITH SUPMHEAD1
01 02 03 04
KF
K
KK
F
KK
F
Place the head SUPMHEAD1 on the SUP-M and fix the joist laterally with 4,5 mm diameter KKF screws.
INSTALLATION OF SUP-M WITH SUPMHEAD2
01 02 03 04
KF
X
K
KF
X
K
Place the head SUPMHEAD2 on the SUP-M and fix the joist with KKF 4,5 mm diameter screws.

INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPSLHEAD1
01 02 03 04
360°
H KK
F
X
KK
F
X
Place the head SUPSLHEAD1 on the SUP-L, adjust the height of the base as needed and fix the joist laterally with 4,5 mm diameter KKF
screws.
INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPSLHEAD1
01 02 03 04
360°
KK
F
X
KK
F
X
Add the SUPLEXT100 extension to the SUP-L support and then position the SUPSLHEAD1 head. Adjust the height of the base as needed
and fix the joist laterally with 4,5 mm diameter KKF screws.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS - FASTENING

KKF AISI410
d1 CODE L pcs
[mm] [mm]
KKF4520 20 200
KF
KKF4540 40 200
K
KK
F
4,5 KKF4545 45 200

TX 20 KKF4550 50 200
KKF4560 60 200
KKF4570 70 200

ALU TERRACE
ALUMINIUM PROFILE FOR PATIOS
TWO VERSIONS
ALUTERRA30 version for standard loads. ALUTERRA50 version, in black,
for very high loads; can be used on both sides.
SUPPORT EVERY 1,10 m

ALUTERRA50 designed with a very high inertia so that the SUPPORTS
can be positioned every 1,10 m (along the profile midline), even with high
loads (4,0 kN/m2).
DURABILITY
The substructure made of aluminium profiles guarantees excellent patio
durability. The drainage channel allows water to run off and generates
effective micro-ventilation.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS excellent durability and strength
SECTIONS 53 x 30 mm and 63 x 50 mm
THICKNESS 1,8 mm | 2,2 mm
MATERIAL
Versions in aluminium and in anodized alu-
minium (class 15) in graphite black.
FIELDS OF USE
Patio substructure. Outdoor use. Suitable for
328 | ALU TERRACE | OUTDOOR

DISTANCE 1,10 m
With an inter-profile distance of 80 cm (load:
4,0 kN/m2), the SUPPORTS can be spaced
1,10 m apart and placed along the ALUTER-
RACE50 midline.
COMPLETE SYSTEM
Ideal for use in combination with ALU TER-
RACE, fixed laterally with KKA screws. System
with excellent durability.
OUTDOOR | ALU TERRACE | 329

Stabilization of ALUTERRA50 with stainless steel plates and KKA screws.
Aluminium substructure made with ALUTERRA30

and resting on GRANULO PAD
ACCESSORY CODES AND DIMENSIONS

s
s
s H
s H
P M
M P P
M M P
LBVI15100 WHOI1540 FLIP FLAT
CODE material s M P H pcs CODE material pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] FLAT black alluminum 200
LBVI15100 A2 | AISI304 1,75 15 100 -- 200 FLIP zinc-plated steel 200
WHOI1540 A2 | AISI304 1,75 15 40 40 200
KKA AISI410 KKA COLOR

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
4 KKAN420 20 200
KKA420 20 200
TX 20 4
KKAN430 30 200
KKA540 40 100 TX 20
5
KKAN440 40 200
TX 25 KKA550 50 100
5
KKAN540 40 200
TX 25

GEOMETRY
12 36 12 12 36 12 s
5 43 5 5 43 s
19 5 19
20,3 15,5 5020,3 15,5 50

30 H 30 MH
P 15,5 15,5 P
9,7 9,7
53 60 53 B 60
B
ALU TERRACE 30 ALU TERRACE 50
CODE s B P H pcs CODE s B P H pcs

ALUTERRA30 1,8 53 2200 30 1 ALUTERRA50 2,5 63 2200 50 1
NOTES: upon request, P= 3000 mm version is available.
EXAMPLE OF FASTENING WITH SCREWS AND ALUTERRA30
01 02 03 04
Place the ALU TERRACE Fix the ALU TERRACE with Fix the wooden or WPC Repeat the operations for
on the SUP-S fit with head 4,0 mm diameter KKAN. boards directly on the ALU the remaining boards.
SUPSLHEAD1. TERRACE with 5,0 mm
diameter KKA screws.
EXAMPLE OF FASTENING WITH CLIP AND ALUTERRA50
01 02 03 04
Place the ALU TERRACE Fix the ALU TERRACE with Fix the boards using FLAT Repeat the operations for
on the SUP-S fit with head 4,0 mm diameter KKAN. concealed clips and 4,0 mm the remaining boards.
SUPSLHEAD1. diameter KKAN screws.

EXAMPLE PLACEMENT ON GRANULO PAD
01 02
Several ALUTERRA30 units can be connected lengthwise using Line up the ends of 2 aluminium profiles.
stainless steel plates. Connection is optional.
03 04
Place the LBVI15100 stainless steel plate on the aluminium profiles Do this on both sides to maximize stability.
and fix with 4,0 x 20 KKA screws.
EXAMPLE PLACEMENT ON SUPPORT
01 02
KF
K
X
KF
K
Several ALUTERRA50 units can be connected lengthwise using Connect the aluminium profiles with KKAN screws (diameter: 4,0
stainless steel plates. Connection is optional if the joint coincides mm) and place 2 aluminium profiles end to end.
with placement on the SUPPORT.
03 04
Place the LBVI15100 stainless steel plate on the lateral holes in the Do this on both sides to maximize stability.
aluminium profiles and fix with 4,0 x 20 KKA screws or KKAN 4,0
mm diameter.

MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS (a)
ALU TERRACE 30
ALU TERRACE 30
SUPPORT
i = joists spacing i
a a
a = distance between
supports
i
OPERATING i
LOAD [m]
[kN/m2] 0,4 0,45 0,5 0,55 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0
2.0 0,77 0,74 0,71 0,69 0,67 0,64 0,61 0,59 0,57
3,0 0,67 0,65 0,62 0,60 0,59 0,56 0,53 0,51 0,49
4,0 0,61 0,59 0,57 0,55 0,53 0,51 0,48 0,47 0,45
5,0 0,57 0,54 0,53 0,51 0,49 0,47 0,45 0,43 0,42
ALU TERRACE 50
ALU TERRACE 50
SUPPORT
i
i = joists spacing
a a
a = distance between
supports
i
OPERATING i
LOAD [m]
[kN/m2] 0,4 0,45 0,5 0,55 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0
2.0 1,70 1,64 1,58 1,53 1,49 1,41 1,35 1,30 1,25
3,0 1,49 1,43 1,38 1,34 1,30 1,23 1,18 1,14 1,10
4,0 1,35 1,30 1,25 1,22 1,18 1,12 1,07 1,03 1,00
5,0 1,25 1,21 1,16 1,13 1,10 1,04 1,00 0,96 0,92
NOTES:
• Example with deformation L/300; The calculation was performed with a static diagram on a simple support
• Useful load according to EN 1991-1-1: span and considering a uniformly distributed load.
-- Category A areas = 2,0 ÷ 4,0 kN /m²;

-- Areas susceptible to category C2 crowding = 3,0 ÷ 4,0 kN/m²;
-- Areas susceptible to category C3 crowding = 3,0 ÷ 5,0 kN/m²;

STAR
STAR FOR DISTANCES
CODE thickness pcs

[mm]
STAR from 4 to 8 1
CRAB MINI
PATIO CLAMP
CODE opening compression pcs

[mm] [kg]
CRABMINI 263 - 415 max. 200 1
334 | STAR | CRAB MINI | OUTDOOR

SHIM
LEVELLING WEDGES
CODE colour LxPxs pcs

[mm]
SHBLUE blue 100 x 22 x 1 500
SHBLACK black 100 x 22 x 2 500
SHRED red 100 x 22 x 3 500
SHWHITE white 100 x 22 x 4 500
SHYELLOW yellow 100 x 22 x 5 500
Also available in the LARGE version.
BROAD
COUNTERBORE CUTTER FOR KKT, KKZ, KKA
CODE Øbit Øcounterbore cutter Lbit LT pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BROAD1 4 6.5 41 75 1
BROAD2 6 9.5 105 150 1
OUTDOOR | SHIM | BROAD | 335

TIMBER-METAL
TIMBER-METAL
TIMBER-METAL
SBS - SPP
SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-METAL SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
SBS A2 | AISI304
SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-METAL SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
SBN - SBN A2 | AISI304

SELF-DRILLING METAL SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
WBAZ
STAINLESS STEEL WASHER
WITH SEALING GASKET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
TBS EVO
FLANGE HEAD SCREW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
MTS A2 | AISI304
SCREW FOR METAL SHEET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
MCS A2 | AISI304
SCREW WITH WASHER FOR SHEET METAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
TIMBER-METAL | 339
SBS - SPP BIT INCLUDED
SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-METAL SCREW
TIMBER-METAL TIP
Special self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling
capacity both in aluminium (thickness: up to 8 mm) and steel (thickness:
up to 6 mm).
CUTTING FINS
The fins protect the screw thread during penetration into the wood. They
guarantee maximum threading efficiency in metal and perfect adhesion
between the thickness of the wood and the metal.
WIDE RANGE
The SPP version, with partially thread, is ideal for fastening sandwich
panels, even thick ones, to steel. Very sharp under-head ribs for a perfect
surface finish on the wooden element.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS self-perforating tip with protective fins
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Direct fastening, without pre-drill, of wood-
en elements to steel (maximum thickness
8.0 mm) or aluminium (maximum thickness
10,0 mm) substructures.
340 | SBS - SPP | TIMBER-METAL

GEOMETRY
A A
s s
SB S
SP P
dk d2 d1 dk d2 d1
t1 b Lp t1 b Lp
L L
SBS SPP
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 4,2 4,8 5,5 6,3 6,3
Tip diameter d2 [mm] 3,30 3,50 4,15 4,85 4,85
Tip length Lp [mm] 10,0 10,5 11,5 15,0 20,0
INSTALLATION
01 02 03
Recommended screwing:
≈ 1000 - 1500 rpm (steel plate)
≈ 600 - 1000 rpm (aluminium plate)

SBS SPP
d1 CODE L b A s1 s2 pcs d1 CODE L b A s1 s2 pcs

4,2 SBS4232 32 19 17 1÷3 2÷4 500 SPP63125 125 60 96 6÷8 8÷10 100
TX 20 SBS4238 38 25 23 1÷3 2÷4 500 SPP63145 145 60 116 6÷8 8÷10 100
4,8 SBS4838 38 23 21 2÷4 3÷5 200 SPP63165 165 60 136 6÷8 8÷10 100
TX 25 SBS4845 6.3
45 30 28 2÷4 3÷5 200 SPP63180 180 60 151 6÷8 8÷10 100
TX 30
5.5 SBS5545 45 29 26 3÷5 4÷6 200 SPP63200 200 60 171 6÷8 8÷10 100
TX 25 SBS5550 50 34 31 3÷5 4÷6 200 SPP63220 220 60 191 6÷8 8÷10 100
SBS6360 60 40 36 4÷6 6÷8 100 SPP63240 240 60 211 6÷8 8÷10 100
6.3 SBS6370 70 50 46 4÷6 6÷8 100 s1 thickness, steel plate S235/St37
TX 30 SBS6385 85 65 61 4÷6 6÷8 100
SBS63100 100 80 76 4÷6 6÷8 100
SIP PANELS
The SPP version is ideal for fastening SIP pan-
els and sandwich panels thanks to the com-
plete range of lengths (up to 240 mm).
TIMBER-METAL | SBS - SPP | 341

SBS A2 | AISI304 BIT INCLUDED
SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-METAL SCREW
BIMETAL SCREW
The head and body are made of A2 | AISI304 stainless steel, thus pro-
viding high resistant to corrosion. The tip is made of carbon steel for
excellent drilling performance.
TIMBER-METAL TIP
Special self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling
capacity both in aluminium and steel. The fins protect the screw thread
during penetration into the wood.
STAINLESS STEEL
The A2 | AISI304 stainless steel head and body make it ideal for outdoor
applications. Very sharp under-head ribs for a perfect surface finish on
the wooden element.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS self-perforating tip with protective fins
MATERIAL
A2 | AISI304 stainless steel.
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Suit-
able for service classes 1-2-3. Direct fastening,
without pre-drill, of wooden elements to steel
(maximum thickness 6.0 mm) or aluminium
(maximum thickness 8.0 mm) substructures.
342 | SBS A2 | AISI304 | TIMBER-METAL

GEOMETRY
A
s
dk d2 d1
t1 b Lp
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 4,8 5,5 6,3

Tip length Lp [mm] 10,25 10,00 12,00
INSTALLATION
01 02 03
Recommended screwing:
≈ 1000 - 1500 rpm (steel plate)
≈ 600 - 1000 rpm (aluminium plate)
d1 CODE L b A s1 s2 pcs d1 CODE L b A s1 s2 pcs

4,8 6.3 SBSA26370 70 53 49 3 ÷6 4 ÷8 100

SBSA24845 45 31 30 1 ÷3 2 ÷3 200
TX 25 TX 30 SBSA263120 120 103 99 3 ÷6 4 ÷8 100
5.5 s2 thickness, aluminium plate
SBSA25555 55 39 37 2 ÷5 3 ÷5 200
TX 25
OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENT
The A2 | AISI304 stainless steel makes it ide-
al for use outdoors or in aggressive environ-
ments.
TIMBER-METAL | SBS A2 | AISI304 | 343

SBN - SBN A2 | AISI304
SELF-DRILLING METAL SCREW
TIP FOR METAL

Special self-perforating tip for iron and steel in thicknesses ranging from
0,7 mm to 5,25 mm. Ideal for fastening overlapping sections of metal
and sheet metal.
FINE THREAD
Fine thread ideal for precise fastening on sheet metal or for met-
al-to-metal or timber-to-metal couplings.
STAINLESS STEEL
Also available in a bimetal version with head and body in A2 | AISI304
stainless steel and tip in carbon steel. Ideal for outdoor fastening of clips
on aluminium supports.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS self-perforating bit with protective fins
MATERIAL
Carbon steel with bright zinc plated or stain-
less steel A2 | AISI304,
FIELDS OF USE
Direct fastening, without pre-drill, of met-
al structural elements to metal substructures
(maximum thickness: 5.25 mm).
344 | SBN - SBN A2 | AISI304 | TIMBER-METAL

GEOMETRY
A
s
dk d1
t1 b Lp
L
Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 3,5 3,9 4,2 4,8 5,5

Tip length Lp [mm] 5,00 4,70 5,40 6,40 7,20

SBN SBN A2 | AISI304
d1 CODE L b A s pcs d1 CODE L b A s pcs

3,5 3,5
SBN3525 25 16 16 0,7 ÷ 2.25 500 SBNA23525 25 16 18 0,7 ÷ 2.25 1000
TX 15 TX 15
3.9 3.9
SBN3932 35 27 26 0,7 ÷ 2.40 200 SBNA23932 32 24 25 0,7 ÷ 2.40 1000
TX 15 TX 15
4,2
SBN4238 38 30 29 1,75 ÷ 3,00 200
TX 20
4,8
SBN4845 45 34 32 1,75 ÷ 4,40 200
TX 25
5.5
SBN5550 50 38 34 1,75 ÷ 5.25 200
TX 25
SBN A2 | AISI304
Ideal for outdoor fastening to standard Rotho-
blaas aluminium clips.
TIMBER-METAL | SBN - SBN A2 | AISI304 | 345

WBAZ
STAINLESS STEEL WASHER WITH SEALING
GASKET
WATERPROOF
Perfect watertight closure and excellent sealing thanks to the EPDM
sealing gasket.
RESISTANT TO UV RAYS
Excellent resistance to UV rays. Ideal for outdoor use thanks to the ad-
aptability of the EPDM gasket and washer in stainless steel A2 | AISI304,
VERSATILITY
Ideal for use on sheets (thickness: up to 0,7 mm) in combination with
TBS EVO Ø6 screws, that can be installed without pre-drill, or with MTS
A2 | AISI304 screws, installed with pre-drill.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS water-tightness and UV strength
GASKET EPDM
SCREWS DIAMETER from 6,0 mm to 6,5 mm
FASTENING TBS EVO, MTS A2 | AISI304
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Watertight and UV-resistant fastening of metal
sheets to wooden substructures using TBS EVO
or MTS screws.
346 | WBAZ | TIMBER-METAL

D1
CODE screw D2 H D1 pcs

H [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
WBAZ25A2 6,0 - 6,5 25 15 6,5 100
D2
INSTALLATION
TBS EVO + WBAZ fastening package
ØxL [mm]
6 x 60 min. 0 - max. 40
A
A 6 x 80 min. 10 - max. 60
6 x 100 min. 30 - max. 80
6 x 120 min. 50 - max. 100
6 x 140 min. 70 - max. 120
6 x 160 min. 90 - max. 140
6 x 180 min. 110 - max. 160
6 x 200 min. 130 - max. 180
A MTS A2 + WBAZ fastening package

A ØxL [mm]
6 x 80 min. 10 - max. 60
6 x 100 min. 30 - max. 80
6 x 120 min. 50 - max. 100
Correct tightening Excessive tightening Insufficient tightening Tightening

off axis
NOTES: The thickness of the washer after installation is approximately 8 - 9mm.
FAUX ROOFING TILE

Can also be used on sandwich panels, corru-
gated panels and faux roofing tiles.
TIMBER-METAL | WBAZ | 347

FLANGE HEAD SCREW
EVO C4 COATING
SELF-DRILLING FOR SHEET METAL

Direct fastening on sheet metal (thickness: up to 0,7 mm) without requir-
ing any pre-drill. Ideal in combination with WBAZ washer.
d1 CODE L b A pcs
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
TBSEVO660 60 40 20 100 GEOMETRY
TBSEVO680 80 50 30 100
TBSEVO6100 100 60 40 100
6 TBSEVO6120 120 75 45 100
A
TX 30 TBSEVO6140 140 75 65 100 A
TBSEVO6160 160 75 85 100
TBSEVO6180 180 75 105 100
TBSEVO6200 200 75 125 100
NOTE: codes, techniques and further information on page 82.
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Can be installed on sheets up to 0,7 mm thick
without pre-drilling. Suitable for service class-
es 1-2-3. Ideal in coupling with WBAZ washer.
348 | TBS EVO | TIMBER-METAL

MTS A2 | AISI304
SCREWS FOR SHEET METAL
HEXAGONAL HEAD
Ideal for use in combination with WBAZ washers to achieve water-tight
fastening to sheet metal; requires a pre-drill. The hexagonal head facili-
tates any subsequent removal.
STAINLESS STEEL
The A2 | AISI304 stainless steel ensures high resistance to corrosion and
excellent durability, even in very aggressive environments.
GEOMETRY
d1 CODE dK duK L b A pcs A

A
MTS680 8 12,5 80 58 20÷40 100
6
MTS6100 8 12,5 100 58 40÷60 100
SW 8
MTS6120 8 12,5 120 58 60÷80 100
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Can be used outdoors in aggressive environ-
ments. Suitable for service classes 1-2-3. Ideal
in coupling with WBAZ washer.
TIMBER-METAL | MTS A2 | AISI304 | 349

MCS A2 | AISI304 BIT INCLUDED
SCREW WITH WASHER FOR SHEET METAL
INTEGRATED WASHER
A2 | AISI304 stainless steel screw with integrated A2 | AISI304 stainless
steel washer and EPDM gasket.
STAINLESS STEEL
The A2 | AISI304 stainless steel ensures high resistance to corrosion. Also
available in various colours: copper or chocolate brown.
TORX BIT
Convex head with Torx slot for secure fastening of sheet metal on wood
or plaster. Ideal for fastening gutters to wood and corrugated sheet metal.
CHARACTERISTICS
FOCUS washer with integrated EPDM gasket
WASHER A2 | AISI304 stainless steel
GASKET EPDM
DIAMETER 4,5 mm
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Can be used outdoors in aggressive environ-
ments. Suitable for service classes 1-2-3. Fas-
tening metal structural elements to wooden
substructures.
350 | MCS A2 | AISI304 | TIMBER-METAL

GEOMETRY
D dk d1

Head diameter dk [mm] 8.30
Diameter of washer D [mm] 20,00

MCS A2: stainless steel MCS CU: copper finish

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
MCS4525A2 25 200 MCS4525CU 25 200
MCS4535A2 35 200 MCS4535CU 35 200
MCS4545A2 45 200 MCS4545CU 45 200
4,5 4,5
MCS4560A2 60 200 MCS4560CU 60 200
TX 20 TX 20
MCS4580A2 80 200 MCS4580CU 80 200
MCS45100A2 100 200 MCS45100CU 100 200
MCS45120A2 120 200 MCS45120CU 120 200
MCS M: RAL 8017 - chocolate brown MCS B: RAL 9002 - light grey

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
MCS4525A2M 25 200 MCS4525A2B 25 200
4,5 4,5
MCS4535A2M 35 200 MCS4535A2B 35 200
TX 20 TX 20
MCS4545A2M 45 200 MCS4545A2B 45 200
PERGOLAS
Ideal for fastening corrugated sheet metal on
the wooden pergolas and outdoor structures.
TIMBER-METAL | MCS A2 | AISI304 | 351

COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS
COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS
COMPLEMENTARY
PRODUCTS
A 10 M
CORDLESS DRILL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
A 18 M BL
CORDLESS DRILL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
KMR 3373
AUTOMATIC LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
KMR 3372
AUTOMATIC LOADER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
KMR 3338
SCREWDRIVER WITH AUTOMATIC LOADER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
KMR 3352
SCREWDRIVER WITH AUTOMATIC LOADER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
IMPULS
PULSE SCREW GUN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
B 13 B
POWERED SCREWDRIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
BIT
TORX BITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
SBD INSTALLATION DEVICE

COLUMN SCREWING STATION FOR
SBD SELF-DRILLING DOWELS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
D 38 RLE
4-SPEED CORDLESS SCREWDRIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
SET
COUNTERBORE CUTTER WITH DEPTH STOP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
DRIVER BIT HOLDERS

WITH END STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
TWIST DRILL BITS

FOR DEEP DRILLING IN SOFT
AND EUROPEAN HARDWOODS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
HSS WOOD DRILL BIT

TWIST DRILL BITS FOR HARDWOOD,
MELAMINE-FACED BOARDS AND OTHER MATERIALS. . . . . . . . 366
JIG VGZ
TEMPLATE FOR 45° SCREWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
JIG VGU
TEMPLATE FOR VGU WASHER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS | 355

A 10 M
CORDLESS DRILL
• Soft / hard torque: 17/34 Nm

• Nominal minimum 1st gear: 0 - 360 (1/min)
• Nominal minimum 2nd gear: 0 - 1400 (1/min)
• Nominal tension: 10,8 V
• Weight: 0,8 kg

MA919901 MIDIMAX IN T-MAX 1
MA919902 MAXIMAX IN T-MAX 1
A 18 M BL
CORDLESS DRILL
• Soft / hard torque: 44/90 Nm

• Nominal minimum 1st gear: 0 - 600 (1/min)
• Nominal minimum 2nd gear: 0 - 2050 (1/min)
• Nominal tension: 18 V
• Weight: 1,7 kg

MA91A001 MIDIMAX IN T-MAX 1
MA91A040 MAXIMAX IN T-MAX 1
356 | A 10 M | A 18 M BL | COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS

KMR 3373
AUTOMATIC LOADER
• Screw length: 25 - 50 mm
• Screw diameter: 3,5 - 4,2 mm
• Compatible with A 18 M BL

HH3373 loader for cordless screwdriver 1
HH14411591 1 metre extension 1
KMR 3372
AUTOMATIC LOADER
• Screw diameter: 4,5 - 5 mm
• Compatible with A 18 M BL

HH3372 loader for cordless screwdriver 1
COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS | KMR 3373 | KMR 3372 | 357

KMR 3338
SCREWDRIVER WITH AUTOMATIC LOADER
• Screw diameter: 4,5 - 5 mm
• Performance: 0 - 2850/750 (1/min/W)
• Weight: 2.9 kg

HH3338 automatic screwdriver 1
KMR 3352
SCREWDRIVER WITH AUTOMATIC LOADER
• Screw diameter: 3,5 - 4,2 mm
• Performance: 0 - 2850/750 (1/min/W)
• Weight: 2.2 kg

HH3352 automatic screwdriver 1
358 | KMR 3338 | KMR 3352 | COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS

IMPULS
PULSE SCREW GUN
• Torque: 50 - 140 - 205 Nm

• Loadless speed: 0 - 2300 rpm
• Battery capacity - Li-ion: 3,0 Ah
• Nominal tension: 18 V
• Weight: 1,35 kg
• Connection: 1/2" (inches)

PANIMP18 pulse screw gun 1
B 13 B
POWERED SCREWDRIVER
• Rated power consumption: 760 W

• Screw without pre-drill: 11 x 400 mm screws
• Torque: 120 Nm
• Weight: 2.8 kg
• Neck Ø: 43 mm
• Rpm under load in 1st, 2nd speed: 170 - 1320 U/min

DUB13B powered screwdriver 1
COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS | IMPULS | B 13 B | 359

BIT
TORX BITS

BITS 6.3
L CODE bit colour pcs geometry

[mm]
TX1025 TX 10 yellow 10
TX1525 TX 15 white 10
TX2025 TX 20 orange 10
25 TX2525 TX 25 red 10
TX3025 TX 30 purple 10
TX4025 TX 40 blue 10
TX5025 TX 50 green 10
TX2050 TX 20 orange 5
TX2550 TX 25 red 5
50
TX3050 TX 30 purple 5
TX4050 TX 40 blue 5
TX5050 TX 50 green 5
75 TX2075 TX 20 orange 5
TX2575 TX 25 red 5
BITS 6.3

[mm]
TXE3050 TX 30 purple 5
50
TXE4050 TX 40 blue 5
LONG BITS

[mm]
150 TX25150 TX 25 red 1
200 TX30200 TX 30 purple 1
350 TX30350 TX 30 purple 1
150 TX40150 TX 40 blue 1
200 TX40200 TX 40 blue 1
350 TX40350 TX 40 blue 1
520 TX40520 TX 40 blue 1
150 TX50150 TX 50 green 1
DRIVER BIT HOLDER
CODE description pcs geometry
TXHOLD 60 mm - magnetic 5
360 | BIT | COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS

SBD INSTALLATION DEVICE
COLUMN SCREWING STATION
FOR SBD SELF-DRILLING DOWELS
FAST
Works at the optimum speed for inserting SBD dowels.
PRECISE
Guarantees perfect vertical/horizontal operation.
PRACTICAL
Makes it possible to insert dowels properly, without any great effort.

• Power output: 680 W
• Rpm under load: 0 - 520 U/min
• Machine weight (without column): 4,35 kg
• Total weight: 10,2 kg
• Cable length: 4 m

SBDTOOL SBD installation device 1
COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS | SBD INSTALLATION DEVICE | 361

D 38 RLE
4-SPEED CORDLESS SCREWDRIVER

• Drilling Ø on:
• steel with solid drill bit: up to 32 mm
• wood with solid drill bit: up to 130 mm
• polypropylene with LS hole cutter: up to 600 mm
• Rpm under load in 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th speed:
120 - 210 - 380 - 650 U/min
• Weight: 8.6 kg
• Mandrel connection: conical MK 3

DUD38RLE 4-speed screwdriver 1
ACCESSORIES
FRICTION SCREW HANDLE MANDREL
• Tightening torque 200 Nm • Increased safety • Opening 1-13 mm
• Square connection 1/2”
CODE pcs CODE pcs CODE pcs

DUVSKU 1 DUD38SH 1 ATRE2014 1
ADAPTER 1 ADAPTER 2 SLEEVES

• For MK3 • For sleeve • For RTR
CODE Ø pcs
CODE pcs CODE pcs ATCS007 16 mm 1
ATRE2019 1 ATCS2010 1 ATCS008 20 mm 1
362 | D 38 RLE | COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS

SET
COUNTERBORE CUTTER WITH DEPTH STOP
• Particularly indicated for build terraces

• The depth stop with rotating support, is fixed element in working,
leaving no traces on the material
CODE Ø tip Ø counterbore cutter pcs

[mm] [mm]
F3577040 4, 5, 6 12 1
DRIVER BIT HOLDERS

WITH END STOP
• With O-ring to prevent wood damage at end of travel

• The internal device automatically stops the driver bit holder when it
reaches the preset depth
CODE Ø tip Ø counterbore cutter pcs

[mm] [mm]
AT4030 adjustable depth 5 1
COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS | SET | DRIVER BIT HOLDERS | 363

TWIST DRILL BITS
FOR DEEP DRILLING IN SOFT AND EUROPEAN HARDWOODS
• In alloy tool steel

• With round-section twist flute, threaded tip, very high quality main cutting edge and roughing tooth
• Version with independent head and hex shank (starting from Ø 8 mm)
CODE Ø tip Ø shank LT LE pcs CODE Ø tip Ø shank LT LE pcs

F1410205 5 4,5 235 160 1 F1410314 14 13 320 255 1
F1410206 6 5,5 235 160 1 F1410316 16 13 320 255 1
F1410207 7 6,5 235 160 1 F1410318 18 13 320 255 1
F1410208 8 7,8 235 160 1 F1410320 20 13 320 255 1
F1410210 10 9,8 235 160 1 F1410322 22 13 320 255 1
F1410212 12 11,8 235 160 1 F1410324 24 13 320 255 1
F1410214 14 13 235 160 1 F1410326 26 13 320 255 1
F1410216 16 13 235 160 1 F1410328 28 13 320 255 1
F1410218 18 13 235 160 1 F1410330 30 13 320 255 1
F1410220 20 13 235 160 1 F1410332 32 13 320 255 1
F1410222 22 13 235 160 1 F1410407 7 6,5 460 380 1
F1410224 24 13 235 160 1 F1410408 8 7,8 460 380 1
F1410228 28 13 235 160 1 F1410410 10 9,8 460 380 1
F1410230 30 13 235 160 1 F1410412 12 11,8 460 380 1
F1410232 32 13 235 160 1 F1410414 14 13 460 380 1
F1410242 42 13 235 160 1 F1410416 16 13 460 380 1
F1410305 5 4,5 320 255 1 F1410418 18 13 460 380 1
F1410306 6 5,5 320 255 1 F1410420 20 13 460 380 1
F1410307 7 6,5 320 255 1 F1410422 22 13 460 380 1
F1410308 8 7,8 320 255 1 F1410312 12 11,8 320 255 1
F1410309 9 8 320 255 1 F1410314 14 13 320 255 1
F1410310 10 9,8 320 255 1 F1410316 16 13 320 255 1
F1410312 12 11,8 320 255 1 F1410318 18 13 320 255 1
364 | TWIST DRILL BITS | COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS


F1410320 20 13 320 255 1 F1410618 18 13 650 535 1
F1410322 22 13 320 255 1 F1410620 20 13 650 535 1
F1410324 24 13 320 255 1 F1410622 22 13 650 535 1
F1410326 26 13 320 255 1 F1410624 24 13 650 535 1
F1410328 28 13 320 255 1 F1410626 26 13 650 535 1
F1410330 30 13 320 255 1 F1410628 28 13 650 535 1
F1410332 32 13 320 255 1 F1410630 30 13 650 535 1
F1410407 7 6,5 460 380 1 F1410632 32 13 650 535 1
F1410408 8 7,8 460 380 1 F1410014 14 13 1.080 1.010 1
F1410410 10 9,8 460 380 1 F1410016 16 13 1.080 1.010 1
F1410412 12 11,8 460 380 1 F1410018 18 13 1.080 1.010 1
F1410414 14 13 460 380 1 F1410020 20 13 1.080 1.010 1
F1410416 16 13 460 380 1 F1410022 22 13 1.080 1.010 1
F1410418 18 13 460 380 1 F1410024 24 13 1.080 1.010 1
F1410420 20 13 460 380 1 F1410026 26 13 1.080 1.010 1
F1410422 22 13 460 380 1 F1410028 28 13 1.080 1.010 1
F1410424 24 13 460 380 1 F1410030 30 13 1.080 1.010 1
F1410426 26 13 460 380 1 F1410032 32 13 1.080 1.010 1
F1410428 28 13 460 380 1 F1410134 34 13 1.000 380 1
F1410430 30 13 460 380 1 F1410136 36 13 1.000 380 1
F1410432 32 13 460 380 1 F1410138 38 13 1.000 380 1
F1410440 40 13 450 380 1 F1410140 40 13 1.000 380 1
F1410450 50 13 450 380 1 F1410145 45 13 1.000 380 1
F1410612 12 11,8 650 535 1 F1410150 50 13 1.000 380 1
F1410614 14 13 650 535 1
F1410616 16 13 650 535 1
SET OF HELICOIDAL DRILL BITS
CODE Ø set LT LE pcs
[mm] [mm] [mm]

F1410200 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24 235 160 1
F1410303 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24 320 255 1
F1410403 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24 460 380 1
COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS | TWIST DRILL BITS | 365

HSS WOOD DRILL BIT
TWIST DRILL BITS FOR HARDWOOD, MELAMINE-FACED BOARDS
AND OTHER MATERIALS
• Very high quality polished drill bits, with 2 main cutting edges and 2 roughing teeth
• Special twist with smoothed flute for improved chip evacuation
• Ideal for free hand and stationary use

F1594020 2 2 49 22 1 F1599209 9 9 250 180 1
F1594030 3 3 60 33 1 F1599210 10 10 250 180 1
F1594040 4 4 75 43 1 F1599212 12 12 250 180 1
F2108005 5 5 85 52 1 F1599214 14 13 250 180 1
F2108006 6 6 92 57 1 F1599216 16 13 250 180 1
F2108008 8 8 115 75 1 F1599405 5 5 400 300 1
F1594090 9 9 125 81 1 F1599406 6 6 400 300 1
F1594100 10 10 130 87 1 F1599407 7 7 400 300 1
F1594110 11 11 140 94 1 F1599408 8 8 400 300 1
F1594120 12 12 150 114 1 F1599409 9 9 400 300 1
F1599205 5 5 250 180 1 F1599410 10 10 400 300 1
F1599206 6 6 250 180 1 F1599412 12 12 400 300 1
F1599207 7 7 250 180 1 F1599414 14 13 400 300 1
F1599208 8 8 250 180 1 F1599416 16 13 400 300 1
SET OF HSS WOOD DRILL BITS
CODE Ø set pcs
[mm]
F1594805 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 1
F1594510 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16 1
366 | HSS WOOD DRILL BIT | COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS

JIG VGZ
TEMPLATE FOR 45° SCREWS
• For diameters from 7 to 11 mm

• Screw length indicators
• Screws can be inserted in double 45° mitre cuts

steel template
JIGVGZ45 1
for VGZ screws at 45°
NOTE: Further information on page 134
JIG VGU
TEMPLATE FOR VGU WASHER
• For diameters from 9 to 13 mm
CODE washer dh dv pcs

[mm] [mm] [mm]
JIGVGU945 VGU945 5.5 5 1
JIGVGU1145 VGU1145 6.5 6 1
JIGVGU1345 VGU1345 8.5 8 1
NOTE: Further information on page 196
COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS | JIG VGZ | JIG VGU | 367

Packaged quantities may vary.
No liability is assumed for any errors in printing, technical data or translations.
Original text: Italian
Any updates are available at www.rothoblaas.com
Pictures partially completed with accessories not included.

Images for illustration purposes only.
This catalogue is the exclusive property of Rotho Blaas srl and may not be copied,
reproduced or published, totally or in part, without prior written consent.
All violations will be prosecuted according to law.
The values provided must be verified by the designer in charge.
All rights reserved.
Copyright © 2019 by Rothoblaas

All renderings © Rothoblaas
FASTENING
AIRTIGHTNESS AND WATERPROOFING
SOUNDPROOFING
FALL PROTECTION
TOOLS AND MACHINES
Rothoblaas is the multinational Italian company that has

made innovative technology its mission, making its way to
the forefront for timber buildings and construction safety
in just a few years. Thanks to its comprehensive product
range and the technically-prepared and widespread sales
network, the company promotes the transfer of its know-
how to the customers and aims to be a prominent and
reliable partner for developing and innovating products
and building methods. All of this contributes to a new
culture of sustainable construction, focused on increasing
comfortable living and reducing CO2 emissions.
04|19
Rotho Blaas Srl

01SCREWS1EN
Via dell‘Adige N.2/1 | 39040, Cortaccia (BZ) | Italia

Tel: +39 0471 81 84 00 | Fax: +39 0471 81 84 84
info@rothoblaas.com | www.rothoblaas.com
COD

@@new - Screws and Connectors For Wood en PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

@@new - Screws and Connectors For Wood en PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

SCREWS AND CONNECTORS

KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316..................256 SBS - SPP............................................ 340 A 10 M...................................................356

Rothoblaas designs, tests, manufactures, certifies and markets its prod-

RAW MATERIAL HEAD MOULDING NOTCHING THE TIP

CUTTING TO LENGTH ROLLING

QUALITY OF THE STEEL

PACKAGING AND QUALITY CHECK

HEAT TREATMENT/ STORAGE SELLING AND

COUNTERSUNK WITH RIBS

COUNTERSUNK SMOOTH SYMMETRICAL COARSE THREAD

COUNTERSUNK 60° SYMMETRICAL FINE THREAD

PAN HEAD FINE, FOR METAL

CONVEX STANDARD FOR WOOD

BUGLE HI-LOW (CONCRETE)

MATERIALS AND COATINGS

HARD WOOD (DECKING)

ALUMINIUM (DECKING) A4 stainless steel

METAL (WITH FINS)

METAL (WITHOUT FINS)

SHS AISI410 DRT

HBS PLATE EVO

Every detail of the screw geometry is analysed and developed to

Extensive testing campaigns — conducted in our in-house labo-

CARPENTRY | RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT | 13

FprEN 14592 (2018) introduces three performance classes for cylindrical

TEST PROTOCOL USED IN CYCLIC TESTS

Tubular Mandrel Loading device

Test set-up diagram (static diagram: three-point bending).

1st cycle 2nd cycle 3rd cycle determination of the residual

MOMENT-ROTATION CURVE RESULTING FROM A CYCLIC TEST

Tests of TBS 8x160

All screws tested showed excellent mechan- 0

The full scientific report on the experimental

TBS -60 Tests of HBS 10x300

Rothoblaas has conducted extensive testing to analyse the performance

1. Different types of wood and their densities

The test results obtained proved useful as they

16 | LVL AND HARDWOOD | CARPENTRY

• THREAD WITHDRAWAL RESISTANCE (in edgewise and flatwise connections)

CARPENTRY | LVL AND HARDWOOD | 17

FULLY THREADED COUNTERSUNK SCREW

CHROMIUM (VI) FREE

Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 3 3,5 4 4,5 5

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

d1 CODE L b pcs d1 CODE L b pcs

Load-to-grain angle α = 0° Load-to-grain angle α = 90°

stressed end unloaded end stressed edge unload edge

thin steel-timber thick steel-timber thread head

d1 L b A RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k RV,k Rax,k Rhead,k

16 10 - - - - 0,32 0,66 0,60 1,01

40 32 19 0,82 0,92 0,99 0,90 1,45 2,17 1,33

30 24 6 0,38 - - 0,72 1,33 1,77 1,66

30 24 3 0,21 - - 0,77 1,53 1,98 1,93

35 27 8 0,56 - - 0,91 1,69 2,22 1,93

4,5 40 32 13 0,90 1,31 - 1,05 1,90 2,63 1,93

50 42 23 1,21 1,40 1,47 1,33 2,33 3,46 1,93

40 32 10 0,76 - - 1,14 2,12 2,68 2,28

NOTES: GENERAL PRINCIPLES:

SMALL HEAD SCREW

FASTENING ON TONGUE AND GROOVE BOARDS

CODES AND DIMENSIONS GEOMETRY

SMALL HEAD SCREW

CARPENTRY | SHS AISI410 | 23